70 350–700 JGE3070FAGC
90 450–900 JGE3090FAGC
100 500–1000 JGE3100FAGC
125 625–1250 JGE3125FAGC
150 750–1550 JGE3150FAGC
160 800–1600
175 875–1750 JGE3175FAGC
200 1000–2000 JGE3200FAGC
225 1125–2250 JGE3225FAGC
250 1250–2500 JGE3250FAGC
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Three-Pole
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JGS3070FAGC
90 450–900 JGS3090FAGC
100 500–1000 JGS3100FAGC
125 625–1250 JGS3125FAGC
150 750–1550 JGS3150FAGC
160 800–1600
175 875–1750 JGS3175FAGC
200 1000–2000 JGS3200FAGC
225 1125–2250 JGS3225FAGC
250 1250–2500 JGS3250FAGC
JG-Frame
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Three-Pole
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JGH3070FAGC
90 450–900 JGH3090FAGC
100 500–1000 JGH3100FAGC
125 625–1250 JGH3125FAGC
150 750–1550 JGH3150FAGC
160 800–1600
175 875–1750 JGH3175FAGC
200 1000–2000 JGH3200FAGC
225 1125–2250 JGH3225FAGC
250 1250–2500 JGH3250FAGC
V4-T2-178 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
JG 100% Rated 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breaker
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-182
IEC/UL/CSA25/25
IEC/UL/CSA40/35
IEC/UL/CSA70/65
Note
1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
50 JGE305033GC JGE305032GC JGE305035GC JGE305036GC JGFCT050
100 JGE310033GC JGE310032GC JGE310035GC JGE310036GC JGFCT100
160 JGE316033GC JGE316032GC JGE316035GC JGE316036GC JGFCT160
250 JGE325033GC JGE325032GC JGE325035GC JGE325036GC JGFCT250
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
50 JGS305033GC JGS305032GC JGS305035GC JGS305036GC JGFCT050
100 JGS310033GC JGS310032GC JGS310035GC JGS310036GC JGFCT100
160 JGS316033GC JGS316032GC JGS316035GC JGS316036GC JGFCT160
250 JGS325033GC JGS325032GC JGS325035GC JGS325036GC JGFCT250
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
50 JGH305033GC JGH305032GC JGH305035GC JGH305036GC JGFCT050
100 JGH310033GC JGH310032GC JGH310035GC JGH310036GC JGFCT100
160 JGH316033GC JGH316032GC JGH316035GC JGH316036GC JGFCT160
250 JGH325033GC JGH325032GC JGH325035GC JGH325036GC JGFCT250
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-179
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information
JG-Frame
Load and Line Terminals
JG-Frame  include aluminum terminals TA250FJ
as standard When optional stainless steel only terminals are
required, order by catalog number
Endcap Kits
Endcap kits are used on J250-Frame breaker to connect busbar
or similar electrical connections Includes hardware
Control Wire Terminal Kit
For use with aluminum or copper terminals only
Rear Fed Terminals
Rear fed terminals allow the cable to connect to the breaker
from the back instead of the top Terminal shields or interphase
barriers are included with each rear fed terminal kit (depending
on frame size) When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates
a kit with three terminals in each kit Catalog number beginning
with a TA indicates one terminal
Base Mounting Hardware
Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or
molded case switch (Included with breaker) If required
separately, order 66A2546G02
Terminal Shields IP30
Interphase Barriers
Multiwire Connectors
Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end
terminals are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker
to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution
terminal blocks
Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware,
insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace
three mechanical load lugs UL listed as used on the load
side (OFF) end
JG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information
(Package of 3)
Notes
1 Individually packed
2 Standard line and load
3 Individually priced
T250FJ TA250FJ Endcap Kit Control Wire
Terminal Kit
Rear Fed Terminals Multiwire Connectors
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body
Material Wire Type
Metric Wire
Range mm2
AWG Wire
Range/ Number
of Conductors
Catalog
Number
Standard Pressure Type Terminals
250 Stainless steel Cu 25–185 #4–350 (1) T250FJ 1
250 Aluminum Cu/Al 10–185 #8–350 (1) TA250FJ 12
Number of Poles
Catalog Number
Metric Imperial
3 FJ3RTWK FJ3RTDK
4 FJ4RTWK FJ4RTDK
Description
Catalog
Number
Package of 14 (priced individually) FJCWTK
Maximum
Amperes
Wire Size
Range AWG Cu
Catalog
Number
250 #4–350 kcmil TA250JGRF
3TA250JGRF
Location Number of Poles Catalog Number
Line or Load 2, 3 FJTS3K
4 FJTS4K
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
3 FJIPBK 3
4 FJIPBK4 3
Maximum
Amperes
Wires per
Terminal
Wire Size
Range AWG Cu
Kit Catalog
Number
250 3 14–2 3TA250FJ3
250 6 14–6 3TA250FJ6
V4-T2-180 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories
and the number of poles in the circuit breaker
JG-Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
Note
1 Contact Eaton
Reference
Page
Two- and Three-Pole Four-Pole
Description Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories
(Only one internal accessory per pole)
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Shunt tripstandard V4-T2-247 ■  ■
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-248 ■  ■
External Accessories
End cap kit V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear fed terminals V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Multiwire connectors V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Interphase barriers V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Padlockable handle block V4-T2-245  ■  ■
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-245 ?  ? ?  ?
Key interlock kit V4-T2-245 ?  ? ?  ?
Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-245 ● ● ●
Electrical operator V4-T2-245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-527 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Earth leakage/ground fault protector V4-T2-230 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Drawout cassette V4-T2-253 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Digitrip 310+ test kit V4-T2-174 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammeter/cause of trip display V4-T2-244 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Cause of trip LED module V4-T2-244 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-243 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application, UL 489 supplement SA and SB 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-181
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings
UL 489 Current Limiting Data
JG 310+ Specifications
Notes
1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits
2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker
3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA
4 Current limiting per UL 489
5 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC 1
220–240 380–415
480 600
690 2
I 250 23 cu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
JGE250 2, 3, 4 65 65 25 25 25 18 12 6 10
JGS250 2, 3, 4 85 85 40 40 35 18 12 6 22
JGH250 2, 3, 4 100 100 70 70 65 25 14 7 22
JGC250 4 3, 4 200 200 100 100 100 35 16 12 42
JGU250 4 3, 4 200 200 150 150 150 50 18 14 50
JGX250 4 3, 4 200 200 200 200 200 50 18 14 50
Frame Circuit Ip (kA) I2T (106A2S)
JGC 240 V/200 kA 451 1820
JGC 480 V/100 kA 451 1820
JGC 600 V/35 kA 328 2140
JGU 240 V/200 kA 451 1820
JGU 480 V/150 kA 451 1820
JGU 600 V/50 kA 328 2140
JGX 240 V/200 kA 451 1820
JGX 480 V/200 kA 451 1820
JGX 600 V/50 kA 328 2140
Description Specification
Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310+
Breaker Type
Frame designation JG
Frames available 50 A, 100 A, 160 A, 250 A
Continuous current range (A) 20–250 A
Ground fault pickup (A) 10–250 A
Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC) 35, 65, 100, 150, 200
100% rated Yes
Protection
Ordering options LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG
Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode) No
Interchangeable trip unit Yes
High load alarm (suffix B20) 5 Yes
Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21) 5 Yes
Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22) 5 Yes
Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG) LSI, LSIG
Cause of trip indication Yes
Thru-cover accessories Yes
V4-T2-182 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
JG 310+ Adjustability Specifications
Notes
1 Not available for JG Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units
2 Maintenance Mode not available for JG frames It is available for KD, LD, MDL, LG, NG, and RG
JG Frame
310+ Settings 50 A 100 A 160 A 250 A
I
r
 = continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)
(All 310+)
I
r
A 20 40 63 100
B 20 45 80 125
C 25 50 90 150
D 30 63 100 160
E 32 70 110 175
F 40 80 125 200
G 45 90 150 225
H (= In) 50 100 160 250
tr
 = long delay time (seconds)
(All 310+)
Position 1 2 2 2 2
Position 2 4 4 4 4
Position 3 7 7 7 7
Position 4 10 10 10 10
Position 5 12 12 12 12
Position 6 15 15 15 15
Position 7 20 20 20 20
Position 8 24 24 24 24
I
sd (x Ir
) = short delay pickup
(All 310+)
Position 1 2x 2x 2x 2x
Position 2 3x 3x 3x 3x
Position 3 4x 4x 4x 4x
Position 4 5x 5x 5x 5x
Position 5 6x 6x 6x 6x
Position 6 7x 7x 7x 7x
Position 7 8x 8x 8x 8x
Position 8 10x 10x 10x 10x
Position 9 14x 14x 14x 14x
tsd = short delay time I2t (milliseconds)
(LS, LSG)
Fixed 67 at10x 67 at10x 67 at10x 67 at10x
tsd = short delay time flat (milliseconds)
(LSI, LSIG)
Position 1 Inst Inst Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120 120 120
Position 3 300 300 300 300
I
g = ground fault pickup (amperes)
(LSG, LSIG)
Position 1 10 20 32 50
Position 2 15 30 48 75
Position 3 20 40 64 100
Position 4 30 60 96 150
Position 5 40 80 128 200
Position 6 50 100 160 250
tg = ground fault delay time (milliseconds)
(LSG, LSIG)
Position 1 Inst Inst Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120 120 120
Position 3 300 300 300 300
Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii
) setting 1 N/A
Maintenance Mode pickup (25 x In) (amperes) 2 N/A
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-183
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
JG-Frame
JG-Frame
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
JG-Frame
Number
of Poles Width Height Depth
2, 3 413 (1049) 700 (1778) 357 (907)
4 534 (1356) 700 (1778) 357 (907)
Front Cover Cutout S Front View Three-Pole ide View
413
(1049)
125 (318) 063 (160)
019 (48) R
344
(874)
700
(1778)
395
(1003)
400
(1016)
306
(777) 205 (521)
 C L
Breaker
106 (270) 050
(127)
CL
Handle
028 (71)
Breaker Type
Number of Poles
2, 3 4
JGC 600 (270) 800 (360)
JGE 600 (270) 800 (360)
JGH 600 (270) 800 (360)
JGS 600 (270) 800 (360)
JGU 600 (270) 800 (360)
JGX 600 (270) 800 (360)
V4-T2-184 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module
RESET
TEST
409
(1039)
205
357 (521)
369 (907)
(937)
4-Pole
550 (1397)
3-Pole
413 (1049)
138
(351)
206
(523)
392
(996) 550
(1397)
1125
(2858)
700
(1778)
425
(1080)
331
(841)
069
(175)
381
478 (968)
(1214)
337
(856)
697
(1770)
106
(269)
493
(1252)
188
(478)
063
(160)
125
(318)
550
(1397)
357
(907)
205
(521)
392
(996)
1125
(2858)
R 019
(48)
028
(71)
050
(1397)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-185
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-186
Product SelectionV4-T2-187
AccessoriesV4-T2-198
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-199
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-201
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB)V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module V4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective CoordinationV4-T2-239
Special Features and AccessoriesV4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In BlocksV4-T2-252
Drawout Cassette V4-T2-253
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)
Product Description
LG breaker is HACR rated
V4-T2-186 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
Series GLG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)
Trip Unit
Notes
1 Bxx features cannot be combined with other Bxx features
2 B21 and B22 available with LSG and LSIG trip units
L G S 3 600 FA G C
Frame
L
Performance
600 480 415 240
E 18 35 35 65
S 25 50 50 85
H 35 65 70 100
C 50 100 100 200
U 65 150 150 200
X 65 200 200 200
K Molded case switch
Standard/Application
G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA
Amperes
250
300
350
400
500
600
630
Number of Poles
3 = Three
4 = FourNeutral 0% protected
6 = FourNeutral 60% protected
7 = FourNeutral 100% protected
8 = FourNeutral 0–60% protected
9 = FourNeutral 0–100 protected
Trip Unit
AA = Adj adj
FA = Fixed adj
KS = Molded case switch
33 = 310+ electronic LS
32 = 310+ electronic LSI
35 = 310+ electronic LSG
36 = 310+ electronic LSIG
38 = 310+ electronic ALSI
39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG
NN = Frame only (630 A only; no trip unit)
Terminations/Hardware
Terminals Mounting Hardware
M = Metric end caps
E = Imperial end caps
G = Line/load standard
W = Without terminals
Metric
Imperial
Metric
Rating
Blank = 80% rated
C = 100% rated (for LGE, LGS and LGH only)
LT 3 600 FA B20
Trip
LT
Amperes
250
300
350
400
500
600
630
Number of Poles
3 = Three
4 = Fourneutral 0% protected
8 = Fourneutral 0/60% protected
9 = Fourneutral 0/100% protected
Trip Unit
AA = Adj adj, thermal-magnetic
FA = Fixed adj, thermal-magnetic
KS = Molded case switch
33 = 310+ electronic LS
32 = 310+ electronic LSI
35 = 310+ electronic LSG
36 = 310+ electronic LSIG
38 = 310+ electronic ALSI
39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG
Features (ETU Only) 12
Blank= No feature
B20= High load alarm
B21= Ground fault alarm, with trip
B22= Ground fault alarm, no trip
ZG= Zone selective interlocking
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-187
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)
IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)
IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)
IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1
Notes
1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals
2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles
3 Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100% Neutral is on LH side
4 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG
5 Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 LGE3250FAG LGE3250AAG LGE4250FAG LGE4250AAG
300 LGE3300FAG  LGE4300FAG
320  LGE3320AAG  LGE4320AAG
350 LGE3350FAG  LGE4350FAG
400 LGE3400FAG LGE3400AAG LGE4400FAG LGE4400AAG
500 LGE3500FAG LGE3500AAG LGE4500FAG LGE4500AAG
600 LGE3600FAG  LGE4600FAG
630 4  LGE3630AAG  LGE4630AAG
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 LGS3250FAG LGS3250AAG LGS4250FAG LGS4250AAG
300 LGS3300FAG  LGS4300FAG
320  LGS3320AAG  LGS4320AAG
350 LGS3350FAG  LGS4350FAG
400 LGS3400FAG LGS3400AAG LGS4400FAG LGS4400AAG
500 LGS3500FAG LGS3500AAG LGS4500FAG LGS4500AAG
600 LGS3600FAG  LGS4600FAG
630 4  LGS3630AAG  LGS4630AAG
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 LGH3250FAG LGH3250AAG LGH4250FAG LGH4250AAG
300 LGH3300FAG  LGH4300FAG
320  LGH3320AAG  LGH4320AAG
350 LGH3350FAG  LGH4350FAG
400 LGH3400FAG LGH3400AAG LGH4400FAG LGH4400AAG
500 LGH3500FAG LGH3500AAG LGH4500FAG LGH4500AAG
600 LGH3600FAG  LGH4600FAG
630 4  LGH3630AAG  LGH4630AAG
LG-Frame
LG-Frame
LG-Frame
V4-T2-188 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489
IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489
IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489
IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Notes
1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals
2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles
3 Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100% Neutral is on LH side
4 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG
5 Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 LGC3250FAG LGC3250AAG LGC4250FAG LGC4250AAG
300 LGC3300FAG  LGC4300FAG
320  LGC3320AAG  LGC4320AAG
350 LGC3350FAG  LGC4350FAG
400 LGC3400FAG LGC3400AAG LGC4400FAG LGC4400AAG
500 LGC3500FAG LGC3500AAG LGC4500FAG LGC4500AAG
600 LGC3600FAG  LGC4600FAG
630 4  LGC3630AAG  LGC4630AAG
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 LGU3250FAG LGU3250AAG LGU4250FAG LGU4250AAG
300 LGU3300FAG  LGU4300FAG
320  LGU3320AAG  LGU4320AAG
350 LGU3350FAG  LGU4350FAG
400 LGU3400FAG LGU3400AAG LGU4400FAG LGU4400AAG
500 LGU3500FAG LGU3500AAG LGU4500FAG LGU4500AAG
600 LGU3600FAG  LGU4600FAG
630 4  LGU3630AAG  LGU4630AAG
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 LGX3250FAG LGX3250AAG LGX4250FAG LGX4250AAG
300 LGX3300FAG  LGX4300FAG
320  LGX3320AAG  LGX4320AAG
350 LGX3350FAG  LGX4350FAG
400 LGX3400FAG LGX3400AAG LGX4400FAG LGX4400AAG
500 LGX3500FAG LGX3500AAG LGX4500FAG LGX4500AAG
600 LGX3600FAG  LGX4600FAG
630 4  LGX3630AAG  LGX4630AAG
LG-Frame
LG-Frame
LG-Frame
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-189
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Molded Case Switches 1
FrameIC Rating at 415/480 Volts
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Notes
1 Molded case switches will trip above 6300 amperes
2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles
3 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG
4 100% rated frame
5 Adjustable thermal, adjustable magnetic trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed
6 Neutral protection is indicated by the third character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
400 3 2 LGK3400KSG
4 LGK4400KSG
630 3 3 2 LGK3630KSG
4 LGK4630KSG
Maximum
Amperes 3
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole 0%
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
35/35
630 3 LGE3630NN LGE4630NN
LGE3630NNWC 4
50/50
630 3 LGS3630NN LGS4630NN
LGS3630NNWC 4
70/53
630 3 LGH3630NN LGH4630NN
LGH3630NNWC 4
100/100 Current Limiting Per UL 489
630 LGC3630NN LGC4630NN
150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489
630 LGU3630NN LGU4630NN
200/200 Current Limiting
630 LGX3630NN LGX4630NN

250 LT3250FA LT3250AA LT4250FA LT4250AA
300 LT3300FA  LT4300FA
320  LT3320AA  LT4320AA
350 LT3350FA  LT4350FA
400 LT3400FA LT3400AA LT4400FA LT4400AA
500 LT3500FA LT3500AA LT4500FA LT4500AA
600 LT3600FA  LT4600FA
630  LT3630AA  LT4630AA
V4-T2-190 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E

250 LT325033 LT325032 LT325035 LT325036 LGFCT250
400 LT340033 LT340032 LT340035 LT340036 LGFCT400
600 LT360033 LT360032 LT360035 LT360036 LGFCT600
630 2 LT363033 LT363032 LT363035 LT363036 LGFCT600
Four-Pole 34
250 LT425033 LT425032 LT425035 LT425036
400 LT440033 LT440032 LT440035 LT440036
600 LT460033 LT460032 LT460035 LT460036
630 2 LT463033 LT463032 LT463035 LT463036
Description

See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-200
IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415 Vac, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Notes
1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals
2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired
3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles
4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG
5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable
6 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 2
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole 3
250 LGE325033G LGE325032G LGE325035G LGE325036G LGFCT250
400 LGE340033G LGE340032G LGE340035G LGE340036G LGFCT400
600 LGE360033G LGE360032G LGE360035G LGE360036G LGFCT600
630 4 LGE363033G LGE363032G LGE363035G LGE363036G LGFCT600
Four-Pole 5
250 LGE425033G LGE425032G LGE425035G LGE425036G
400 LGE440033G LGE440032G LGE440035G LGE440036G
600 LGE460033G LGE460032G LGE460035G LGE460036G
630 4 LGE463033G LGE463032G LGE463035G LGE463036G
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 2
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole 3
250 LGS325033G LGS325032G LGS325035G LGS325036G LGFCT250
400 LGS340033G LGS340032G LGS340035G LGS340036G LGFCT400
600 LGS360033G LGS360032G LGS360035G LGS360036G LGFCT600
630 4 LGS363033G LGS363032G LGS363035G LGS363036G LGFCT600
Four-Pole 56
250 LGS425033G LGS425032G LGS425035G LGS425036G
400 LGS440033G LGS440032G LGS440035G LGS440036G
600 LGS460033G LGS460032G LGS460035G LGS460036G
630 4 LGS463033G LGS463032G LGS463035G LGS463036G
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 2
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole 3
250 LGH325033G LGH325032G LGH325035G LGH325036G LGFCT250
400 LGH340033G LGH340032G LGH340035G LGH340036G LGFCT400
600 LGH360033G LGH360032G LGH360035G LGH360036G LGFCT600
630 4 LGH363033G LGH363032G LGH363035G LGH363036G LGFCT600
Four-Pole 56
250 LGH425033G LGH425032G LGH425035G LGH425036G
400 LGH440033G LGH440032G LGH440035G LGH440036G
600 LGH460033G LGH460032G LGH460035G LGH460036G
630 4 LGH463033G LGH463032G LGH463035G LGH463036G
V4-T2-192 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
IC Rating at 415/480 V
Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and
Mounting Hardware) 1
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-200
IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
Notes
1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals
2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired
3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles
4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG
5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable
6 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 2
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole 3
250 LGC325033G LGC325032G LGC325035G LGC325036G LGFCT250
400 LGC340033G LGC340032G LGC340035G LGC340036G LGFCT400
600 LGC360033G LGC360032G LGC360035G LGC360036G LGFCT600
630 4 LGC363033G LGC363032G LGC363035G LGC363036G LGFCT600
Four-Pole 56
250 LGC425033G LGC425032G LGC425035G LGC425036G
400 LGC440033G LGC440032G LGC440035G LGC440036G
600 LGC460033G LGC460032G LGC460035G LGC460036G
630 4 LGC463033G LGC463032G LGC463035G LGC463036G
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 2
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole 3
250 LGU325033G LGU325032G LGU325035G LGU325036G LGFCT250
400 LGU340033G LGU340032G LGU340035G LGU340036G LGFCT400
600 LGU360033G LGU360032G LGU360035G LGU360036G LGFCT600
630 4 LGU363033G LGU363032G LGU363035G LGU363036G LGFCT600
Four-Pole 5
250 LGU425033G LGU425032G LGU425035G LGU425036G
400 LGU440033G LGU440032G LGU440035G LGU440036G
600 LGU460033G LGU460032G LGU460035G LGU460036G
630 4 LGU463033G LGU463032G LGU463035G LGU463036G
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 2
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole 3
250 LGX325033G LGX325032G LGX325035G LGX325036G LGFCT250
400 LGX340033G LGX340032G LGX340035G LGX340036G LGFCT400
600 LGX360033G LGX360032G LGX360035G LGX360036G LGFCT600
630 4 LGX363033G LGX363032G LGX363035G LGX363036G LGFCT600
Four-Pole 5
250 LGX425033G LGX425032G LGX425035G LGX425036G
400 LGX440033G LGX440032G LGX440035G LGX440036G
600 LGX460033G LGX460032G LGX460035G LGX460036G
630 4 LGX463033G LGX463032G LGX463035G LGX463036G
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-193
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
LG 100% Rated Circuit BreakerThermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes
UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and
480 Vac 1
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes
UL, CSA) IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and
480 Vac 1
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes
UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65
kAIC at 480 Vac 1
Notes
1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals
2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles
3 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating 600 amperes is
the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG
Three-Pole 2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Ampere Rating Catalog Number
250 LGE3250FAGC
300 LGE3300FAGC
320
350 LGE3350FAGC
400 LGE3400FAGC
500 LGE3500FAGC
600 LGE3600FAGC
630 3
Three-Pole 2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Ampere Rating Catalog Number
250 LGS3250FAGC
300 LGS3300FAGC
320
350 LGS3350FAGC
400 LGS3400FAGC
500 LGS3500FAGC
600 LGS3600FAGC
630 3
LG-Frame
Three-Pole 2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Ampere Rating Catalog Number
250 LGH3250FAGC
300 LGH3300FAGC
320
350 LGH3350FAGC
400 LGH3400FAGC
500 LGH3500FAGC
600 LGH3600FAGC
630 3
V4-T2-194 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
LG 100% Rated Electronic Breaker Per UL 489
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-200
IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
Notes
1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required
2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 LGE325033GC LGE325032GC LGE325035GC LGE325036GC LGFCT250
400 LGE340033GC LGE340032GC LGE340035GC LGE340036GC LGFCT400
600 LGE360033GC LGE360032GC LGE360035GC LGE360036GC LGFCT600
630 2 LGE363033GC LGE363032GC LGE363035GC LGE363036GC LGFCT600
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 LGS325033GC LGS325032GC LGS325035GC LGS325036GC LGFCT250
400 LGS340033GC LGS340032GC LGS340035GC LGS340036GC LGFCT400
600 LGS360033GC LGS360032GC LGS360035GC LGS360036GC LGFCT600
630 2 LGS363033GC LGS363032GC LGS363035GC LGS363036GC LGFCT600
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 LGH325033GC LGH325032GC LGH325035GC LGH325036GC LGFCT250
400 LGH340033GC LGH340032GC LGH340035GC LGH340036GC LGFCT400
600 LGH360033GC LGH360032GC LGH360035GC LGH360036GC LGFCT600
630 2 LGH363033GC LGH363032GC LGH363035GC LGH363036GC LGFCT600
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-195
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-200
Series G LG
are available with the Arcflash
Reduction Maintenance
System™ integrated into the
electronic trip units helping to
improve safety by providing a
simple and reliable method to
reduce fault clearing time
The Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System unit
utilizes a separate analog trip
circuit that provides faster
interruption times than the
standard (digital)
“instantaneous” protection
Work locations downstream
of a circuit breaker with an
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System unit can
have a significantly lower
incident energy level,
reducing arc flash potential to
the system
LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
LG Electronic Trip Units with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
数显透气性仪 0042105-M-ASM    
砂强度测试仪 0042104-M-ASM   
砂制样锤 0042100-M  
制样管填充附件 0042100A-M
锤座 0042100C   
铸型强度计 592-801-102  
250 LGE325038G LGE365039G LGFCT250
400 LGE340038G LGE340039G LGFCT400
600 LGE360038G LGE360039G LGFCT600
630 LGE363038G LGE363039G LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
250 LGS325038G LGS365039G LGFCT250
400 LGS340038G LGS340039G LGFCT400
600 LGS360038G LGS360039G LGFCT600
630 LGS363038G LGS363039G LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
250 LGH325038G LGH365039G LGFCT250
400 LGH340038G LGH340039G LGFCT400
600 LGH360038G LGH360039G LGFCT600
630 LGH363038G LGH363039G LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
250 LGC325038G LGC365039G LGFCT250
400 LGC340038G LGC340039G LGFCT400
600 LGC360038G LGC360039G LGFCT600
630 LGC363038G LGC363039G LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
250 LGU325038G LGU365039G LGFCT250
400 LGU340038G LGU340039G LGFCT400
600 LGU360038G LGU360039G LGFCT600
630 LGU363038G LGU363039G LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
250 LGX325038G LGX365039G LGFCT250
400 LGX340038G LGX340039G LGFCT400
600 LGX360038G LGX360039G LGFCT600
630 LGX363038G LGX363039G LGFCT600
横河变送器EJA118W-EMSA2FB-EA10-94DB/KS2/D4/M05/T37横河变送器EJA118W-EMSA2FB-BA10-94DB/KS2/D4/M05/T37横河变送器EJA118W-EMSA2CB-AA05-99DB/KF21/D4横河变送器EJA118W-EMSA1CB-AA05-99DB/KF21/D4/Q横河变送器EJA118W-EMSA1CB-AA05-99DB/KF21/D4横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-919EA-WH23C2HW00-BA25横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EB-WA13B2HW00-BA23/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ917EA-WA12B1SW00BA26横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ917EA-WA12B1SW00BA24横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ917EA-WH42B2SW00BA24横河变送器EJA118W-EMHH2BB-AAZ-99DA/NF1横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EB-WA13B2HW00-BA23/NS21横河变送器EJA118N-DMSG42DA-AB02-92DA横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-939DA-WA43C1SW00-AA25横河变送器EJA118W-EHSA1FB-AA05-99DB-KF21-D3横河变送器EJA118W-EHSA1FB-AA02-99DB-KF21-D3横河差压变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ917EA-WG23B2HW00-BA24/NF2横河双法兰差压变送器EJA118W-EHTH2BB-AA12-99DN/NF1横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-912EA-WH42C2HW00-AA25/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JHSCG-919DB-WA13C2SW00-AA25KF22D3横河变送器EJA118E-JHSCG-919DB-WA13C2SW00-AA22KF22D4横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-919DB-WA22C1SW00-AA25/KF22/D4横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-919DB-WA12C1SW00-AA25/KF22/D4横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-924DB-WA23C1SW00-EA2A/KS21/D4/M2W/T56/HE横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-924DB-WA23C1SW00-AA2A/KS21/D4/M2W/T56/HE横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EA-EH23B2SE02-BB23/NF2横河变送器EJA118W-EMHH4FA-AA06-97DA横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-919EA-WH43B2HW00-AA23/NF2横河变送器EJA118W-EMHH4EB-AA03-99DA/NF1横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-937DA-WA43C1SW00横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-937DA-WA23B1SW00横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-937DA-WH42B2SW00横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EB-WA23B2SW00-BA26/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917DA-EA24B1SE04-AB23/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-919DB-WA22C1SW00-BA26/D3/CA/M2W/T56/KF22横河变送器EJA118E-JMZCG-914DB-WA12C2HW00-AA23/FF1横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917EA-EH43B2TE04-BB26/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-914DB-WA12C2HWOO-AA23/FF1横河变送器EJA118W-FMSA2BA-AA05-94DA/KS25/D4/M05横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EB-EA13B1SE06横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EB-EA13B1SE06-AB22横河变送器EJA118E-DMSCG-919DA-WH22C2HW00-AA23横河变送器EJA118W-DMSA1EB-AA05-92DB/FF1/A/D4/M05横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917EB-WA23B1SW00-BA26/NS21/TF1横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917DB-WA23B2HW00-BA26/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917DB-WA23B1SW00-EA24/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917DB-WA23B2TW00-BA26/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917DB-WA42C2SW00-BA29/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JHSCG-917DB-EA23C2Z0Z-1B26/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JHSCG-912DB-WA43B2HW00-BA22/KS21/HE横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917EB-WA22B2SW00-BA25/FU1横河变送器EJA118W-EMSZCB-AAZ-99DB/KF2/C1/F1横河变送器EJA118W-EMSZCB-AAZ-99DB/KF2/C3/F
250 LT325038 LT325039 LGFCT250
400 LT340038 LT340039 LGFCT400
600 LT360038 LT360039 LGFCT600
630 LT363038 LT363039 LGFCT600
LG with
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System
V4-T2-196 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
横河变送器EJA118W-EMSA2FB-EA10-94DB/KS2/D4/M05/T37横河变送器EJA118W-EMSA2FB-BA10-94DB/KS2/D4/M05/T37横河变送器EJA118W-EMSA2CB-AA05-99DB/KF21/D4横河变送器EJA118W-EMSA1CB-AA05-99DB/KF21/D4/Q横河变送器EJA118W-EMSA1CB-AA05-99DB/KF21/D4横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-919EA-WH23C2HW00-BA25横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EB-WA13B2HW00-BA23/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ917EA-WA12B1SW00BA26横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ917EA-WA12B1SW00BA24横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ917EA-WH42B2SW00BA24横河变送器EJA118W-EMHH2BB-AAZ-99DA/NF1横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EB-WA13B2HW00-BA23/NS21横河变送器EJA118N-DMSG42DA-AB02-92DA横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-939DA-WA43C1SW00-AA25横河变送器EJA118W-EHSA1FB-AA05-99DB-KF21-D3横河变送器EJA118W-EHSA1FB-AA02-99DB-KF21-D3横河差压变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ917EA-WG23B2HW00-BA24/NF2横河双法兰差压变送器EJA118W-EHTH2BB-AA12-99DN/NF1横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-912EA-WH42C2HW00-AA25/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JHSCG-919DB-WA13C2SW00-AA25KF22D3横河变送器EJA118E-JHSCG-919DB-WA13C2SW00-AA22KF22D4横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-919DB-WA22C1SW00-AA25/KF22/D4横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-919DB-WA12C1SW00-AA25/KF22/D4横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-924DB-WA23C1SW00-EA2A/KS21/D4/M2W/T56/HE横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-924DB-WA23C1SW00-AA2A/KS21/D4/M2W/T56/HE横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EA-EH23B2SE02-BB23/NF2横河变送器EJA118W-EMHH4FA-AA06-97DA横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-919EA-WH43B2HW00-AA23/NF2横河变送器EJA118W-EMHH4EB-AA03-99DA/NF1横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-937DA-WA43C1SW00横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-937DA-WA23B1SW00横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-937DA-WH42B2SW00横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EB-WA23B2SW00-BA26/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917DA-EA24B1SE04-AB23/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-919DB-WA22C1SW00-BA26/D3/CA/M2W/T56/KF22横河变送器EJA118E-JMZCG-914DB-WA12C2HW00-AA23/FF1横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917EA-EH43B2TE04-BB26/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-914DB-WA12C2HWOO-AA23/FF1横河变送器EJA118W-FMSA2BA-AA05-94DA/KS25/D4/M05横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EB-EA13B1SE06横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCJ-917EB-EA13B1SE06-AB22横河变送器EJA118E-DMSCG-919DA-WH22C2HW00-AA23横河变送器EJA118W-DMSA1EB-AA05-92DB/FF1/A/D4/M05横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917EB-WA23B1SW00-BA26/NS21/TF1横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917DB-WA23B2HW00-BA26/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917DB-WA23B1SW00-EA24/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917DB-WA23B2TW00-BA26/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917DB-WA42C2SW00-BA29/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JHSCG-917DB-EA23C2Z0Z-1B26/NS21横河变送器EJA118E-JHSCG-912DB-WA43B2HW00-BA22/KS21/HE横河变送器EJA118E-JMSCG-917EB-WA22B2SW00-BA25/FU1横河变送器EJA118W-EMSZCB-AAZ-99DB/KF2/C1/F1横河变送器EJA118W-EMSZCB-AAZ-99DB/KF2/C3/F
separately, order 66A4560G03
    
Incremental Encoder RI58-D

NUMBER OF PULSES: 360

Housing diameter 58 mm

Supply voltage: E 10-30VDC

Flange, Protection, Shaft: H.37 Through hollow shaft with clamping ring rear, IP64, 12 mm

Output: K Push-pull

Connection: B PVC cable, radial

cable length Code: U0 20M

Ordering Code:  Model: RI58-D/360EH.37KB-U0

Make:  Hengstler
1 Includes LTS3K (three-pole) or LTS4K (four-pole) terminal covers
2 Standard terminal included with complete breaker
3 Included in TA63IL, T63IL, TA632L kits listed above
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body
Material
Wire
Type
AWG
Wire Range/
Number of
Conductors
Metric
Wire Range
(mm2)
Number of
Terminals
Included
Catalog
Number
400 Aluminum Cu/Al 500–750 (1) 240–380 (1) 3 3TA631LK 1
400 Aluminum Cu/Al 500–750 (1) 240–380 (1) 4 4TA631LK 1
400 Copper Cu 500–750 (1) 240–380 (1) 3 3T631LK 1
400 Copper Cu 500–750 (1) 240–380 (1) 4 4T631LK 1
630 Aluminum Cu/Al 2–500 (2) 35–240 (2) 1 TA632L
630 Aluminum Cu/Al 2–500 (2) 35–240 (2) 3 3TA632LK 12
630 Aluminum Cu/Al 2–500 (2) 35–240 (2) 4 4TA632LK 12
630 Copper Cu 2–500 (2) 35–240 (2) 3 3T632LK 1
630 Copper Cu 2–500 (2) 35–240 (2) 4 4T632LK 1
400 Aluminum Cu/Al 3–500 (1) 35–240 (1) 1 TA350LK 2
400 Copper Cu 3–500 (1) 35–240 (1) 1 T350LK
Description
Catalog
Number
Three-pole terminal cover 3 LTS3K
Four-pole terminal cover 3 LTS4K
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
3 L3RTWK
4 L4RTWK
Description
Terminal
Body Type
Catalog
Number
Three-pole kit Aluminum 3TA632LKW
Four-pole kit Aluminum 4TA632LKW
Three-pole kit Copper 3T632LKW
Four-pole kit Copper 4T632LKW
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
3 LGTEW3
4 LGTEW4
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
3 LGTES3
4 LGTES4
Description
Catalog
Number
Handle extension HEXLG
Package of 2
Catalog
Number
Interphase barrier IPB3
Maximum
Amperes
Wire Size
Range AWG Cu
Catalog
Number
400 2–500 kcmil TA350LKRF
400 2–500 kcmil 3TA350LKRF
630 2–500 (2) kcmil TA632LKRF
630 2–500 (2) kcmil 3TA632LKRF
Maximum
Amperes
Wires per
Terminal
Wire Size
Range AWG Cu
Kit Catalog
Number
600 6 14–1/0 3TA600L6K
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-197
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
StrandAble Multiwire Terminals
Field-installed multiwire
terminals are UL listed for
nearly any class of rigid or
fine strand wire without the
use of additional fittings
Used on the load side of
circuit breaker to distribute
the load to multiple devices
without the use of a power
distribution block
StrandAble multiwire
terminals are available in
three-pole kits that include
the necessary hardware and
shielding
LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)
Terminals and Terminal Cover
Terminals and Terminal Cover for the LG BreakerIncludes LTS3K (Three-Pole) or LTS4K (Four-Pole) Terminal Covers
Note: Extended terminal covers add 213 inches (540 mm) to breaker length
Maximum
Amperage Wire Class Wire Range Shield Included Catalog Number
600 B and C (6) 12–2/0 Interphase barrier 3TA600L6SWKI
600 D, G, H, I, K, M (6) 8–1/0 Interphase barrier
600 B and C (6) 12–2/0 Terminal shield 3TA600L6SWKS
600 D, G, H, I, K, M (6) 8–1/0 Terminal shield
3TA600L6SWK_
V4-T2-198 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories
Base Mounting Hardware
Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch
(Included with breaker) If required separately, order 66A4560G03
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles
in the circuit breaker
LG-Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
Note
1 Contact Eaton
Description
Reference
Page
Three-Pole Four-Pole
Left Center Right Left Center Right Neu
Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Shunt tripstandard V4-T2-247 ■  ■
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-248 ■  ■
External Accessories
End cap kit V4-T2-196 ●  ●
Handle extension V4-T2-196 ●  ●
Terminal cover V4-T2-196 ●  ●
Rear fed terminals V4-T2-196 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Multiwire connectors V4-T2-196 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Padlockable handle block V4-T2-245  ■  ■
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-245 ?  ? ?  ?
Key interlock kit V4-T2-245 ?  ? ?  ?
Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Electrical operator V4-T2-245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear connecting studs V4-T2-245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-527 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Earth leakage/ground fault protector V4-T2-230 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Drawout cassette V4-T2-253 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Digitrip 310+ test kit V4-T2-190 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammeter/cause of trip display V4-T2-244 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Cause of trip LED module V4-T2-244 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-243 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-199
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
Interrupting Capacity Ratings
UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
UL 489 Current Limiting Data
LG 310+ Specifications
Notes
1 DC rating apply to substantially non-inductive circuits
2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuits
3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at–kA
4 Current limiting per UL 489
5 IEC rating is 300 kA at 240 Vac
6 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA rms Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC 1
240–240 380–415 480 600 690 250 23
Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
LGE630 3, 4 65 65 35 35 35 18 12 6 22 22
LGS630 3, 4 85 85 50 50 50 25 20 10 22 22
LGH630 3, 4 100 100 70 70 65 35 25 13 42 42
LGC630 4 3, 4 200 200 100 100 100 50 30 15 42 42
LGU630 4 3, 4 200 200 150 150 150 65 35 18 50 50
LGX630 4 3, 4 200 5 200 200 200 200 65 35 18 50 50
Frame Circuit Ip (kA) I2T (106A2S)
LGC 240 V/200 kA 564 5873
LGC 480 V/100 kA 564 5873
LGC 600 V/50 kA 564 6690
LGU 240 V/200 kA 777 7320
LGU 480 V/150 kA 777 7320
LGU 600 V/65 kA 506 6690
LGX 240 V/200 kA 777 7320
LGX 480 V/200 kA 777 7320
LGX 600 V/65 kA 506 6690
Description Specification
Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310+
Breaker Type
Frame designation LG
Frames available 250 A, 400 A, 600 A
Continuous current range (A) 100–600 A
Ground fault pickup (A) 50–600 A
Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC) 35, 65, 100, 150, 200
100% rated Yes
Protection
Ordering options LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode) Yes
Interchangeable trip unit Yes
High load alarm (suffix B20) 6 Yes
Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21) 6 Yes
Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22) 6 Yes
Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG) LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Cause of trip indication Yes
Thru-cover accessories Yes
V4-T2-200 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
LG 310+ Adjustability Specifications
Notes
1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units
2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit
LG Frame
310+ Settings 250 A 400 A 600 A
I
r
 = continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)
(All 310+)
I
r
A 100 160 250
B 125 200 300
C 150 225 315
D 160 250 350
E 175 300 400
F 200 315 450
G 225 350 500
H (= In) 250 400 600
tr
 = long delay time (seconds)
(All 310+)
Position 1 2 2 2
Position 2 4 4 4
Position 3 7 7 7
Position 4 10 10 10
Position 5 12 12 12
Position 6 15 15 15
Position 7 20 20 20
Position 8 24 24 24
I
sd (x Ir
) = short delay pickup
(All 310+)
Position 1 2x 2x 2x
Position 2 3x 3x 3x
Position 3 4x 4x 4x
Position 4 5x 5x 5x
Position 5 6x 6x 6x
Position 6 7x 7x 7x
Position 7 8x 8x 8x
Position 8 10x 10x 10x
Position 9 12x 12x 12x
tsd = short delay time I2t (milliseconds)
(LS, LSG)
Fixed 67 at10x 67 at10x 67 at10x
tsd = short delay time flat (milliseconds) 1
(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)
Position 1 Inst Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120 120
Position 3 300 300 300
I
g = ground fault pickup (amperes)
(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)
Position 1 50 80 120
Position 2 75 120 180
Position 3 100 160 240
Position 4 150 240 360
Position 5 200 320 480
Position 6 250 400 600
tg = ground fault delay time (milliseconds)
(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)
Position 1 Inst Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120 120
Position 3 300 300 300
Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii
) setting
(ALSI, ALSIG)
Yes 25x, 4x, 6x,
7x, 8x, 10x,
12x
25x, 4x, 6x,
7x, 8x, 10x,
12x
25x, 4x, 6x,
7x, 8x, 10x,
12x
Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (25 x In) 2
(ALSI, ALSIG)
Fixed 25x
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-201
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
LG-Frame
LG-Frame
Note: TA63IL, T63IL, T632L, TA632L terminals add 119 inches (302 mm) to line or load side of LG LTS3K or
LTS4K terminal covers add 213 inches (541 mm) to line or load side of LG
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
LG-Frame
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
2, 3 548 (1392) 1013 (2573) 409 (1039)
4 722 (1834) 1013 (2573) 409 (1039)
558
(1417)
1013
(2573)
406
(1031)
548
(1392)
192
(488)
243 (617)
316
(803)
R 025
(64)
200
(508)
269
(683) 538
(1367)
Breaker
Three-Pole
CL
Breaker Type Two- and Three-Pole Four-Pole
LGE, LGS, LGH, LGC, LGU, LGX 16 (73) 20 (91)
V4-T2-202 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module
172
(437)
344
(874)
516
(1311)
3-Pole
274 (696)
1538
(3907)
1013
(2573)
1538
(3907)
398
(1011)
430
(1092)
431
(1095)
455
(1156)
844
(2144)
1369
(3477)
558
(1417) 473
(1201)
558
(1417)
543
(1379)
406
(1031)
397
(1008)
844
(2144)
1368
(3475)
473
(1201)
172
(437)
344
(874)
086
(218)
4-Pole
275 (699)
3-Pole
548 (1392)
4-Pole
722 (1834)
3-Pole
274 (696)
4-Pole
275 (699)
3-Pole
548 (1392)
4-Pole
722 (1834)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-203
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
NG-Frame (1200 Ampere)

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-204
Product Selection Guide and Ordering
InformationV4-T2-205
Accessories V4-T2-208
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-209
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-211
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB)V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module V4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective CoordinationV4-T2-239
Special Features and AccessoriesV4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In BlocksV4-T2-252
Drawout Cassette V4-T2-253
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)
Product Description
● All Eaton NG-Frame circuit
breakers are suitable for
reverse feed use
● All NG-Frame circuit
breakers are HACR rated
V4-T2-204 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
NG Circuit Breaker with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit
Notes
1 800 A only
2 Neutral inn left pole on GN; right pole on NG
3 Breakers do not ship with lugs
Trip units are factory installable only
Amperes
080= 800
120 = 1200
Frame
NG
Performance
at 480 Vac
S = 50 kAIC
H = 65 kAIC
C = 100 kAIC
U = 150 kAIC 1
K = Molded
case switch
Poles
2 = Two
3 = Three
4 = Four; neutral 2
0% protected
7 = Four; neutral 2
100% protected
9 = Four; neutral 2
0/60/100% adjustable
protection
Trip Unit
33 =310+ Electronic LS
32 =310+ Electronic LSI
35 =310+ Electronic LSG
36 =310+ Electronic LSIG
38 =310+ Electronic ALSI with maintenance mode
39 =310+ Electronic ALSIG with maintenance mode
KS =Molded case switch
Rating
Blank=80% rated
C = 100% rated
Terminations 3
M =Metric tapped line/load
conductors
E =Imperial tapped line/load
conductors
Feature
Blank=No feature
B20=High load alarm
B21=Ground fault alarm, with trip
B22=Ground fault alarm, no trip
ZG= Zone selective interlocking
NG H 3 080 39 ZG E C
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-205
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information
Type NGS Standard Interrupting CapacityUe Max 690 Vac, 50 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-210
Molded Case Switches 789j
Notes
1 For AC use only
2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40 °C or 50 °C applications Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40 °C labeling
3 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired Sold separately
4 Neutral 0% protected NG, neutral in right pole; GN, neutral in left pole
5 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four); no neutral protection available with LSG or LSIG trip units
6 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four)
7 Non-UL listed NG 1250 with 1250 ampere trip unit is also available
8 For AC use only Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes
9 For two-pole applications, use outer poles of three-pole molded case switch
j Add “M” to above catalog numbers for metric tapped line/load conductors
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C 12
Number
of Poles
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit with Imperial Tapped Conductors
LS LSI LSG LSIG ALSI ALSIG
Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 3
800 2 NGS208033E NGS208032E NGS208035E NGS208036E   
3 NGS308033E NGS308032E NGS308035E NGS308036E NGS308038E NGS308039E NGFCT120
4 NGS408033E NGS408032E NGS408035E 4 NGS408036E 4 NGS408038E NGS408039E 4
4 5 NGS708033E NGS708032E   NGS708038E  
4 6 NGS908033E NGS908032E   NGS908038E  
1200 6 2 NGS212033E NGS212032E NGS212035E NGS212036E   
3 NGS312033E NGS312032E NGS312035E NGS312036E NGS312038E NGS312039E NGFCT120
4 NGS412033E NGS412032E NGS412035E 4 NGS412036E 4  NGS412039E 4
4 5 NGS712033E NGS712032E   NGS712038E  
4 6 NGS912033E NGS912032E   NGS912038E  
Ampere
Rating
Ue Maximum 690 Vac
Three-Pole
Catalog
Number Four-Pole
Catalog
Number
800 MCS with Imperial tapped line and load conductors NGK3080KSE MCS with Imperial line and load terminals NGK4080KSE
1200 MCS with Imperial tapped line and load conductors NGK3120KSE MCS with Imperial line and load terminals NGK4120KSE
1250 MCS with Imperial tapped line and load conductors NGK3125KSE MCS with Imperial line and load terminals NGK43125KSE
V4-T2-206 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Type NGH High Interrupting CapacityUe Max 690 Vac, 65 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-210
Type NGC Very High CapacityUe Max 690 Vac, 100 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-210
Type NGU Ultra High CapacityUe Max 600 Vac, 150 kA at 480 Vac
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-210
Notes
1 For AC use only
2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40 °C or 50 °C applications Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40 °C labeling
3 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired Sold separately
4 Neutral 0% protected NG, neutral in right pole; GN, neutral in left pole
5 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four); no neutral protection available with LSG or LSIG trip units
6 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four)
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C 12
Number
of Poles
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit
LS LSI LSG LSIG ALSI ALSIG
Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 3
800 2 NGH208033E NGH208032E NGH208035E NGH208036E   
3 NGH308033E NGH308032E NGH308035E NGH308036E NGH308038E NGH308039E NGFCT120
4 NGH408033E NGH408032E NGH408035E 4 NGH408036E 4 NGH408038E NGH408039E 4
4 5 NGH708033E NGH708032E   NGH708038E  
4 6 NGH908033E NGH908032E   NGH908038E  
1200 2 NGH212033E NGH212032E NGH212035E NGH212036E   
3 NGH312033E NGH312032E NGH312035E NGH312036E NGH312038E NGH312039E NGFCT120
4 NGH412033E NGH412032E NGH412035E 4 NGH412036E 4  NGH412039E 4
4 5 NGH712033E NGH712032E   NGH712038E  
4 6 NGH912033E NGH912032E   NGH912038E  
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C 12
Number
of Poles
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit
LS LSI LSG LSIG ALSI ALSIG
Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 3
800 2 NGC208033E NGC208032E NGC208035E NGC208036E   
3 NGC308033E NGC308032E NGC308035E NGC308036E NGC308038E NGC308039E NGFCT120
4 NGC408033E NGC408032E NGC408035E 4 NGC408036E 4 NGC408038E NGC408039E 4
4 5 NGC708033E NGC708032E   NGC708038E  
4 6 NGC908033E NGC908032E   NGC908038E  
1200 2 NGC212033E NGC212032E NGC212035E NGC212036E   
3 NGC312033E NGC312032E NGC312035E NGC312036E NGC312038E NGC312039E NGFCT120
4 NGC412033E NGC412032E NGC412035E 4 NGC412036E 4  NGC412039E 4
4 5 NGC712033E NGC712032E   NGC712038E  
4 6 NGC912033E NGC912032E   NGC912038E  
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C 12
Number
of Poles
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit
LS LSI LSG LSIG ALSI ALSIG
Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 3
800 3 NGU308033E NGU308032E NGU308035E NGU308036E NGU308038E NGU308039E NGFCT120
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-207
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information
Line and Load Terminals
N-Frame  do not include terminals as standard When copper or Cu/Al terminals are required, order by catalog number
Line and Load Terminals
310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories
Base Mounting Hardware
Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or
molded case switch
Base Mounting Hardware 3
Terminal Shield
Terminal Shield
Conductor Extension Kit
Conductor Extension Kit 4
Keeper Nut
Not required on NG-Frame Terminals are threaded
Handle Extension
Included with breaker Additional handle extensions are
available
Handle Extension
Interphase Barriers
The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance
between circuit breaker poles for special termination
applications Barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that
are installed in the molded slots between the terminals
(Field installation only)
Interphase Barriers
Notes
1 Single terminals individually packed
2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired Sold separately
3 Metric hardware included with breaker
4 Included as standard on 100% rated 1200 A breakers only
Maximum
Breaker Amperes
Terminal
Body Material Wire Type
AWG Wire
(Number of
Conductors)
AWG Wire
Catalog
Number 1
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Metric
Catalog
Number 1
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Terminals
700 Aluminum Cu/Al 1–500 (2) TA700NB1 50–240 TA700NB1M
1000 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–400 (3) TA1000NB1 95–185 TA1000NB1M
1200 Aluminum Cu/Al 4/0–500 (4) TA1200NB1 120–240 TA1200NB1M
1200 Aluminum Cu/Al 500–750 (3) TA1201NB1 300–400 TA1201NB1M
Optional Copper and Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals
700 Copper Cu 2/0–500 (2) T700NB1 70–240 T700NB1M
1000 Copper Cu 3/0–500 (3) T1000NB1 95–240 T1000NB1M
1200 Copper Cu 3/0–400 (4) T1200NB3 95–185 T1200NB3M
Description
Catalog
Number
Electronic portable test kit MTST230V
Trip unit tamper protection wire seal 5108A03H01
External neutral sensor (1200 A) 2 NGFCT120
External neutral sensor (800 A) 2 NGFCT120
Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication TRIP-LED
Breaker-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEW
Remote-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEWR06
Number
of Poles Description
Catalog
Number
Three- and four-pole Imperial hardware:
03125–18 x 125
pan-head steel screws and lock washers
BMH5
Three- and four-pole Metric hardware: M8 pan-head steel screws
and lock washers
BMH5M
Description
Catalog
Number
Three-pole terminal shield NTS3K
Description
Catalog
Number
Three-pole both ends Metric 5104A24G04
Three-pole both ends English 5104A24G02
Description
Catalog
Number
Single handle extension HEX5
Description
Catalog
Number
Interphase barriers 4 IPB5
V4-T2-208 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles
in the circuit breaker
NG-Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
Note
1 Contact Eaton
Description
Reference
Page
Three-Pole Four-Pole
Left Center Right Left Center Right Neu
Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-247 ●  ■ ●  ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-247 ●  ■ ●  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-247 ●  ■ ●  ■
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-247 ●  ■ ●  ■
Shunt tripstandard V4-T2-247 ■  ■
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-248 ■  ■
External Accessories
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-207 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Interphase barriers V4-T2-207 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-245  ■  ■
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-245 ?  ? ?  ?
Key interlock kit V4-T2-245 ?  ? ?  ?
Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-245 ● ● ●
Electrical operator V4-T2-245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-252 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear connecting studs V4-T2-245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-527 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Drawout cassette V4-T2-253 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle extension V4-T2-207 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammeter/cause of trip display V4-T2-244 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Cause of trip LED module V4-T2-244 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Digitrip 310+ test kit V4-T2-244 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-243 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/Naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-209
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
Interrupting Capacity Ratings
UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
NG-Frame Digitrip Specifications
NG 310+ Specifications
Notes
1 1600 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG
2 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles 240 (UL)
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
220–240 380–415
480 600
690
Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
NGS 1 2, 3, 4 65 85 85 50 50 50 25 20 10
NGH 2, 3, 4 100 100 100 70 50 65 35 25 13
NGC 2, 3, 4 200 200 100 100 50 100 65 35 18
NGU 3, 4 200     150 65  
Description Specification
Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310+
Breaker Type
Frame designation NG
Frames available 800 A, 1200 A
Continuous current range (A) 320–1200 A
Ground fault pickup (A) 160–1200 A
Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC) 35, 65, 100, 150
100% rated Yes
Protection
Ordering options LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode) Yes
Interchangeable trip unit No
High load alarm (suffix B20) 2 Yes
Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21) 2 Yes
Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22) 2 Yes
Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG) LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Cause of trip indication Yes
Thru-cover accessories No
V4-T2-210 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
NG 310+ Adjustability Specifications
Notes
1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units
2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit
NG Frame
310+ Settings 800 A 1200 A
I
r
 = continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)
(All 310+)
I
r
A 320 500
B 400 600
C 450 630
D 500 700
E 600 800
F 630 900
G 700 1000
H (= In) 800 1200
tr
 = long delay time (seconds)
(All 310+)
Position 1 2 2
Position 2 4 4
Position 3 6 7
Position 4 8 10
Position 5 10 12
Position 6 12 15
Position 7 14 20
Position 8 14 24
I
sd (x Ir
) = short delay pickup
(All 310+)
Position 1 2x 2x
Position 2 3x 3x
Position 3 4x 4x
Position 4 5x 5x
Position 5 6x 6x
Position 6 7x 7x
Position 7 8x 8x
Position 8 9x 9x
Position 9 9x 9x
tsd = short delay time I2t (milliseconds)
(LS, LSG)
Fixed 67 at10x 67 at10x
tsd = short delay time flat (milliseconds)
(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG) 1
Position 1 Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120
Position 3 300 300
I
g = ground fault pickup (amperes)
(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)
Position 1 160 240
Position 2 240 360
Position 3 320 480
Position 4 480 720
Position 5 640 960
Position 6 800 1200
tg = ground fault delay time (milliseconds)
(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)
Position 1 Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120
Position 3 300 300
Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii
) setting
(ALSI, ALSIG)
Yes 25x, 4x, 6x, 7x,
8x, 10x, 18x
25x, 4x, 6x, 7x,
8x, 10x, 12x
Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (25 x In)
(ALSI, ALSIG) 2
Fixed 25x 25x
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-211
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NG-Frame
NG-Frame
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
NG-Frame
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
3 825 (2096) 1600 (4064) 550 (1397)
4 1113 (2826) 1600 (4064) 550 (1397)
925
(2350)
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole
1600
(4064)
344
(874)
Side View
550
(1397)
825
(2096)
191
(485)
150
(381)
638
(1621)
 319
(810)
BREAKER
R 25
(64)
368
(935)
Complete Breaker
Breaker Type Three-Pole Four-Pole
NGS, NGH, NGC 45 (204) 58 (263)
V4-T2-212 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)
Catalog Number SelectionV4-T2-213
Product Selection V4-T2-214
AccessoriesV4-T2-219
Technical Data and Specifications V4-T2-220
Dimensions and Weights V4-T2-222
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB) V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) ModuleV4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective Coordination V4-T2-239
Special Features and Accessories V4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In Blocks V4-T2-252
Drawout CassetteV4-T2-253
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)
Product Description
● Eaton’s RG-Frame circuit
breakers are available as
frame (which includes trip
unit), rating plug and
terminals
● All R-Frame
are suitable for reverse
feed use
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-213
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac
RG Circuit Breaker With 310+ Electronic Trip Unit
RG 310+ Electronic Trip Unit
RG Circuit Breaker with OPTIM 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit
RG H 3 250 39 ZG E C
Amperes
160 = 1600
200 = 2000
250 = 2500
Frame
RG
Performance
at 480 Vac
H = 65 kAIC
C = 100 kAIC
K = Molded
case switch Poles
3 = Three
4 = Four
Trip Unit
33 =310+ Electronic LS
32 =310+ Electronic LSI
35 =310+ Electronic LSG
36 =310+ Electronic LSIG
38 =310+ Electronic LSI w/ Maintenance Mode
39 =310+ Electronic LSIG w/ Maintenance Mode
KS =Molded case switch
Rating
Blank=80% rated
C = 100% rated (except 2500 A)
Terminations
M =Metric tapped line/load
conductors
E =Imperial tapped line/load
conductors
W =No terminals
Feature
Blank=No feature
B20=High load alarm
B21=Ground fault alarm, with trip
B22=Ground fault alarm, no trip
ZG= Zone selective interlocking
 Poles
3 = Three
Amperes
160 = 1600
200 = 2000
250 = 2500
Type
RT
RT 3 250 39 ZG
Feature
Blank=No feature
B20=High load alarm
B21=Ground fault alarm, with trip
B22=Ground fault alarm, no trip
ZG= Zone selective interlocking
Trip Unit
33 =310+ Electronic LS
32 =310+ Electronic LSI
35 =310+ Electronic LSG
36 =310+ Electronic LSIG
38 =310+ Electronic LSI
w/ Maintenance Mode
39 =310+ Electronic LSIG
w/ Maintenance Mode
 Poles
3 = Three
4 = Four
Trip Function
Digitrip 610
T61 = LI
T62 = LSI
T63 = LS
T64 = LIG
T65 = LSG
T66 = LSIG
Digitrip 910
T91 = LI
T92 = LSI
T93 = LS
T94 = LIG
T95 = LSG
T96 = LSIG
Amperes
16 = 1600
20 = 2000
25 = 2500
Type
RGH 65K
RGC 100K
Modification Suffix
R = Ground fault remote
RES trip
E = 100% protection
(new design 310)
RES trip unit
P = 100% prot neut
4P RES trip unit
V3 = Electronic trip without
ambient temperature
marked on trip unit
W = w/o terms
K = Molded case switch
RGH 3 16 T92 W
V4-T2-214 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Product Selection
70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac
Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-221
100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac
Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-221
Notes
1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame
2 Order terminals separately Mounting hardware not included
3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel Add “R” to catalog number, for example, “RGH316035RW”
4 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired Sold separately
5 No neutral protection available on four-pole breakers with LSG or LSIG trip units
6 Unprotected left pole neutral Add “P” to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add “E” for 60% protected, for example, “RGH416033PW,” “RGH416033EW”
RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors Use suffix “M” for metric threading
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C 1
Number
of Poles
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with
Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2
Neutral CT
LS LSI LSG 3 LSIG 3 ALSI ALSIG for LSG and LSIG 4
1600 1 3 RGH316033E RGH316032E RGH316035E RGH316036E RGH316038E RGH316039E RGFCT160A
2000 3 RGH320033E RGH320032E RGH320035E RGH320036E RGH320038E RGH320039E RGFCT200A
2500 3 RGH325033E RGH325032E RGH325035E RGH325036E RGH325038E RGH325039E RGFCT250A
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C 1
Number
of Poles
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with
Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2
LS LSI LSG 35 LSIG 35 ALSI ALSIG 35
1600 1 4 6 RGH416033E RGH416032E   RGH416038E
2000 4 6 RGH420033E RGH420032E   RGH420038E
2500 4 6 RGH425033E RGH425032E   RGH425038E
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-215
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac
Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-221
Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac, continued
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-221
Molded Case Switches 7
Notes
1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame
2 Order terminals separately Mounting hardware not included
3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel Add “R” to catalog number, for example, “RGH316035RW”
4 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired Sold separately
5 No neutral protection available on four-pole breakers with LSG or LSIG trip units
6 Unprotected left pole neutral Add “P” to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add “E” for 60% protected, for example, “RGH416033PW,” “RGH416033EW”
7 Molded case switch will trip above 17,500 amperes
RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors Use suffix “M” for metric threading
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C 1
Number
of Poles
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with
Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2
Neutral CT
LS LSI LSG 3 LSIG 3 ALSI ALSIG for LSG and LSIG 4
1600 1 3 RGC316033E RGC316032E RGC316035E RGC316036E RGC316038E RGC316039E RGFCT160A
2000 3 RGC320033E RGC320032E RGC320035E RGC320036E RGC320038E RGC320039E RGFCT200A
2500 3 RGC325033E RGC325032E RGC325035E RGC325036E RGC325038E RGC325039E RGFCT250A
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C 1
Number
of Poles
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with
Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2
LS LSI LSG 35 LSIG 35 ALSI ALSIG 35
1600 1 4 6 RGC416033E RGC416032E   RGC416038E
2000 4 6 RGC420033E RGC420032E   RGC420038E
2500 4 6 RGC425033E RGC425032E   RGC425038E
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
1600 3 RGK3160KSE
2000 3 RGK3200KSE
1600 4 RGK4160KSE
2000 4 RGK4200KSE
V4-T2-216 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910
Notes
1 Order terminals separately Mounting hardware not included
2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup
RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Number
of Poles
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs
Order as Individual ComponentCatalog Number 1 Digitrip RMS
Interchangeable
Rating Plug
(Order as Individual
Component)
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Fixed Rating Plug
Long Delay Pickup
Long Delay Time
Short Time Range
Short Time Delay
Instantaneous
Ground Fault Pickup
Ground Fault Delay
05–10 x In
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir

2–6 x M1 and M2


05–I0n
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms



05–10 x In
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2–6 x M1 and M2


05–10 x In
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir

2–6 x M1 and M2
025–10 x In 2
100–500 ms
05–10 x In
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms

025–10 x In 2
100–500 ms
05–10 x In
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2–6 x M1 and M2
025–10 x In 2
100–500 ms
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Type RGH with Digitrip 610 High Interrupting CapacityUe Max 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
1600 3 RGH316T61WP44 RGH316T63WP44 RGH316T62WP44 RGH316T64WP44 RGH316T65WP44 RGH316T66WP44 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1250 RP6R16A125
Includes 1600 A rating plug 1600 RP6R16A160
2000 3 RGH320T61WP49 RGH320T63WP49 RGH320T62WP49 RGH320T64WP49 RGH320T65WP49 RGH320T66WP49 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1250 RP6R20A125
1600 RP6R20A160
Includes 2000 A rating plug 2000 RP6R20A200
2500 3 RGH325T61WP53 RGH325T63WP53 RGH325T62WP53 RGH325T64WP53 RGH325T65WP53 RGH325T66WP53 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
2500 RP6R25A250
Type RGC with Digitrip 610 Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Max 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac
1600 3 RGC316T61WP44 RGC316T63WP44 RGC316T62WP44 RGC316T64WP44 RGC316T65WP44 RGC316T66WP44 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1250 RP6R16A125
Includes 1600 A rating plug 1600 RP6R16A160
2000 3 RGC320T61WP49 RGC320T63WP49 RGC320T62WP49 RGC320T64WP49 RGC320T65WP49 RGC320T66WP49 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1250 RP6R20A125
1600 RP6R20A160
Includes 2000 A rating plug 2000 RP6R20A200
2500 3 RGC325T61WP53 RGC325T63WP53 RGC325T62WP53 RGC325T64WP53 RGC325T65WP53 RGC325T66WP53 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
Includes 2500 A rating plug 2500 RP6R25A250
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-217
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910, continued
Notes
1 Order terminals separately Mounting hardware not included
2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup
RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Number
of Poles
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs
Order as Individual ComponentCatalog Number 1 Digitrip RMS
Interchangeable
Rating Plug
(Order as Individual
Component)
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Fixed Rating Plug
Long Delay Pickup
Long Delay Time
Short Time Range
Short Time Delay
Instantaneous
Ground Fault Pickup
Ground Fault Delay
05–10 x In
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir

2–6 x M1 and M2


05–I0n
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms



05–10 x In
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2–6 x M1 and M2


05–10 x In
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir

2–6 x M1 and M2
025–10 x In 2
100–500 ms
05–10 x In
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms

025–10 x In 2
100–500 ms
05–10 x In
2–24 Seconds
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2–6 x M1 and M2
025–10 x In 2
100–500 ms
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Type RGH with Digitrip 910 High Interrupting CapacityUe Max 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
1600 3 RGH316T91WP44 RGH316T93WP44 RGH316T92WP44 RGH316T94WP44 RGH316T95WP44 RGH316T96WP44 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1250 RP6R16A125
Includes 1600 A rating plug 1600 RP6R16A160
2000 3 RGH320T91WP49 RGH320T93WP49 RGH320T92WP49 RGH320T94WP49 RGH320T95WP49 RGH320T96WP49 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1250 RP6R20A125
1600 RP6R20A160
Includes 2000 A rating plug 2000 RP6R20A200
2500 3 RGH325T91WP53 RGH325T93WP53 RGH325T92WP53 RGH325T94WP53 RGH325T95WP53 RGH325T96WP53 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
Includes 2500 A rating plug 2500 RP6R25A250
Type RGC with Digitrip 910 Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Max 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac
1600 3 RGC316T91WP44 RGC316T93WP44 RGC316T92WP44 RGC316T94WP44 RGC316T95WP44 RGC316T96WP44 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1250 RP6R16A125
Includes 1600 A rating plug 1600 RP6R16A160
2000 3 RGC320T91WP49 RGC320T93WP49 RGC320T92WP49 RGC320T94WP49 RGC320T95WP49 RGC320T96WP49 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1250 RP6R20A125
1600 RP6R20A160
Includes 2000 A rating plug 2000 RP6R20A200
2500 3 RGC325T91WP53 RGC325T93WP53 RGC325T92WP53 RGC325T94WP53 RGC325T95WP53 RGC25T96WP53 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
Includes 2500 A rating plug 2500 RP6R25A250
V4-T2-218 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information
Line and Load Terminals
R-Frame  use Cu/Al terminals as standard and
copper only terminals as an option Specify if factory installation
is required Must have terminals for 100% rated and or freeze
testing requirements
Line and Load Terminals
RG Rear Connector Exploded View
TA2000RD Wire Terminal
Note: Order one TA2000RDM kit per three poles Catalog number
includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or
load side of three-pole breaker
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body
Material
Wire
Type Hardware
AWG/kcmil
Wire Range/
Number of Conductors
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Catalog
Number
Wire Terminals
1600 Aluminum Cu/Al Metric 500–1000 (4) 300–500 TA1600RDM 1
1600 Copper Cu Metric 1–600 (4) 50–300 T1600RDM 1
2000 Aluminum Cu/Al Metric 2–600 (6) 35–300 TA2000RDM 2
Rear Connectors
2000 Copper  Metric   B2016RDM 1
2000 Copper  Metric   B2016RDLM 1
2500 Copper  Metric   B2500RDM 1
Conductor
(Viewed from Front
of Circuit Breaker)
Conductor
(Viewed from Rear
of Circuit Breaker and Cut
Away for Clarity)
Rear Connector (Cu)
B2016RDM
B2016RDLM (For 100% Application)
(For 1600 A and 2000 A Frames)
B2500RDM for 2500 A
Securing
Hardware
Securing Hardware
Cu Only
Terminal
Catalog Number
T1600RDM 3
(For 1600 A
Frame Only)
Al/Cu
Terminal
Catalog
Number
TA1600RDM 3
(For 1600 A
Frame Only)
OR
Breaker Line/Load
Conductors
Base Mounting Hardware
Supplied by customer
Handle Extension
Included with breaker
Additional handle extensions
are available
Handle Extension
Wire Seal
The wire seal can be used to
secure the cover on the trip
unit to prevent adjustments
after settings are confirmed
Wire Seal
Notes
1 Order one per polesingle terminals
individually packed
2 Order one TA2000RD kit per three poles
Catalog number includes bus connection,
terminals and hardware for either line
side or load side of three-pole breaker
3 For use with 2500 A Frame Do not order
separately unless for replacement
purposes Included in breaker carton
when 2500 A frame is ordered
RG MCCBs have metric threading on line
and load conductors Use RD MCCBs if
imperial threading is required
Description
Catalog
Number
Single handle
extension
HEX6
Description
Catalog
Number
Wire seal 5108A03H01
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-219
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles
in the circuit breaker
RG-Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories
Notes
1 Contact Eaton
2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired Sold separately
3 Cause-of-trip indication LEDs integrated in RG 310+ trip units
Description
Reference
Page
Three-Pole Four-Pole
Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Shunt tripstandard V4-T2-247   ●  ●
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-248   ●  ●
External Accessories
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-218 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-245 ?  ? ?  ?
Key interlock kit V4-T2-245 ?  ? ?  ?
Electrical operator V4-T2-245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-527 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle extension V4-T2-218 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Digitrip 310+ test kit V4-T2-244 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-243 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Description
Catalog
Number
Electronic portable test kit MTST230V
Trip unit tamper protection wire seal 5108A03H01
External neutral sensor (2500 A) 2 RGFCT250A
External neutral sensor (2000 A) 2 RGFCT200A
External neutral sensor (1600 A) 2 RGFCT160A
Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication 3
Breaker-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEW
Remote-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEWR06
V4-T2-220 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
RG 310+ Specifications
Notes
1 Utilization Category A
2 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes
See Page V4-T2-212 for trip unit specifications
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240 277 480 600
RGH 3, 4 125  65 50
RGC 3, 4 200  100 65
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240 415 690
RGH 3, 4
I
cu 135 70 25
I
cs 100 50 13
RGC 3, 4
I
cu 200 100 35
I
cs 100 50 18
Description Specification
Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310+
Breaker Type
Frame designation RG
Frames available 1600 A, 2000 A, 2500 A
Continuous current range (A) 800–2500 A
Ground fault pickup (A) 200–1200 A
Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC) 65, 100
100% rated Yes
Protection
Ordering options LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode) Yes
Interchangeable trip unit Yes
High load alarm (suffix B20) 2 Yes
Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21) 2 Yes
Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22) 2 Yes
Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG) LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Cause of trip indication Yes
Thru-cover accessories No
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-221
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
RG 310+ Adjustability Specifications
Notes
1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units
2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit
RG Frame
310+ Settings 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A
I
r
 = continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)
(All 310+)
I
r
A 800 1000 1600
B 900 1200 1700
C 1000 1400 1800
D 1100 1600 2000
E 1200 1700 2100
F 1400 1800 2200
G 1500 1900 2400
H (= In) 1600 2000 2500
tr
 = long delay time (seconds)
(All 310+)
Position 1 2 2 2
Position 2 4 4 4
Position 3 7 7 7
Position 4 10 10 10
Position 5 12 12 12
Position 6 15 15 15
Position 7 20 20 20
Position 8 24 24 24
I
sd (x Ir
) = short delay pickup
(All 310+)
Position 1 2x 2x 2x
Position 2 3x 3x 2x
Position 3 4x 4x 2x
Position 4 5x 5x 3x
Position 5 6x 6x 4x
Position 6 7x 7x 5x
Position 7 8x 8x 6x
Position 8 8x 8x 6x
Position 9 9x 9x 6x
tsd = short delay time I2t (milliseconds)
(LS, LSG)
Fixed 67 at10x 67 at10x 67 at10x
tsd = short delay time flat (milliseconds)
(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG) 1
Position 1 Inst Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120 120
Position 3 300 300 300
I
g = ground fault pickup (amperes)
(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)
Position 1 200 200 200
Position 2 400 400 400
Position 3 600 600 600
Position 4 800 800 800
Position 5 1000 1000 1000
Position 6 1200 1200 1200
tg = ground fault delay time (milliseconds)
(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)
Position 1 Inst Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120 120
Position 3 300 300 300
Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii
) setting
(ALSI, ALSIG)
Yes 25x, 4x, 6x,
7x, 8x, 11x
25x, 4x, 6x,
7x, 8x, 9x
25x, 4x, 6x,
7x
Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (25 x In)
(ALSI, ALSIG) 2
Fixed 25x 25x 25x
V4-T2-222 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
RG-Frame
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
RG-Frame
Number
of Poles Width Height Depth
3 1550 (3937) 1600 (4064) 975 (2477)
4 2000 (5080) 1600 (4064) 975 (2477)
Breaker
Type
Complete Breaker
Number of Poles
Three-Pole Four-Pole
1600 Amperes
RGH, RGC 102 (463) 135 (612)
2000 Amperes
RGH, RGC 102 (463) 135 (612)
2500 Amperes
RGH, RGC 135 (612) 182 (826)
1450
(3683)
725
(1842)
(1295)
(1969)
016 R
(41)
Front Cover Cutout Front View 3-Pole
CL Breaker
1600
(4064)
825
(2096)
1550
(3937)
1313
(3335)
657
(1669)
(2464) 1500
(3810)
4 Holes
044 Dia
(112)
CL
Handle
1300
(3302)
225 (572)
Tee
Connectors
May Be
Rotated 90
675
(1715)
900
(2286)
Side View
44 R
(112) 510
970
775
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-223
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Motor Circuit 480 Vac, Protectors

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)
Product Selection Guide and Ordering
InformationV4-T2-224
Motor Protector  (MPCB)V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module V4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective CoordinationV4-T2-239
Special Features and AccessoriesV4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In BlocksV4-T2-252
Drawout Cassette V4-T2-253
Motor Circuit Protectors
(MCP)
V4-T2-224 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information
EG-Frame480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum 1
Notes
1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters
2 Motor FLA ranges are typical The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown
Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used
3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown
Continuous
Amperes
Cam
Setting
Motor
Full Load
Current
Amperes 2
MCP
Trip
Setting 3
MCP
Catalog
Number
3 A 069 –091 9 HMCPE003A0C
B 11–13 15
C 16–17 21
D 20–22 27
E 23–25 30
F 26– 28 33
7 A 15–20 21 HMCPE007C0C
B 26–31 35
C 37–39 49
D 48–52 63
E 53–57 70
F 58–61 77
15 A 34–45 45 HMCPE015E0C
B 57–68 75
C 80–91 105
D 104–114 135
E 115–126 150
F 127–130 165
30 A 39–91 90 HMCPE030H1C
B 115–137 150
C 161–183 210
D 207–229 270
E 230–252 300
F 253–261 330
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-225
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
EG-Frame480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum, continued 1
JG-Frame600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 1
Notes
1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters
2 Motor FLA ranges are typical The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown
Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used
3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown
4 Settings above 10 x In are for special applications Where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be
less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating
Continuous
Amperes
Cam
Setting
Motor
Full Load
Current
Amperes 2
MCP
Trip
Setting 3
MCP
Catalog
Number
50 A 115–152 150 HMCPE050K2C
B 192–229 250
C 269–306 350
D 346–383 450
E 384–421 500
F 422–435 550
70 A 161–306 210 HMCPE070M2C
B 269–322 350
C 376–429 490
D 484–537 630
E 538–591 700
F 592–609 770
100 A 230–306 300 HMCPE100R3C
B 384–460 500
C 538–614 700
D 692–768 900
E 769–845 1000
F 846–870 1100
100 A 384–460 500 HMCPE100T3C
B 576–652 750
C 769–845 1000
D 4 1250
E 4 1375
F 4 1500
Continuous
Amperes
MCP
Trip Range
(Amperes)
MCP
Catalog
Number
250 500–1000 HMCPJ250D5L
625–1250 HMCPJ250F5L
750–1500 HMCPJ250G5L
875–1750 HMCPJ250J5L
1000–2000 HMCPJ250K5L
1125–2250 HMCPJ250L5L
1250–2500 HMCPJ250W5L
V4-T2-226 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
LG-Frame600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 1
Notes
1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters
800 and 1200 ampere, 600 Vac maximum motor circuit protectors are available as Series C HMCP product
Continuous
Amperes
MCP
Trip Range
(Amperes)
MCP
Catalog
Number
600 1250–2500 HMCPL600L6G
1500–3000 HMCPL600N6G
1750–3500 HMCPL600R6G
2000–4000 HMCPL600X6G
2250–4500 HMCPL600Y6G
2500–5000 HMCPL600P6G
3000–6000 HMCPL600M6G
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-227
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Series G Motor Protector  (MPCB)

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB)
Product SelectionV4-T2-228
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-229
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module V4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective CoordinationV4-T2-239
Special Features and AccessoriesV4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In BlocksV4-T2-252
Drawout Cassette V4-T2-253
Motor Protector  (MPCB)
Product Description
● Eliminates need for
separate overload relay
Application Description
● Can be used with
contactor to eliminate need
for overload relay and still
create manual motor
control
● Meets requirement for
motor branch protection,
including:
● Disconnecting means
● Branch circuit short
circuit protection
● Overload protection
Features and Benefits
● Phase unbalance
protection
● Phase loss protection
● Hot trip/cold trip
● High load alarm
● Pre-detection trip relay
option
● Class 10, 15, 20, 30
protection
Standards and Certifications
● IEC 60947-2
● UL 489 100% rated
● UL 508
● CSA C222
V4-T2-228 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Product Selection
JGMP Catalog Numbers
JGMP FLA le Dial Setting
LGMP Catalog Numbers
LGMP FLA le Dial Setting
Notes
1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker
For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02
For additional breaker solutions, see Page V4-T2-405
Continuous Amperes
35 kAIC 65 kAIC
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
50 JGMPS050G JGMPH050G
100 JGMPS100G JGMPH100G
160 JGMPS160G JGMPH160G
250 JGMPS250G JGMPH250G
Continuous Amperes A B C D E F G H
50 20 20 25 30 32 40 45 50
100 40 45 50 63 70 80 90 100
160 63 80 90 100 110 125 150 160
250 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
Continuous Amperes
50 kAIC 65 kAIC
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 LGMPS250G LGMPH250G
400 LGMPS400G LGMPH400G
600 LGMPS600G LGMPH600G
630 1 LGMPS630G LGMPH630G
Continuous Amperes A B C D E F G H
250 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
400 160 200 225 250 300 315 350 400
600 250 300 315 350 400 450 500 600
630 1 250 300 315 350 400 500 600 630
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-229
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
JGMPS and JGMPH Rating and Ampere Range
LGMPS and LGMPH Rating and Ampere Range
Notes
1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker
For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02
Maximum Rated Current250 A
Breaker Type
Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz JGMPS JGMPH
IEC 60947-2 220–240 Vac I cu 85 100
I cs 85 100
380–415 Vac I cu 40 70
I cs 40 70
660–690 Vac I cu 12 14
I cs 6 7
NEMA UL 489 240 Vac 85 100
480 Vac 35 65
600 Vac 25 35
Number of poles 3 3
Ampere range 50–250 50 –250
Maximum Rated Current630 A 1
Breaker Type
Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz LGMPS LGMPH
IEC 60947-2 220–240 Vac I cu 85 100
I cs 85 100
380–415 Vac I cu 50 70
I cs 50 53
660–690 Vac I cu 20 25
I cs 10 13
NEMA UL 489 240 Vac 85 100
480 Vac 50 65
600 Vac 25 35
Number of poles 3 3
Ampere range 250–630 1 250 –630 1
V4-T2-230 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Clockwise from Left:
JG, LG, EG MCCBs Shown with
Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB) V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module
Product Selection V4-T2-231
DimensionsV4-T2-232
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective Coordination V4-T2-239
Special Features and Accessories V4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In Blocks V4-T2-252
Drawout CassetteV4-T2-253
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module
Product Description
Eaton offers three- and fourpole 30 mA ground fault
(earth leakage) protection
modules for Series G E-, Jand L-frame molded case
 (MCCBs)
Separate UL listed and IEC
rated devices are available for
each frame
The modules are bottom
mounted and are available for
each frame circuits up to:
● EG: 125 amperes
● JG: 150 (UL), 160 (IEC)
or 250 amperes
● LG: 400, 600 (UL)
or 630 (IEC) amperes
The module is completely self
contained, including a current
sensor, relay and power
supply inside the device
Current pickup settings are
selectable from 003 to 10
amperes for all devices,
except for the UL listed
module, for which settings
are selectable from 003 to 30
amperes Time delays are
also selectable from
Instantaneous to 10 second
for pickup settings of 010
amperes and above The
current pickup setting of
003 amperes defaults to an
Instantaneous time setting
regardless of the time dial’s
position
Two alarm contacts are
included with each device,
which can be wired externally
for remote indication Both of
these are also indicated by an
LED on the front of the
device:
1 50% pre-trip: alarms
when the earth leakage
current reaches 50% of
the set pickup setting
value
2 100% after trip: alarms
when the breaker
reaches the set pickup
setting value and the
breaker trips
UL-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate
IEC-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-231
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Product Selection
EG-Frame Ground Fault Modules,
UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac,
50/60 Hz) 1
EG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules,
IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac,
50/60 Hz)
JG-Frame Ground Fault Modules,
UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac,
50/60 Hz)
JG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules,
IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac,
50/60 Hz)
Note
1 Shunt trip and undervoltage release cannot be used in an EG
breaker connected to an earth leakage module
LG-Frame Ground Fault Modules,
UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac,
50/60 Hz)
LG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules,
IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac,
50/60 Hz)
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
125 3 ELEBN3125G
125 4 ELEBN4125G
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
125 3 ELEBE3125G
125 4 ELEBE4125G
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
150 3 ELJBN3150W
150 4 ELJBN4150W
250 3 ELJBN3250W
250 4 ELJBN4250W
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
160 3 ELJBE3160W
160 4 ELJBE4160W
250 3 ELJBE3250W
250 4 ELJBE4250W
EG-Frame
JG-Frame
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
400 3 ELLBN3400W
400 4 ELLBN4400W
600 3 ELLBN3600W
600 4 ELLBN4600W
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
400 3 ELLBE3400W
400 4 ELLBE4400W
630 3 ELLBE3630W
630 4 ELLBE4630W
LG-Frame
V4-T2-232 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Assembled Breaker and Earth Leakage Module
EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module
Frame Height Width Depth
Three-Pole
EG 1025 (2603) 300 (762) 298 (758)
JG 1125 (2858) 413 (1049) 357 (907)
LG 1538 (3907) 548 (1392) 406 (1031)
Four-Pole
EG 1025 (2603) 400 (1016) 298 (758)
JG 1125 (2858) 550 (1397) 357 (907)
LG 1538 (3907) 723 (1836) 406 (1031)
090 (229)
035 (89)
317
(805)
301
(765)
275
(699)
009
(229)
1026
(2606) 475
(1206) 055 (140)
3-Pole
298
(757)
398
(1011)
200
(508)
149
(378)
100
(254)
100
(254)
050
(127)
859
(2182)
478
(1214) 070 (178)
078
(198)
050
(127)
150
(381)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-233
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module
LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module
RESET
TEST
409
(1039)
205
357 (521)
369 (907)
(937)
4-Pole
550 (1397)
3-Pole
413 (1049)
138
(351)
206
(523)
392
(996) 550
(1397)
1125
(2858)
700
(1778)
425
(1080)
331
(841)
069
(175)
381
478 (968)
(1214)
337
(856)
697
(1770)
106
(269)
493
(1252)
188
(478)
063
(160)
125
(318)
550
(1397)
357
(907)
205
(521)
392
(996)
1125
(2858)
R 019
(48)
028
(71)
050
(1397)
172
(437)
344
(874)
516
(1311)
3-Pole
274 (696)
1538
(3907)
1013
(2573)
1538
(3907)
398
(1011)
430
(1092)
431
(1095)
455
(1156)
844
(2144)
1369
(3477)
558
(1417) 473
(1201)
558
(1417)
543
(1379)
406
(1031)
397
(1008)
844
(2144)
1368
(3475)
473
(1201)
172
(437)
344
(874)
086
(218)
4-Pole
275 (699)
3-Pole
548 (1392)
4-Pole
722 (1834)
3-Pole
274 (696)
4-Pole
275 (699)
3-Pole
548 (1392)
4-Pole
722 (1834)
V4-T2-234 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB) V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) ModuleV4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module
Product Selection V4-T2-235
Technical Data and Specifications V4-T2-236
Dimensions and Weights V4-T2-236
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective Coordination V4-T2-239
Special Features and Accessories V4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In Blocks V4-T2-252
Drawout CassetteV4-T2-253
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module
Product Overview
Power demand continues
to grow in new and existing
facilities To meet increased
demand, larger utility
supplies, spot networks and
large facility transformers
are installed The increased
capacity of the electrical
source results in increased
fault currents in excess
of 100 kA short-circuit
protection Eaton
manufactures non-fused
current limiting modules with
interrupting capacities up to
200 kA at 600 Vac or 70 kA at
690 Vac Unlike fused current
limiters with a one-time use,
a current limiter module
provides an automatic reset
of the module after a shortcircuit event Resetting the
molded-case circuit breaker is
the only action required to
restore critical power to the
system; there is no time
wasted with sourcing the
correct replacement fuses
or module to bring system
back
Product Description
The current limiting breaker
modules use a unique contact
design to enhance the
system protection similar to
that of the circuit breaker
When high short-circuit
current is flowing through the
contacts of these modules,
the design results in very high
interrupting capacities and
improved current limiting
characteristics
Application Description
High-performance breakers
are most commonly applied
when very high fault levels
are available and with
applications where the
current limiting capability is
used upstream of the final
load to limit current Typical
loads include lighting, power
distribution, and motor
control applications
Features and Benefits
Superior system protection:
● Auto reset improves
system uptime and
eliminates the need for
finding replacement parts
● No fuses to replace,
reducing the overall cost of
ownership and the waste
created by fuses
● Overloads, by using inverse
time current tripping
characteristics of the
molded-case circuit
breaker
● Low-level short circuits, by
using instantaneous and/or
short-time delay tripping
characteristics of the
molded-case circuit
breaker
● High-level short circuits, by
using ultra-high-speed,
blow-apart contacts of the
current limiting module in
series with the circuit
breaker contacts
● Let-through currents, by
improved opening speed of
the contacts, the resultant
rapid rise of arc voltage
introduces impedance into
the system
Standards and Certifications
● IEC 60947-2
● UL 489
● CSA C222
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-235
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Product Selection
Series G High Performance Family Offering
EG IC Rating150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
Notes
1 600Y/347 V
2 Two interphase barriers included on line end mounted limiter; (2) line end of limiter Four interphase barriers included on load end mounted limiter; (2) line end of breaker
(2) load end of limiter
Type Product Amperes
480 Vac
(UL)
600 Vac
(UL)
415 Vac (IEC) 690 Vac (IEC)
Icu Ics Icu Ics
EGC 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only 15–125 100 35 1 100 100  
With limiter 15–100 150 100 1 150 150  
JG 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only 70–250 200 50 200 200 18 14
With limiter 70–225 200 200 200 150 70 18
JG 3P electronic Breaker only 20–250 200 50 200 200 18 14
With limiter 100–250 200 200 200 150 70 18
LG 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only 250–600 200 65 200 200 35 18
LG3P electronic Breaker only 100–600 200 65 200 200 35 18
UL Listed
(NEMA/IEC Rated)
Base Molded Case
Circuit Breaker
Breaker with
Line Side Mounted
Current Limiter
Breaker with
Load Side Mounted
Current Limiter
Line and Load
Terminations Included 2
Interphase Barrier
Included for Limiter
EGC3015FFG EGC3015FFGQ01 EGC3015FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3016FFG EGC3016FFGQ01 EGC3016FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3020FFG EGC3020FFGQ01 EGC3020FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3025FFG EGC3025FFGQ01 EGC3025FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3030FFG EGC3030FFGQ01 EGC3030FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3032FFG EGC3032FFGQ01 EGC3032FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3035FFG EGC3035FFGQ01 EGC3035FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3040FFG EGC3040FFGQ01 EGC3040FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3045FFG EGC3045FFGQ01 EGC3045FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3050FFG EGC3050FFGQ01 EGC3050FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3060FFG EGC3060FFGQ01 EGC3060FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3063FFG EGC3063FFGQ01 EGC3063FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3070FFG EGC3070FFGQ01 EGC3070FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3080FFG EGC3080FFGQ01 EGC3080FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3090FFG EGC3090FFGQ01 EGC3090FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EGC3100FFG EGC3100FFGQ01 EGC3100FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
EG-Frame
V4-T2-236 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489 Current Limiting Data
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module
EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module
Frame Circuit Ip (kA) I2T (106A2S)
EGC…Q 240 V/150 kA 2180 0277
EGC…Q 480 V/150 kA 2180 0277
EGC…Q 600 V/100 kA 2260 0387
Frame Height Width Depth Weight in lbs (kg)
EG 966 (2457) 300 (762) 298 (758) 291 (132)
HMCP 966 (2457) 300 (762) 298 (758) 418 (190)
966
417 (2454)
(1059)
361
(917)
056
(142)
300
(762)
100
(254)
100
(254)
100
(254)
050
(127)
320
(813)
417
(1059)
275
(699)
009
(23)
078
(198)
041
(104)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-237
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
JG IC Rating200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac
Series G HMCP
Line and Load Terminals
Notes
1 Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number FJIPBK
2 Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter
3 Line and load terminals included with products listed above
Ampere
Rating
Magnetic
Range
UL Listed, IEC Rated
Breaker With Line Side
Mounted Current Limiter 1
UL Listed, IEC Rated
Breaker With Load Side
Mounted Current Limiter 2
IEC Rated Breaker
With Line Side Mounted
Current Limiter 1
IEC Rated Breaker
With Load Side Mounted
Current Limiter 2
Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic
70 350–700 JGH3070FAGQ01 JGH3070FAGQ02  
90 450–900 JGH3090FAGQ01 JGH3090FAGQ02  
100 500–1000 JGH3100FAGQ01 JGH3100FAGQ02 JGH3100AAGQ01 JGH3100AAGQ02
125 625–1250 JGH3125FAGQ01 JGH3125FAGQ02 JGH3125AAGQ01 JGH3125AAGQ02
150 750–1550 JGH3150FAGQ01 JGH3150FAGQ02  
160 800–1600   JGH3160AAGQ01 JGH3160AAGQ02
175 875–1750 JGH3175FAGQ01 JGH3175FAGQ02  
200 1000–2000 JGH3200FAGQ01 JGH3200FAGQ02 JGH3200AAGQ01 JGH3200AAGQ02
225 1125–2250 JGH3225FAGQ01 JGH3225FAGQ02  
Electronic Trip LS
250  JGH325033GQ01 JGH325033GQ02  
Electronic Trip LSI
250  JGH325032GQ01 JGH325032GQ02  
Electronic Trip LSG
250  JGH325035GQ01 JGH325035GQ02  
Electronic Trip LSIG
250  JGH325036GQ01 JGH325036GQ02  
Ampere
Rating
Motor Circuit Protector with
Line Side Mounted Current Limiter
Breaker with Load Side
Mounted Current Limiter
250 HMCPJ250D5LQ01 HMCPJ250D5LQ02
250 HMCPJ250F5LQ01 HMCPJ250F5LQ02
250 HMCPJ250G5LQ01 HMCPJ250G5LQ02
250 HMCPJ250J5LQ01 HMCPJ250J5LQ02
250 HMCPJ250K5LQ01 HMCPJ250K5LQ02
250 HMCPJ250L5LQ01 HMCPJ250L5LQ02
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body
Material Wire Type
Metric Wire
Range mm2
AWG Wire
Range/ Number
of Conductors
Catalog
Number
Standard Pressure Type Terminals
250 Aluminum Cu/Al 10–185 #8–350 (1) TA250FJ 3
JG Frame
V4-T2-238 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489 Current Limiting Data
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module
JG-Frame With Current Limiter Module
Frame Circuit Ip (kA) I2T (106A2S)
JGH…Q 240 V/200 kA 4860 247
JGH…Q 480 V/200 kA 4860 247
JGH…Q 600 V/200 kA 4860 247
Frame Height Width Depth Weight in lbs (kg)
JG + limiter 1306 (3317) 413 (1049) 344 (874) 987 (448)
HMCP 1306 (3317) 413 (1049) 344 (874) 987 (448)
334
(848)
344
(874)
441
(1120)
412
(1046)
413
(1049)
1306
(3317)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-239
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB)V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module V4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective Coordination
Product SelectionV4-T2-240
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-241
Dimensions V4-T2-241
Special Features and AccessoriesV4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In BlocksV4-T2-252
Drawout Cassette V4-T2-253
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination
Product Description
Eaton’s Electrical Sector
introduces new high-magnetic
withstand molded case circuit
breakers, specifically designed
for critical operations and
selective coordination
requirements The highmagnetic withstand LHH
and NHH frames continue
the legacy of circuit breaker
innovation for which Eaton
is recognized throughout the
world The LHH and NHH
breakers are equipped with
125 to 400 ampere trip units
with high-magnetic capability
This design enables the
breakers to withstand up
to 90 times rated current
before opening under shortcircuit conditions
The LHH and NHH circuit
breakers incorporate a higher
level of instantaneous pickup,
thus allowing for higher
current levels of selective
coordination Standard

typically are furnished with a
magnetic pickup or electronic
instantaneous adjustment or
instantaneous override set at
10 times (10x) the continuous
trip rating
Features, Benefits and
Functions
Eaton’s new LHH and NHH

are furnished with a higher
level of magnetic pickup or
electronic instantaneous
settings as indicated in
table on Page V4-T2-241
These higher levels of
magnetic pickup and
electronic instantaneous
values in turn allow the
system designer to obtain
selective coordination at fault
current levels up to these
higher ratings Greater values
of selective coordination are
available based on
manufacturer tested
combinations using the
LHH and NHH as line-side
breakers and standard
breakers as load-side devices
Refer to IA01200002E to
determine the maximum
fault values that selective
coordination achieves When
the line-side and load-side
molded case circuit breaker
trip ratings are chosen to
coordinate in the overload
range, they also can be
selectively coordinated in
the fault range up to the
values listed in the table
on Page V4-T2-241 or
IA01200002E
For overcurrents protected
by  on the
load-side of the LHH or NHH,
only the effected load-side
circuit breaker will open,
while the line-side LHH
and/or NHH
remain closed, thus providing
continuity of power to the
other critical loads supplied
by the LHH or NHH circuit
breakers
Benefits of Using the LHH
and NHH Molded Case

Customer expectations and
codes are driving product
development to protect
customers’ critical
operations NEC® 2005 and
2008 requires circuits with
elevators, emergency
systems, legally required
standby systems, health care
essential systems and critical
operation power systems to
be selectively coordinated
Simply stated, only the
closest protective device
directly protecting the
circuit having an overcurrent
(overload or fault) condition
should open
All other overcurrent
protective devices within
these systems shall remain
closed Similarly, backup
power system designs of
a critical nature that are not
code mandated may also
require overcurrent protective
devices to be selectively
coordinated as much as
practicable to provide a higher
level of uptime
V4-T2-240 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Proven Technology
and Performance
The LHH is based on the
Series G L-Frame circuit
breaker, sharing the same
small footprint and field-fit
accessories as the L-Frame
breaker The NHH is based
on the Series G N-Frame
circuit breaker and shares
the same footprint and
accessories as the N-Frame
breaker NHH accessories
must be factory installed
The LHH incorporates a
thermal-magnetic trip unit
with fixed thermal and
fixed magnetic settings
The NHH has an OPTIM™
electronic trip unit with
LSI adjustment capabilities
The instantaneous setting is
adjustable from 1000–4000 A
or may be turned off to
default to the frame override
of 14,000 A A hand-held
OPTIMizer must be used
with the NHH to adjust
short-time delay and
instantaneous, however,
the long delay pickup is fixed
and cannot be adjusted
The LHH and NHH
breakers are available in
Eaton’s panelboards and
switchboards
Standards and Certifications
● UL
● CSA
Product Selection
LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers
Thermal-Magnetic
Trip Unit
LSI Electronic
Trip Unit
Ampere
Rating LHH Frame NHH Frame
125 LHH3125FFG
150 LHH3150FFG NHH3150T52X15
175 LHH3175FFG NHH3175T52X15
200 LHH3200FFG NHH3200T52X15
225 LHH3225FFG NHH3225T52X15
250 LHH3250FFG NHH3250T52X15
300 LHH3300FFG NHH3300T52X15
350 LHH3350FFG NHH3350T52X15
400 LHH3400FFG
LHH
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-241
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
● Three-pole
● 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
● 125–400 ampere LHH
● 150–350 ampere NHH
● Trip units:
● LHHthermal-magnetic
● NHHLSI electronic trip unit
● No rating plugs required
● Factory-sealed breakers
● LHH uses same internal and external accessories
as standard Series G L-Frame circuit breaker
● NHH uses same internal and external accessories
as standard Series G N-Frame circuit breaker
LHH and NHH Electrical Characteristics
Short-Circuit Current Ratings (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz
Continuous Current Ratings
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Dimensions
L-Frame
N-Frame
Breaker Type
Description LHH NHH
Max rated current (amperes) 400 350
NEMA UL 489
240 Vac 100 100
480 Vac 65 65
600 Vac 35 35
250 Vac 42
IEC 60947-2
220 Vac 100 100
415 Vac 70 70
690 Vac 25 25
125/250 Vdc 22
Number of poles 3 3
Ampere range 125–400 A 150–350 A
Continuous
Current
Rating (Ir)
Magnetic
Trip Point
Continuous
Current
Multiplier
Instantaneous
Trip Point
Continuous
Current
Multiplier
Short Delay
Pickup
125 A 2500 A 20x   
150 A 2500 A 16x 14,000 A 93x 225–1200 A
175 A 4000 A 22x 14,000 A 80x 260–1400 A
200 A 4000 A 20x 14,000 A 70x 300–1600 A
225 A 6000 A 26x 14,000 A 62x 338–1800 A
250 A 6000 A 24x 14,000 A 56x 375–2000 A
300 A 6000 A 20x 14,000 A 47x 450–2400 A
350 A 6000 A 17x 14,000 A 40x 525–2800 A
400 A 6000 A 15x   
Description Height Width Depth
Weight in
Lbs (kg)
LHH 1013 (2573) 548 (1392) 409 (1039) 1236 (56)
NHH 1600 (4064) 825 (2095) 550 (1397) 4680 (212)
558
(1417)
1013
(2573)
406
(1031)
548
(1392)
192
(488)
243 (617)
316
(803)
R 025
(64)
200
(508)
269
(683) 538
(1367)
Breaker
Three-Pole
CL
Front Cover Cutout
344
(874)
191
150 (485)
(381)
638
(1621)
 319
(810)
Breaker R 025
(64)
368
(935)
925
(2350)
Front View Three-Pole
825
(2096)
CL
1600
(4064)
Side View
550
(1397)
V4-T2-242 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G


EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB) V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) ModuleV4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective Coordination V4-T2-239
Special Features and Accessories
Internal Accessories V4-T2-244
External Accessories and Test Kit V4-T2-245
AccessoriesV4-T2-247
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In Blocks V4-T2-252
Drawout CassetteV4-T2-253
Special Features and Accessories
Eaton’s molded case circuit
breakers are designed to
provide circuit protection for
low voltage distribution
systems They are described
by NEMA as, “ a device for
closing and interrupting a
circuit between separable
contacts under both normal
and abnormal conditions,”
and furthermore as, “ a
breaker assembled as an
integral unit in a supporting
and enclosing housing of
insulating material” The
National Electrical Code
(NEC) describes them as, “A
device designed to open and
close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to
open the circuit automatically
on a predetermined overload
of current, without injury to
itself when properly applied
within its rating”
So designed, Eaton circuit
breakers protect conductors
against overloads and
conductors and connected
apparatus, such as motors
and motor starters, against
short circuits
In low voltage distribution
systems, there are many
varied applications of molded
case
Eaton offers the most
comprehensive family of

in the industry
This section of circuit
breakers includes:
● Thermal-magnetic trip
breakers
● Electronic rms trip
breakers
● Molded case switches
● Motor circuit protectors
● Current limiting breakers
● Special application
breakers
Modified Breakers
Eaton breakers can be ordered
with internal accessories
installed These modified
breakers will be subject to an
addition charge
Special Calibration
Special non-UL listed
calibrations are available for
certain ambient temperatures
other than 40 °C and for
frequencies other than
50/60 Hz or DC Reduced
interrupting ratings will apply
for 400 Hz applications
● Add suffix H01 to
breaker catalog number
for 400 Hz rating
50 ºC Calibration
Note: Breakers equipped with
electronic trip units can operate
reliably in ambient temperatures
of 50 °C Add suffix “V3” to NG
MCCBs to remove standard
40 °C labeling
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete thermal
magnetic breaker when
ordering listed ampere ratings
for breakers to be used in
50 ºC ambients 50 ºC
ambient MCCBs are not
UL listed
Contact Eaton for availability
Calibrations and Treatment
Description
Frame
EG JG LG NG RG
Special
calibration
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Moisturefungus
treatment
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-243
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Moisture-Fungus Treatment
All Eaton circuit breaker cases
are molded from glasspolyester, which does not
support the growth of fungus
Any parts that are susceptible
to the growth of fungus will
require special treatment
Order by description
● Add suffix J01 to breaker
catalog number
Freeze-Tested
The  may be
ordered with freeze testing
This option uses special
lubrication and mechanical
operation is verified at –40 °C
● Add suffix F01 to catalog
number –57 °F, F02 –30 °F
Marine Applications
E- to R-Framed circuit
breakers can be supplied to
meet the following marine
specifications:
● US Coast Guard CFR 46;
ABSAmerican Bureau of
Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV;
and Lloyds
These specifications
generally require molded
case  to be
supplied with 50 °C ambient,
and plug-in adapter kits
When plug-in adapter kits are
used, no terminals need be
supplied (switchboard
applications)
 can also be
supplied to meet UL 489
Supplement SA (Marine use)
and UL 489 Supplement SB
(Naval Use)
UL 489 Supplement SA
applies to vessels over 65 feet
(198m) in length
Requirements include 40 °C
ambient calibration, special
labeling, and no use of
aluminum conductors or
terminals (No 50 °C)
● Add suffix H08
Or you can choose to add
50ºC ambient but then there
is no “UL” mark
● Add suffix VH08
UL 489 Supplement SB
requires partial 50 °C ambient
calibration, vibration testing,
special nameplating and no
use of aluminum conductors
or terminals Eaton chooses
to always fully calibrate to 50
°C ambient (“Naval” labeled
per UL but no “UL” mark due
to 50 °C label)
● Add suffix VH09
Certified Test Reports
Eaton breakers can be
ordered with certified test
reports at the time of order
entry Test report documents
the thermal and magnetic or
electronic tripping
characteristics of the
individual breaker Breaker
and test report must be
ordered together Add suffix
12 to breaker catalog number
and enter separate line item
on order for certified test
report
Standards and Certifications

are designed to conform with
the following standards:
● Underwriters Laboratories
Inc, Standard UL 489,
molded case circuit
breakers and circuit
breaker enclosures
● National Electrical
Manufacturers Association
(NEMA) Standards
Publication No AB1-1993,
molded case circuit
breakers
● Australian Standard AS
2184, molded case circuit
breakers
● British Standards Institution
Standard BS 4752: Part 1,
switchgear and control
gear Part 1:
● Canadian Standards
Association (CSA) Standard
C222 No 5, service
entrance and branch circuit
breakers
● International
Electrotechnical
Commission
Recommendations IEC
60947-2,
● Japanese T-Mark Standard
molded case circuit
breakers
● South African Bureau of
Standards, Standard SABS
156, Standard Specification
for molded case circuit
breakers
● Swiss Electro-Technical
Association Standard SEV
157-1, safety regulations
for
● Union Technique de
l’Electricite Standard NF C
63-120, low voltage
switchgear and control gear
circuit breaker
requirements
● Verband Deutscher
Elektrotechniker
(Association of German
Electrical Engineers)
Standard VDE 0660, low
voltage switchgear and
control gear, circuit
breakers
Conformance with these
standards satisfies most local
and international codes,
assuming user acceptability
and simplified application

equal or exceed Federal
Specification Classification
W-C-375b requirements for
the particular class associated
with the circuit breaker frame
being considered
Open breakers do not have
service entrance ratings
Service entrance rating is part
of the enclosure
V4-T2-244 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Internal Accessories
Alarm Lockout
The alarm switches operate
when the circuit breaker is
tripped by a short circuit or
overcurrent, but also when it
is tripped by a shunt trip or
undervoltage release
Auxiliary Switches
Auxiliary switches are used
for signaling and control
purposes The various
functions of the auxiliary
switches (changeover) are
shown on Page V4-T2-246
Shunt Trips
The shunt trip is used for
remote tripping
The coil of the shunt trip is
rated only for short-time
operation
It is not permissible with
the circuit breaker open to
apply a continuous opening
command to the shunt trip in
order to prevent the breaker
from closing This means
that interlocking circuits with
continuous commands
may not be set up with
shunt trips
Undervoltage Releases
The circuit breaker cannot be
closed until the undervoltage
release is energized If the
release is not energized, the
circuit breaker can only
perform an idle switching
operation
Frequent idle switching
actions should be avoided as
they shorten the endurance
of the circuit breaker
Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories
Cause of Trip Display/Remote
Mount Cause of Trip Display
The Cause of Trip Display
can be field-installed on any
Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit
The device provides breaker
information through an LCD
screen, such as cause of
trip, phrase current, ground
current and low loads
The display is ideal for
troubleshooting common
trips such as ground
fault, long delay, and
instantaneous/short delay
The DIGIVIEW version will
provide a local display at the
breaker without additional
wiring by connecting directly
onto the trip unit The
DIGIVIEWR06 version has a
6 foot cable that allows users
to mount the display on the
outside of an enclosure door
and connect to the trip unit
that is contained inside the
enclosure
The DIGIVIEWR06 is NEMA
3R rated
Cause of Trip Display/
Remote Mount Cause of
Trip Display
Cause of Trip LED Module
The Cause of Trip LED
Module can be field-installed
on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip
unit The device provides a
cause of trip indication via
LED The Cause of Trip LED
Module connects directly
onto the trip unit When the
breaker trips, the module
indicates the cause of trip
(long delay, short delay,
instantaneous and ground)
via LED indication The
module is reset after the
breaker is reset
Cause of Trip LED Module
Electronic Portable Test Kit
The electronic portable test
kit provides a means to
complete field tests using
secondary injection on all
310+ trip units The same
test kit is also capable of
secondary injection testing on
Magnum and Series NRX low
voltage power circuit
breakers' 520 and 1150
trip units
Electronic Portable Test Kit
Wire Seal
The wire seal can be used to
secure the cover of the trip
unit to prevent adjustments
after settings are confirmed
Wire Seal
Catalog
Number
DIGIVIEW
DIGIVIEWR06
Catalog
Number
TRIP-LED
Catalog
Number
MTST230V
Catalog
Number
5108A03H01
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-245
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
External Accessories and Test Kit
External Accessories
Series G MCCB Frames EG, JG, and LG to mount to the SASY 60 mm Wohner Classic System
● UL file # E197132
● Compact design
● UL508 tested and certified
using Wohner system with
Eaton breakers
● No line side wiring required
● Up to 630 A MCCB
● Reverse feed possible
Wohner Busbar Adapters
Notes
1 Provision only
2 See Page V4-T2-456 for bolt projection dimensions
3 Castell bolt mounting hole must be 10 mm
4 Requires two breakers
5 Contact Eaton for availability of operators for EG- and NG-Frames before December 2004
Description
Fit
Type
Frame
EG JG LG NG RG
Non-padlockable handle block Field EFHB   LKD4
Padlockable handle block Field EFPHB    
Padlockable handle block
off-only
Field EFPHBOFF FJPHBOFF LBHPOFF  
Padlockable handle lock hasp Field EFPLK FJPHL LPHL PLK5 HLK6
Padlockable handle lock hasp
off-only
Field EFPHLOFF FJPHLOFF LPHLOFF PLK5SOFF HLK6OFF
Kirk key interlock kit 12 Field  KYKJG KYKLG KYK4 KYK6
Castell key interlock kit 23 Field  CTKJG CTKLG CTK4 CTK6
Slide bar interlock 4 Field EFSBI FJSBI LGSBI SBK5
Walking beam interlock 4 Three-pole EG3WBI JG3WBI LG3WBI WBL5 WBL6
Four-pole EG4WBI JG4WBI LG4WBI WBL5
Electrical operator 5 120 Vac MOPEG240C MOPJG120C MOPLG120C EOP5T07 EOP6T08K
240 Vac MOPEG240C MOPJG240C MOPLG240C EOP5T11 EOP6T11K
24 Vdc MOPEG48D MOPJG24D MOPLG24D EOP5T21
48 Vdc MOPEG48D   EOP5T22 EOP6T21K
125 Vdc MOPEG120C MOPJG120C MOPLG120C EOP5T26
220 Vdc  MOPJG240C MOPLG240C  
250 Vdc  MOPJG240C MOPLG240C  
Plug-in adapters Three-pole PAD3E PAD3J PAD3L PAD53
Four-pole PAD4E PAD4J PAD4L  
Wohner busbar adapter Field top EG-BUS-T JG-BUS-TB LG-BUS-TB  
Field bottom EG-BUS-B JG-BUS-TB LG-BUS-TB  
Breaker Frame Busbar Adapter Connection Point
EG EG-BUS-T Top
EG EG-BUS-B Bottom
JG JG-BUS-TB Top or bottom
LG LG-BUS-TB Top or bottom
Wohner Busbar
Adapter
V4-T2-246 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessory Configurations for EG–RG
Internal Accessory Configurations
Contact Making by the Auxiliary and Alarm Switches as a
Function of the Switching Position of the Circuit Breaker
¨
≠
¡
¡
¡
¡
¨
¨
¨
¨
¨
¨
¬ = For N and R-Frame  Only
¬
¬
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-247
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories
Field Fit Kit Catalog Numbers
Alarm Lockout
Auxiliary Switch
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Lockout
Notes
1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch
2 Part number for JG and LG is ALM1M1BJPK
3 Part number for JG and LG is ALM2M2BJPK
4 Part number for JG and LG is AUXALRMJPK
Pole Location
Frame
Description EG, JG and LG NG RG 1
Make/Break Left  A1L5LPK
Right ALM1M1BEPK 2 A1L5RPK A1L6RPK
2 Make/2 Break Left  A2L5LPK
Right ALM2M2BEPK 3 A2L5RPK A2L6RPK
Description Pole Location For Use in Frame Contact Type Catalog Number
Make/Break Right EG Silver ALM1M1BEPK
2 Make/ 2 Break Right EG Silver ALM2M2BEPK
Make/Break Right JG and LG Silver ALM1M1BJPK
2 Make/ 2 Break Right JG and LG Silver ALM2M2BJPK
Make/Break Right EG Gold ALM1M1BEEPK
2 Make/ 2 Break Right EG Gold ALM2M2BEEPK
Make/Break Right JG and LG Gold ALM1M1BEJPK
2 Make/ 2 Break Right JG and LG Gold ALM2M2BEJPK
Pole Location
Frame
Description EG, JG and LG NG RG 1
1A, 1B Left  A1X5PK
Right AUX1A1BPK A1X5PK
2A, 2B Left  A2X5PK
Right AUX2A2BPK A2X5PK A2X6RPK
3A, 3B Left  A3X5LPK
Right  A3X5RPK
4A, 4B Left
Right   A4X6RPK
Description Pole Location For Use in Frame Contact Type Catalog Number
1A, 1B Right EG/JG/LG Silver AUX1A1BPK
2A, 2B Right EG/JG/LG Silver AUX2A2BPK
1A, 1B Right EG/JG/LG Gold AUX1E1BPK
2A, 2B Right EG/JG/LG Gold AUX2E2BPK
Pole Location
Frame
Description EG, JG and LG NG RG 1
 Left  AA115LPK
Right AUXALRMEPK 4 AA115RPK
Description Pole Location For Use in Frame Contact Type Catalog Number
1A/1B & 1M/1B Right EG Silver AUXALRMEPK
1A/1B & 1M/1B Right JG and LG Silver AUXALRMJPK
1A/1B & 1M/1B Right EG Gold AUXALRMEEPK
1A/1B & 1M/1B Right JG and LG Gold AUXALRMEJPK
V4-T2-248 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Shunt TripStandard
Shunt TripLow Energy
Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Notes
1 LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module
2 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch
3 380–600 Vdc, 50/60 Hz
4 24 Vdc only use UVH5LP03K (NG) UVH6RP03K (RG) for 24 Vac
Pole
Location
Frame
Description EG, JG and LG 1 NG RG 2
48–60 Vac Left SNT4860CPK SNT5LP05K
Right   SNT6P05K
110–240 Vac Left SNT120CPK SNT5LP11K
Right   SNT6P11K
380–600 Vac Left SNT480CPK 3  
Right
220–250 Vdc or 380–440 Vac  SNT5LP14K SNT6P14K
480–600 Vac  SNT5LP18K SNT6P18K
12 Vdc Left SNT012CPK  
Right
24 Vac/dc Left SNT024CPK SNT5LP03K
Right   SNT6P03K
48–60 Vdc Left SNT4860CPK SNT5LP23K
Right   SNT6P23K
110–125 Vdc Left SNT125DPK SNT5LP26K
Right   SNT6P26K
250 Vdc Left SNT250DPK  
Right
Pole
Location
Frame
Description EG, JG and LG NG RG 2
 Left  LST5LPK
Right   LST6RPK
Pole
Location
Frame
Description EG, JG and LG 1 NG RG 2
110–127 Vac Left UVR120APK UVH5LP08K
Right   UVH6RP08K
208–240 Vac Left UVR240APK UVH5LP11K
Right   UVH6RP11K
24 Vdc Left UVR024DPK UVH5LP21K 4
Right   UVH6RP21K 4
24 Vac Left UVR024APK UVH5LP21K 4
Right   UVH6RP21K 4
48–60 Vdc Left UVR048DPK UVH5LP23K
Right   UVH6RP23K
48–60 Vac Left UVR048APK UVH5LP05K
Right   UVH6RP05K
120 Vdc Left UVR125DPK UVH5LP26K
Right   UVH6RP26K
220–250 Vdc Left UVR250DPK UVH5LP28K
Right   UVH6RP28K
380–500 Vac Left UVR480APK UVH5LP29K
Right   UVH6RP29K
525–600 Vac Left UVR600APK  
Right
12 Vdc Left  UVH5LP20K
Right   UVH6RP20K
12 Vac Left  UVH5LP02K
Right   UVH6RP02K
Shunt TripStandard
ST
a
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-249
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
Note: Gold-plated contacts are
well suited for switching low
voltages and currents Lead wires
on accessories containing goldplated contacts are marked with a
yellow stripe
Series G Gold Contact Accessory Switch Electrical Ratings
Series G Silver Contact Accessory Switch Electrical Ratings
Series GJ Frame: Terminal Extension Kits
Max Voltage (Ue) Frequency Max Current (ln)
Dielectric Withstand
Voltage (Ul)
125 V 50/60 Hz 01 A 2200 V
30 V DC 025 A 2200 V
5 V DC 5 mA 2200 V
Max Voltage (Ue) Frequency Max Current (ln)
Dielectric Withstand
Voltage (Ul)
600 V 50/60 Hz 2 A 2200 V
125/250 V 50/60 Hz 5 A 2200 V
125 V DC 1 A 2200 V
Extension Orientation
Edgewise Right Angle Spreader Straight
Three-pole FJTEE3 FJTER3 FJTEW3 FJTES3
Four-pole FJTEE4 FJTER4 FJTEW4 FJTES4
V4-T2-250 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Series G Motor Operators

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB) V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) ModuleV4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective Coordination V4-T2-239
Special Features and Accessories V4-T2-242
Motor Operators
Features, Benefits and Functions V4-T2-251
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-251
Product Selection V4-T2-251
Plug-In Blocks V4-T2-252
Drawout CassetteV4-T2-253
Motor Operators
Product Description
Eaton’s motor operator
mechanism enables local and
remote ON, OFF and reset
switching of a circuit breaker
The motor operator is
mounted on the circuit
breaker cover within
the dimensions of the
circuit breaker
The robust motor operators
offer various voltages to
maximize customer flexibility
Standard load transfer
switching can be
accomplished through the
use of two
fitted with motor operators
and a mechanical interlock
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-251
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Features, Benefits and Functions
The motor operator provides
special features for ease of
customer use and status
indication
● The motor operator allows
the circuit breaker to be
opened, closed or reset
remotely
● The motor operator
contains a motor
connected to a cam drive
mechanism The cam
drives a slide mechanism
to operate the circuit
breaker handle
● Internal limit switches and
relays are used to control
motor operation to prevent
overdriving the circuit
breaker handle and motor
overload conditions
● A key is provided to
manually operate the
circuit breaker
● A special pull-out locking
mechanism provides a
method for padlocking the
circuit breaker handle in
the OFF position
● The locking device will
accept three padlock
shackles with a maximum
diameter of 1/4-inch
(64 mm) each
● The cover provides visual
status of the circuit
breaker: ON, OFF or
TRIPPED A PUSH-TO-TRIP
button allows the user to
manually trip the breaker
Standards and Certifications
The motor operators are UL
and CSA listed, and CE
marked
Turn the Key
(clockwise only)
Manual Operating Key
Circuit Breaker
Status Indication
Window
PUSH-TO-TRIP Button
Product Selection
Motor Operators
Frame Voltage Frequency Inrush Current Catalog Number
Series G E-Frame 100–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 1A MOPEG240C
100–220 Vdc DC 1A MOPEG240C
24/48 Vdc DC 3A MOPEG48D
Series C F-Frame 208–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 1A MOPFD240C
110–127 Vac 50/60 Hz 1A MOPFD120C
220–250 Vdc DC 1A MOPFD240C
110–125 Vdc DC 1A MOPFD120C
24 Vdc DC 3A MOPFD24D
Series G J-Frame 208–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 1A MOPJG240C
110–127 Vac 50/60 Hz 1A MOPJG120C
220–250 Vdc DC 1A MOPJG240C
110–125 Vdc DC 1A MOPJG120C
24 Vdc DC 3A MOPJG24D
Series G L-Frame 208–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 2A MOPLG240C
110–127 Vac 50/60 Hz 2A MOPLG120C
220–250 Vdc DC 2A MOPLG240C
110–125 Vdc DC 2A MOPLG120C
24 Vdc DC 6A MOPLG24D
V4-T2-252 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
LG Breaker with Plug-In Block

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB) V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) ModuleV4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective Coordination V4-T2-239
Special Features and Accessories V4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In Blocks
Drawout CassetteV4-T2-253
Plug-In Blocks
Product Description
Plug-in adapters simplify
installation and front removal
ofPlug-ins
are available for rear
connection applications on
three- and four-pole circuit
breakers Trip on drawout
interlock kits are included
Stabs for EG, JG and LG plugins rotate 90 ° for flexible
installation Use terminal
shields for IP30 protection
Product Selection
Plug-In Blocks
Note
1 Included with plug-in block Trips the breaker when breaker is removed from plug-in block
Breaker
Frame
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
EG-, JG- and LG-Frame Plug-In Blocks
EG 3 PAD3E
EG 4 PAD4E
JG 3 PAD3J
JG 4 PAD4J
LG 4 PAD4L
Trip-On Drawout Interlock Kit 1
EG 3, 4 PIILEG
JG 3, 4 PIILJG
LG 3, 4 PIILLG
Terminal Shields IP30
EG 3 EFTS3K
EG 4 EFTS4K
JG 3 FJTS3K
JG 4 FJTS4K
LG 3 LTS3K
LG 4 LTS4K
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-253
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Drawout Cassettes

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB)V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module V4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective CoordinationV4-T2-239
Special Features and AccessoriesV4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In BlocksV4-T2-252
Drawout Cassette
Drawout Cassette
Product Description
The drawout cassette is
available for use with JG, LG
and NG, three- and four-pole
breakers The cassettes
consist of two separate
components: the movable
mechanism, which attaches
to the breaker, and the
stationary mechanism, which
houses in the cassette For
the JG, LG and NG drawout
cassettes, all necessary parts
for installation are included in
the one catalog number
Features
Features of the drawout
cassettes for the JG, LG and
NG include:
● Trip on drawoutbreaker
will trip if it is in the ON
position when withdrawn
from the cassette
● Secondary terminal block
the drawout cassettes
include a secondary
terminal block for easier
access when wiring low
voltage accessories,
including shunts and
undervoltage releases
The drawout mechanism has
three primary positions:
● Connectedthe breaker is
fully connected to the
primary stabs and
secondary contacts
● Disconnectedboth the
primary stabs and the
secondary contacts are
disconnected
● Withdrawthe breaker
can be removed from the
cassette
Product Selection
JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes
Breaker Frame
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
JG 3 JG3DOM
LG 3 LG3DOM
NG 3 NG3DOM
JG Drawout Cassette
LG Drawout Cassette
V4-T2-254 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family

Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick Reference V4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-408
Internal AccessoriesV4-T2-411
External Accessories V4-T2-444




Product Overview
Eaton’s molded case circuit
breakers are designed to
provide circuit protection for
low voltage distribution
systems They are described
by NEMA as, “ a device for
closing and interrupting a
circuit between separable
contacts under both normal
and abnormal conditions,”
and furthermore as, “ a
breaker assembled as an
integral unit in a supporting
and enclosing housing of
insulating material” The
National Electrical Code
(NEC) describes them as, “A
device designed to open and
close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to
open the circuit automatically
on a predetermined overload
of current, without injury to
itself when properly applied
within its rating”
So designed, Eaton circuit
breakers protect conductors
against overloads and
conductors and connected
apparatus, such as motors
and motor starters, against
short circuits
In low voltage distribution
systems, there are many
varied applications of molded
case
Eaton offers the most
comprehensive family of

in the industry
This section of
includes:
● Thermal-magnetic trip
breakers
● Electronic rms trip
breakers
● Molded case switches
● Motor circuit protectors
● Current limiting breakers
● Special application
breakers
Modified Breakers
Eaton breakers can be ordered
with internal accessories
installed These modified
breakers will be subject to an
addition charge
Special Calibration
Special non-UL-listed
calibrations are available for
certain ambient temperatures
other than 40 °C and for
frequencies other than 50/60
Hz or DC Reduced
interrupting ratings will apply
for 400 Hz applications
50 °C Calibration
Add suffix V to catalog
Number for complete
breaker, listed above, when
ordering listed ampere ratings
for breakers to be used in
50 °C ambients (No UL label)
Moisture-Fungus Treatment
All circuit breaker cases are
molded from glass-polyester
which does not support the
growth of fungus Any parts
which are susceptible to the
growth of fungus will require
special treatment
Freeze-Tested
The  may be
ordered with freeze testing
This option uses special
lubrication and mechanical
operation is verified at –40 °C
Marine Applications
E- to R-Framed circuit
breakers can be supplied to
meet the following marine
specifications:
● US Coast Guard CFR 46;
ABSAmerican Bureau of
Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV;
Lloyds; and ABS/NVR
These specifications
generally require molded
case  to be
supplied with 50 °C ambient,
and plug-in adapter kits
When plug-in adapter kits are
used, no terminals need be
supplied (switchboard
applications)
 can also be
supplied to meet UL 489
Supplement SA (Marine use)
and UL 489 Supplement SB
(Naval Use)
UL 489 Supplement SA
applies to vessels over 65 feet
(198 m) in length
Requirements include 40 °C
ambient calibration, special
labeling, and no use of
aluminum conductors or
terminals (No 50 °C)
● Suffix H08
Or you can choose to add 50
°C ambient but then there is
no “UL” mark
● Suffix VH08
UL 489 Supplement SB
requires partial 50 °C ambient
calibration, vibration testing,
special nameplating and no
use of aluminum conductors
or terminals Eaton chooses
to always fully calibrate to 50
°C ambient (“Naval” labeled
per UL, and UL now allows
50 °C label here)
● Suffix VH09
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-255
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Certified Test Reports
Eaton breakers can be
ordered with certified test
reports at the time of order
entry Test report documents
the thermal and magnetic or
electronic tripping
characteristics of the
individual breaker Breaker
and test report must be
ordered together Add suffix
12 to breaker catalog number
and enter separate line item
on order for certified test
report
Standards and Certifications

are designed to conform with
the following standards:
● Underwriters Laboratories
Inc, Standard UL 489,
molded case circuit
breakers and circuit
breaker enclosures
● National Electrical
Manufacturers Association
(NEMA) Standards
Publication No AB1-1993,
molded case circuit
breakers
● Australian Standard AS
2184, molded case circuit
breakers
● British Standards Institution
Standard BS 4752: Part 1,
switchgear and control
gear Part 1:
● Canadian Standards
Association (CSA) Standard
C222 No 5, service
entrance and branch circuit
breakers
● International
Electrotechnical
Commission
Recommendations IEC
60947-2,
● Japanese T-Mark Standard
molded case circuit
breakers
● South African Bureau of
Standards, Standard SABS
156, Standard Specification
for molded case circuit
breakers
● Swiss Electro-Technical
Association Standard SEV
157-1, safety regulations
for
● Union Technique de
l’Electricite Standard NF C
63-120, low voltage
switchgear and control gear
circuit breaker
requirements
● Verband Deutscher
Elektrotechniker
(Association of German
Electrical Engineers)
Standard VDE 0660, low
voltage switchgear and
control gear, circuit
breakers
Conformance with these
standards satisfies most local
and international codes,
assuming user acceptability
and simplified application

equal or exceed Federal
Specification Classification
W-C-375b requirements for
the particular class associated
with the circuit breaker frame
being considered
Open breakers do not have
service entrance ratings
Service entrance rating is part
of the enclosure
V4-T2-256 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Quick Reference
Industrial
G-Frame
Notes
1 NITU is non-interchangeable trip unit and ITU is interchangeable trip unit
2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc
3 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems up to 70 A
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
No of
Poles
Volts
Type
of Trip 1
Federal
Specification
W-C-375b
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)
Page
AC DC Number
AC (kA) DC (kA) 2
120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 3 250
GHB 15–100 1 120 125 NITU 11a 65      14  V4-T2-264
GHB 15–100 2, 3 240 125/250 NITU 11a10b, 11b   65     14 V4-T2-264
GHB 15–100 1 277 125 NITU 12b, 14b    14   14  V4-T2-264
GHB 15–100 2, 3 480Y/277 125/250 NITU 15b    14 14   14 V4-T2-264
HGHB 15–30 1 277 125 NITU 12c, 13a, 13b 65   25   14  V4-T2-264
GHBS 15–30 1, 2 480Y/277    65 65  14     V4-T1-34
GBHS 15–20 1, 2 600Y/347  NITU       10   V4-T1-34
GDB 15–50 2 480 125/250 NITU      14   10 V4-T2-262
GDB 15–100 3 480 250 NITU      14   10 V4-T2-262
GD 15–50 2 480 125/250 NITU 13b   65  14   10 V4-T2-261
GD 15–100 3 480 250 NITU 13b   65  22   10 V4-T2-261
GHC 15–100 1 120 125 NITU 12c, 13a 65      14  V4-T2-269
GHC 15–100 2, 3 240 125/250 NITU 13b   65 1 V4-T2-269
GHC 15–100 1 277 125 NITU 12c, 13a    14   14  V4-T2-269
GHC 15–100 2, 3 480Y/277 125/250 NITU 13b    14 14   14 V4-T2-269
HGHC 15–30 1 277 125 NITU  65   25   14  V4-T2-269
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-257
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
F-Frame
Notes
1 NITU is non-interchangeable trip unit and ITU is interchangeable trip unit
2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc
3 Not defined in W-C-375b
4 Current limiting
5 Check with Eaton for availability
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
No of
Poles
Volts
Type
of Trip 1
Federal
Specification
W-C-375b
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)
Page
AC DC Number
AC (kA) DC (kA) 2
120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250
EDB 100–225 2, 3 240 125 NITU    22    10  V4-T2-273
EDS 100–225 2, 3 240 125 NITU    42    10  V4-T2-273
ED 15–225 2, 3 240 125 NITU 12b   65    10  V4-T2-273
EDH 100–225 2, 3 240 125 NITU 14b   100    10  V4-T2-273
EDC 100–225 2, 3 240 125 NITU 1   200    10  V4-T2-273
EHD 15–100 1 277 125 NITU 13a    14   10  V4-T2-273
EHD 15–100 2, 3 480 250 NITU 13b   18  14   10 V4-T2-273
FDB 15–150 2, 3 600 250 NITU 18a   18  14 14  10 V4-T2-273
FDB 15–150 4 600 250 NITU 3   18  14 14  10 V4-T2-273
FD 15–150 1 277 125 NITU 13a    35   10  V4-T2-273
FD 15–225 2, 3 600 250 NITU 22a   65  35 18  10 V4-T2-273
FD 15–225 4 600 250 NITU 3   65  35 18  10 V4-T2-273
FDE 15–225 3 600  NITU    65  35 18   V4-T2-273
HFD 15–150 1 277 125 NITU 13a    65   10  V4-T2-273
HFD 15–225 2,3 600 250 NITU 22a   100  65 25  22 V4-T2-273
HFD 15–225 4 600 250 NITU 3   100  65 25  22 V4-T2-273
HFDE 15–225 3 600  NITU    100  65 25   V4-T2-273
FDC 4 15–225 2, 3 600 250 NITU 24a   200  100 35  22 V4-T2-273
FDC 4 15–225 4 600 250 NITU 3   200  100 35  22 V4-T2-273
FDCE 45 15–225 3 600  NITU    200  100 25   V4-T2-273
V4-T2-258 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
J-Frame
K-Frame
L-Frame
M-Frame
Notes
1 NITU is non-interchangeable trip unit and ITU is interchangeable trip unit
2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc
3 Current limiting
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
No of
Poles
Volts
Type
of
Trip 1
Federal
Specification
W-C-375b
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)
Page
AC DC Number
AC (kA) DC (kA) 2
120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250
JDB 70–250 2, 3 600 250 NITU 22a   65  35 18  10 V4-T2-294
JD 70–250 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 22a   65  35 18  10 V4-T2-293
HJD 70–250 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 22a   100  65 25  22 V4-T2-293
JDC 3 70–250 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 22a   200  100 35  22 V4-T2-293
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
No of
Poles
Volts
Type
of
Trip 1
Federal
Specification
W-C-375b
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)
Page
AC DC Number
AC (kA) DC (kA) 2
120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250
DK 250–400 2, 3 240 250 NITU 14b   65     10 V4-T2-305
KDB 100–400 2, 3 600 250 NITU 23a   65  35 25  10 V4-T2-305
KD 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 23a   65  35 25  10 V4-T2-302, V4-T2-303,
V4-T2-307, V4-T2-310
CKD 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 23a   65  35 25   V4-T2-304, V4-T2-313,
V4-T2-315
HKD 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 23a   100  65 35  22 V4-T2-302, V4-T2-303,
V4-T2-307, V4-T2-310
CHKD 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 23a   100  65 35   V4-T2-304, V4-T2-313,
V4-T2-315
KDC 3 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 23a   200  100 65  22 V4-T2-302, V4-T2-303,
V4-T2-307, V4-T2-310
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
No of
Poles
Volts
Type
of
Trip 1
Federal
Specification
W-C-375b
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)
Page
AC DC Number
AC (kA) DC (kA) 2
120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250
LDB 300–600 2, 3 600 250 NITU 23a   65  35 25  22 V4-T2-328
LD 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 23a   65  35 25  22 V4-T2-326, V4-T2-327,
V4-T2-332
CLD 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 23a   65  35 25   V4-T2-328, V4-T2-338
HLD 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 23a   100  65 35  25 V4-T2-326, V4-T2-327,
V4-T2-332
CHLD 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 23a   100  65 35   V4-T2-328, V4-T2-338
LDC 3 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 23a   200  100 50  30 V4-T2-326, V4-T2-327,
V4-T2-334
CLDC 3 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 ITU 23a   200  100 50  30 V4-T2-328, V4-T2-340
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
No of
Poles
Volts
Type
of
Trip 1
Federal
Specification
W-C-375b
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)
Page
AC DC Number
AC (kA) DC (kA) 2
120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250
MDL 300–800 2, 3 600 250 ITU 23a   65  50 25  22 V4-T2-351, V4-T2-353
CMDL 300–800 2, 3 600 250 ITU 23a   65  50 25   V4-T2-353
HMDL 300–800 2, 3 600 250 ITU 23a   100  65 35  25 V4-T2-351, V4-T2-353
CHMDL 300–800 2, 3 600 250 ITU 23a   100  65 35   V4-T2-353
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-259
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-260
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-260
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)
Product Description
● All two- and three-pole
 are of the
common trip type On all
three-phase delta (240 V)
Grounded B phase
applications, refer to Eaton
● Single-pole circuit
breakers, 15 and 20
amperes Switching duty
rated (SWD) for
fluorescent lighting
applications
● All G-Frame circuit
breakers are suitable for
reverse feed use
● HACR rated
V4-T2-260 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
Circuit Breaker/Frame
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Terminal Types
For line and load-side Terminals are UL listed as suitable for wire type and size given below
Terminal Types
Notes
1 HID suffix only applies to the GHB and GHC single-pole, 15–20 A
2 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems up to 70 A
3 Time constant is 8 milliseconds minimum
4 Two poles of three-pole circuit breaker
5 Not UL listed sizes
Circuit
Breaker Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
120 240 277 480 480Y/277 125 2 250 34
GDB 2, 3    14   10
GD 2  65  14   10
GD 3  65  22   10
GHQ  65  14    
GHB 1 65  14   14
GHB 2, 3  65   14 14
HGHB 1 65  25   14
GHC 1 65  14   14
GHC 2, 3  65   14 14
HGHC 1 65  25   14
Number of Poles
1 = 1 pole
2 = 2 poles
3 = 3 poles
Circuit Breaker Type
GD
GDB
GHB
GHC
GHQ
HGHB
HGHC
GHBGFEP
GHCGFEP
Suffix
K = Molded case switch
D = Ring type terminals
C = Steel collars
V = 122 °F (50 °C)
J01= Fungus proofed
R01= Shock tested
F01= Freeze tester
HID= High intensity discharge 1
Trip Amperes
015
020
024
030
035
040
045
050
060
070
080
090
100
GD 3 100 K
Circuit Breaker Amperes Terminal Type Material Screw Head Type Wire Type AWG Wire Range Metric Wire Range (mm2) 5
Standard
15–20 Clamp (plated steel) Slotted Cu/Al 14–10 25–4
25–100 Pressure (aluminum body) Slotted Cu/Al 10–1/0 4–50
OptionalGD, GHB, GHC
15–100 Pressure (steel body) Slotted Cu 14–3
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-261
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Typical G-Frame Circuit Breaker

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
Type GD Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (15–100 Amperes)
Product Description
● Cable in, cable out
● Includes mounting
hardware and BMHE
Standards and Certifications
● UL/CSA
Product Selection
Type GD Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Includes Binding
Head Screws and Clamps
10–32 x 0312
14 kAIC at 480 Vac 22 kAIC at 480 Vac
Includes Line and Load Terminals
Two-Pole Three-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 GD2015 GD3015 GD3015D
20 GD2020 GD3020 GD3020D
25 GD2025 GD3025 GD3025D
30 GD2030 GD3030 GD3030D
35 GD2035 GD3035 GD3035D
40 GD2040 GD3040 GD3040D
45 GD2045 GD3045 GD3045D
50 GD2050 GD3050 GD3050D
60  GD3060 GD3060D
70  GD3070 GD3070D
80  GD3080 GD3080D
90  GD3090 GD3090D
100  GD3100 GD3100D
V4-T2-262 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Type GDB Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Type GD Molded Case Switches
Type GD Molded Case SwitchesThree-Pole
Notes
1 Includes line and load steel terminals
2 Includes binding head screws and clamps 10–32 x 0312
Molded case switches may open above 1300 amperes
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
14 kAIC at 480 Vac
Includes Line and Load Terminals
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 GDB2015 GDB3015
20 GDB2020 GDB3020
25 GDB2025 GDB3025
30 GDB2030 GDB3030
35 GDB2035 GDB3035
40 GDB2040 GDB3040
45 GDB2045 GDB3045
50 GDB2050 GDB3050
60  GDB3060
70  GDB3070
80  GDB3080
90  GDB3090
100  GDB3100
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
Catalog Number
(Includes Line and Load Terminals)
60 GD3060K
60 GD3060KC 1
100 GD3100K
100 GD3100KD 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-263
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
GD-Frame, Three-Pole
Off
300
(762)
488
(1238)
263
(667)
Front View Side View
V4-T2-264 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Typical GHB

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick Reference V4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-408
Internal AccessoriesV4-T2-411
External Accessories V4-T2-444
Types GHB and HGHB Bolt-On Panelboard  (15–100 Amperes)
Standards and Certifications
These breakers meet the
requirements of Federal
Specification W-C-375b
as follows:
● Type GHB, 120 and 240 V:
● Single-pole: Class 11a
● Two-, three-pole:
Classes 10b, 11b, 12b,
14b, 15b
● UL/CSA
● Type GHB, 277 and
480Y/277 V:
● Single-pole:
Classes 12c, 13a
● Two-, three-pole:
Class 13b
● Type HGHB 277 V
● Type GHQ 277 V
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-265
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic  with
Non-Interchangeable Trip Units 1
Type HGHB Thermal-Magnetic  with
Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Notes
1 480Y/277 V,  (Type GHB) not suitable for three-phase delta (480 V)
2 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 amperes; 80 through 100 amperes devices
are not suitable for DC application
3 Use two outside poles
4 Uses 0190 (483) –32 screw type clamp terminals
5 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated
6 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
277/480 Vac Maximum,
125 Vdc Maximum 2
277/480 Vac Maximum,
125/250 Vdc Maximum
277/480 Vac Maximum,
125/250 Vdc Maximum 3
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 GHB1015 45 GHB2015 4 GHB3015 4
20 GHB1020 45 GHB2020 4 GHB3020 4
25 GHB1025 GHB2025 GHB3025
30 GHB1030 GHB2030 GHB3030
35 GHB1035 GHB2035 GHB3035
40 GHB1040 GHB2040 GHB3040
45 GHB1045 GHB2045 GHB3045
50 GHB1050 GHB2050 GHB3050
60 GHB1060 GHB2060 GHB3060
70 GHB1070 GHB2070 GHB3070
80 GHB1080 GHB2080 GHB3080
90 GHB1090 GHB2090 GHB3090
100 GHB1100 GHB2100 GHB3100
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum
Single-Pole
Catalog
Number
15 HGHB1015 6
20 HGHB1020 6
25 HGHB1025
30 HGHB1030
Typical GHB
V4-T2-266 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
GDB-Frame, Three-Pole
300
(762)
Max
263
(667)
400
(1016)
Front View
Side View
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-267
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Single-Phase (requires two poles)

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15–100 Amperes)
Product Description
● 15–60 amperes, 277 V,
50/60 Hz
● Operational voltage
240 V to 305 V
Standards and Certifications
These  meet
the requirements of UL 489
and UL 1053
Product Selection
Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground
Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Technical Data and Specifications
Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles)
277 Vac, 30 mA
Catalog
Number
15 GHBGFEP1015
20 GHBGFEP1020
30 GHBGFEP1030
40 GHBGFEP1040
50 GHBGFEP1050
60 GHBGFEP1060
Circuit Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)
277 Vac (50/60 Hz)
GHBGFEP 1 14,000
V4-T2-268 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
GHB-Frame, Three-Pole
300
(762)
263
(667)
400
(1016)
Front View
Side View
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-269
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Typical GHC

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
Types GHC and HGHC  (15–100 Amperes)
Product Description
● 15–100 amperes
● 120, 240, 277, 480Y/277 V,
50/60 Hz, 125, 125/250 Vdc
● Single-, two- and
three-pole
● Cable in, cable out
● Does not include mounting
hardware
Standards and Certifications
These breakers meet the
requirements of Federal
Specification W-C-37b
as follows:
● Type GHC, 277 and
480Y/277 V:
● Single-pole:
Classes 12c, 13a
● Two-, three-pole:
Class 13b
● UL/CSA
V4-T2-270 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic  with
Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Type HGHC Thermal-Magnetic  with
Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Notes
1 15 through 70 ampere  only
2 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 ampere; 80 through 100 ampere devices are
not suitable for DC application
3 Uses 0190–32 screw type clamp terminals
4 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated
5 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
277 Vac Maximum,
125 Vdc Maximum 1
480Y/277 Vac Maximum,
125/250 Vdc Maximum
480Y/277 Vac Maximum,
125/250 Vdc Maximum 2
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 GHC1015 34 GHC2015 3 GHC3015 3
20 GHC1020 34 GHC2020 3 GHC3020 3
25 GHC1025 GHC2025 GHC3025
30 GHC1030 GHC2030 GHC3030
35 GHC1035 GHC2035 GHC3035
40 GHC1040 GHC2040 GHC3040
45 GHC1045 GHC2045 GHC3045
50 GHC1050 GHC2050 GHC3050
60 GHC1060 GHC2060 GHC3060
70 GHC1070 GHC2070 GHC3070
80 GHC1080 GHC2080 GHC3080
90 GHC1090 GHC2090 GHC3090
100 GHC1100 GHC2100 GHC3100
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum
Single-Pole
Catalog
Number
15 HGHC1015 5
20 HGHC1020 5
25 HGHC1025
30 HGHC1030
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-271
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Single-Phase (requires two-pole spaces)

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
Type GHCGFEP Cable-In/Cable-Out 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15–100 Amperes)
Product Description
● 15–60 amperes, 277 V,
50/60 Hz
● Operational voltage
240–305 V
Standards and Certifications
These  meet
the requirements of UL 489
and UL 1053
Product Selection
Type GHCGFEP 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit
Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Technical Data and Specifications
Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles) 277 V, 30 mA
Catalog
Number
15 GHCGFEP1015
20 GHCGFEP1020
30 GHCGFEP1030
40 GHCGFEP1040
50 GHCGFEP1050
60 GHCGFEP1060
Circuit Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)
277 Vac (50/60 Hz)
GHCGFEP 1 14,000
V4-T2-272 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Special Purpose  

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick Reference V4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-408
Internal AccessoriesV4-T2-411
External Accessories V4-T2-444
Product Description
Eaton’s Type GHC circuit
breakers have binding head
screw-type terminals on line
and load side These circuit
breakers with screw-type
terminals (0190–32) will be
marked “Special purpose
breaker not for general use”
To order this special breaker,
use the catalog number from
the tables on this page
Special Purpose GHC  (15–100 Amperes)
Product Selection
Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic  with
Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Type GHB and GHC Thermal-Magnetic  with
Non-Interchangeable Trip Units for HID Lighting Applications
Notes
1 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 amperes; 80 through 100 amperes devices are not suitable
for DC application
2 Use two outside poles
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
277 Vac Maximum,
125 Vdc Maximum 1
480Y/277 Vac Maximum,
125/250 Vdc Maximum
480Y/277 Vac Maximum,
125/250 Vdc Maximum 2
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
25 GHC1025D GHC2025D GHC3025D
30 GHC1030D GHC2030D GHC3030D
35 GHC1035D GHC2035D GHC3035D
40 GHC1040D GHC2040D GHC3040D
45 GHC1045D GHC2045D GHC3045D
50 GHC1050D GHC2050D GHC3050D
60 GHC1060D GHC2060D GHC3060D
70 GHC1070D GHC2070D GHC3070D
80 GHC1080D GHC2080D GHC3080D
90 GHC1090D GHC2090D GHC3090D
100 GHC1100D GHC2100D GHC3100D
Type
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
277 Vac Maximum
Single-Pole
Catalog
Number
Cable-in 15 GHC1015HID
20 GHC1020HID
Bolt-on 15 GHB1015HID
20 GHB1020HID
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-273
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Typical F-Frame Breaker
F-Frame Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit


Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-274
Product SelectionV4-T2-276
Accessories V4-T2-287
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-288
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-290
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)
Product Description
● All Eaton’s F-Frame circuit
breakers are HACR rated
● All  10
through 30 amperes are
suitable for HID (high
intensity discharge) use
● All F-Frame
are suitable for reverse
feed use
V4-T2-274 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
FD-Frame  with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology
Trip Amperes
010
015
020
025
030
035
040
045
050
060
070
080
090
100
110
125
150
175 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)
200 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)
225 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)
Circuit Breaker
Type
EHD
FDB
FD
HFD
FDC
Number of
Poles
1 = 1 pole
2 = 2 poles
3 = 3 poles
4 = 4 poles
Suffix
E = 100% protected (four-pole only) neutral pole
EH = 50% protected (four-pole only)
K = High magnetic molded case switch
L = Line and load terminals
S = Stainless steel terminals
V = 50 °C calibration
W = Without terminals
Y = Line terminals only
Z = Aluminum terminals (≤100 amperes)
Circuit Breaker
Type
EDB
EDS
ED
EDH
EDC
Number of
Poles
2 = 2 poles
3 = 3 poles
Trip
Amperes
100
125
150
175
200
225
Suffix
L = Line and load terminals
W = Without terminals
Y = Line terminals only
Z = Aluminum terminals (100 amperes)
FDC 3 100 L
EDC 3 200 L
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-275
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
FD-Frame  with 210+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology
FD-Frame  with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology
Performance at
480 Vac
FDE= 35 kAIC
HFDE= 65 kAIC
FDCE= 100 kAIC
Number of
Poles
3 = 3 poles
Trip Unit
21 = 210+ LI
22 = 210+ LSI
Features
W= Without terminals
L= Line and load terminals
Blank= Load side terminals only
HFDE 3 225 22 L
Trip Units
100
150
225
Number of
Poles
3 = 3 poles Trip Unit Features
ZG= Zone
selective
interlocking
Blank= No option
Trip Unit
32 = 310+ LSI
33 = 310+ LS
35 = 310+ LSG
36 = 310+ LSIG
Features
W= Without terminals
L= Line and load terminals
Blank= Load side terminals only
HFDE 3 225 32 ZG W
Performance at
480 Vac
FDE= 35 kAIC
HFDE= 65 kAIC
FDCE= 100 kAIC
Trip Units
080
160
225
V4-T2-276 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Type ED Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable
Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
Type EDH Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable
Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc
(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
65 kAIC at 240 Vac
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 ED2015 ED3015
20 ED2020 ED3020
25 ED2025 ED3025
30 ED2030 ED3030
35 ED2035 ED3035
40 ED2040 ED3040
50 ED2050 ED3050
60 ED2060 ED3060
100 ED2100 ED3100
125 ED2125 ED3125
150 ED2150 ED3150
175 ED2175 ED3175
200 ED2200 ED3200
225 ED2225 ED3225
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc
(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
100 kAIC at 240 Vac
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15  
20  
25  
30  
35  
40  
50  
60  
100 EDH2100 EDH3100
125 EDH2125 EDH3125
150 EDH2150 EDH3150
175 EDH2175 EDH3175
200 EDH2200 EDH3200
225 EDH2225 EDH3225
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-277
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Type EDC Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable
Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
Type EDB Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable
Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc
(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
200 kAIC at 240 Vac
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15  
20  
25  
30  
35  
40  
50  
60  
100 EDC2100 EDC3100
125 EDC2125 EDC3125
150 EDC2150 EDC3150
175 EDC2175 EDC3175
200 EDC2200 EDC3200
225 EDC2225 EDC3225
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc
(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
22 kAIC at 240 Vac
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
100 EDB2100 EDB3100
110 EDB2110 EDB3110
125 EDB2125 EDB3125
150 EDB2150 EDB3150
175 EDB2175 EDB3175
200 EDB2200 EDB3200
225 EDB2225 EDB3225
V4-T2-278 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Type EDS Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable
Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
Type EHD Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable
Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
Notes
1 Not UL listed 5 kAIC interrupting rating
2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 24083(d)
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc
(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
42 kAIC at 240 Vac
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
100 EDS2100 EDS3100
110 EDS2110 EDS3110
125 EDS2125 EDS3125
150 EDS2150 EDS3150
175 EDS2175 EDS3175
200 EDS2200 EDS3200
225 EDS2225 EDS3225
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
14 kAIC at 277 Vac 14 kAIC at 480 Vac
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
10 1 EHD1010 EHD2010 EHD3010
15 EHD1015 2 EHD2015 EHD3015
20 EHD1020 2 EHD2020 EHD3020
25 EHD1025 EHD2025 EHD3025
30 EHD1030 EHD2030 EHD3030
35 EHD1035 EHD2035 EHD3035
40 EHD1040 EHD2040 EHD3040
45 EHD1045 EHD2045 EHD3045
50 EHD1050 EHD2050 EHD3050
60 EHD1060 EHD2060 EHD3060
70 EHD1070 EHD2070 EHD3070
80 EHD1080 EHD2080 EHD3080
90 EHD1090 EHD2090 EHD3090
100 EHD1100 EHD2100 EHD3100
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-279
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Type FDB Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
Note
1 Not UL listed 5 kAIC interrupting rating
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
14 kAIC at 600 Vac
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
10 1 FDB2010 FDB3010 FDB4010
15 FDB2015 FDB3015 FDB4015
20 FDB2020 FDB3020 FDB4020
25 FDB2025 FDB3025 FDB4025
30 FDB2030 FDB3030 FDB4030
35 FDB2035 FDB3035 FDB4035
40 FDB2040 FDB3040 FDB4040
45 FDB2045 FDB3045 FDB4045
50 FDB2050 FDB3050 FDB4050
60 FDB2060 FDB3060 FDB4060
70 FDB2070 FDB3070 FDB4070
80 FDB2080 FDB3080 FDB4080
90 FDB2090 FDB3090 FDB4090
100 FDB2100 FDB3100 FDB4100
110 FDB2110 FDB3110 FDB4110
125 FDB2125 FDB3125 FDB4125
150 FDB2150 FDB3150 FDB4150
V4-T2-280 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Type FD Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
Notes
1 Not UL listed 5 kAIC interrupting rating
2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 24083(d)
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
35 kAIC at 277 Vac 35 kAIC at 480 Vac
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
10 1 FD1010   
15 FD1015 2 FD2015 FD3015 FD4015
20 FD1020 2 FD2020 FD3020 FD4020
25 FD1025 FD2025 FD3025 FD4025
30 FD1030 FD2030 FD3030 FD4030
35 FD1035 FD2035 FD3035 FD4035
40 FD1040 FD2040 FD3040 FD4040
45 FD1045 FD2045 FD3045 FD4045
50 FD1050 FD2050 FD3050 FD4050
60 FD1060 FD2060 FD3060 FD4060
70 FD1070 FD2070 FD3070 FD4070
80 FD1080 FD2080 FD3080 FD4080
90 FD1090 FD2090 FD3090 FD4090
100 FD1100 FD2100 FD3100 FD4100
110 FD1110 FD2110 FD3110 FD4110
125 FD1125 FD2125 FD3125 FD4125
150 FD1150 FD2150 FD3150 FD4150
175  FD2175 FD3175 FD4175
200  FD2200 FD3200 FD4200
225  FD2225 FD3225 FD4225
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-281
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Type HFD Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
Note
1 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 24083(d)
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
65 kAIC at 277 Vac 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 HFD1015 1 HFD2015 HFD3015 HFD4015
20 HFD1020 1 HFD2020 HFD3020 HFD4020
25 HFD1025 HFD2025 HFD3025 HFD4025
30 HFD1030 HFD2030 HFD3030 HFD4030
35 HFD1035 HFD2035 HFD3035 HFD4035
40 HFD1040 HFD2040 HFD3040 HFD4040
45 HFD1045 HFD2045 HFD3045 HFD4045
50 HFD1050 HFD2050 HFD3050 HFD4050
60 HFD1060 HFD2060 HFD3060 HFD4060
70 HFD1070 HFD2070 HFD3070 HFD4070
80 HFD1080 HFD2080 HFD3080 HFD4080
90 HFD1090 HFD2090 HFD3090 HFD4090
100 HFD1100 HFD2100 HFD3100 HFD4100
110 HFD1110 HFD2110 HFD3110 HFD4110
125 HFD1125 HFD2125 HFD3125 HFD4125
150 HFD1150 HFD2150 HFD3150 HFD4150
175  HFD2175 HFD3175 HFD4175
200  HFD2200 HFD3200 HFD4200
225  HFD2225 HFD3225 HFD4225
V4-T2-282 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Type FDC Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
100 kAIC at 480 Vac
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 FDC2015 FDC3015 FDC4015
20 FDC2020 FDC3020 FDC4020
25 FDC2025 FDC3025 FDC4025
30 FDC2030 FDC3030 FDC4030
35 FDC2035 FDC3035 FDC4035
40 FDC2040 FDC3040 FDC4040
45 FDC2045 FDC3045 FDC4045
50 FDC2050 FDC3050 FDC4050
60 FDC2060 FDC3060 FDC4060
70 FDC2070 FDC3070 FDC4070
80 FDC2080 FDC3080 FDC4080
90 FDC2090 FDC3090 FDC4090
100 FDC2100 FDC3100 FDC4100
110 FDC2110 FDC3110 FDC4110
125 FDC2125 FDC3125 FDC4125
150 FDC215 FDC3150 FDC4150
175 FDC2175 FDC3175 FDC4175
200 FDC2200 FDC3200 FDC4200
225 FDC2225 FDC3225 FDC4225
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-283
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Types FDE, HFDE and FDCE 310+ Electronic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-289
Types FDE, HFDE, and FDCE 210+ Electronic
with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
210+ Trip Electronic Trip Units Amperage Settings
FDE 310+ Electronic Breaker with Zone Selective
Interlocking
Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Units Amperage Settings
Note
1 For 210+ trip unit, 150 A not available with LSI trip unit; entire range is covered by 100 A and
225 A frames
Maximum
Ampere
Rating
Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only
Neutral
CT for LSG
and LSIG
Standard
LS
Optional
LSI LSG LSIG
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup with I2t
Short Delay Ramp
Independently
Adjustable Short Time
Pickup and Delay
Adjustable Short Time
Pickup with I2t Short Delay
and Ground Fault Protection
Independently Adjustable
Short Time Pickup and
Ground Fault Protection
Catalog Number Catalog Number
35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac
80 FDE308033 FDE308032 FDE308035 FDE308036 CTF080
160 FDE316033 FDE316032 FDE316035 FDE316036 CTF160
225 FDE322533 FDE322532 FDE322535 FDE322536 CTF225
65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac
80 HFDE308033 HFDE308032 HFDE308035 HFDE308036 CTF080
160 HFDE316033 HFDE316032 HFDE316035 HFDE316036 CTF160
225 HFDE322533 HFDE322532 HFDE322535 HFDE322536 CTF225
100 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac
80 FDCE308033 FDCE308032 FDCE308035 FDCE308036 CTF080
160 FDCE316033 FDCE316032 FDCE316035 FDCE316036 CTF160
225 FDCE322533 FDCE322532 FDCE322535 FDCE322536 CTF225
Digitrip RMS 210+ Trip Unit Only
Standard Optional
LI
Adjustable
Instantaneous
LSI
Adjustable Short Time Pickup
and Delay
Maximum
Ampere Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac
100 FDE310021 FDE310022
150 FDE315021 1
225 FDE322521 FDE322522
65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac
100 HFDE310021 HFDE310022
150 HFDE315021 1
225 HFDE322521 HFDE322522
Circuit
Breaker
Type Frame Ratings
FDE, HFDE 225 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225
FDE, HFDE 150 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150
FDE, HFDE 100 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100
Ampere
Rating
LSI w/ZSI LSIG w/ZSI
Catalog Number Catalog Number
35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac
80 FDE308032ZG FDE308036ZG
160 FDE316032ZG FDE316036ZG
225 FDE322532ZG FDE322536ZG
65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac
80 HFDE308032ZG HFDE308036ZG
160 HFDE316032ZG HFDE316036ZG
225 HFDE322532ZG HFDE322536ZG
100 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac
80 FDCE308032ZG FDCE308036ZG
160 FDCE316032ZG FDCE316036ZG
225 FDCE322532ZG FDCE322536ZG
Circuit
Breaker
Type Frame Ratings
FDE, HFDE, FDCE 225 100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225
FDE, HFDE, FDCE 160 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160
FDE, HFDE, FDCE 80 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80
V4-T2-284 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Molded Case Switches
Eaton’s molded case
switches are used as
compact switches in
applications requiring high
current switching capabilities
Molded case switches are
constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the
high instantaneous automatic
type Molded case switches
are listed in accordance with
Underwriters Laboratories
Standard UL 489
Molded Case Switches
Note
Molded case switches will open above 1800 amperes
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40 °C
Complete Circuit Breaker with Load Side
Terminals Only
480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
100 EHD2100K FD2100K HFD2100K
150  FD2150K HFD2150K
225  FD2225K HFD2225K
Three-Pole
100 EHD3100K FD3100K HFD3100K
150  FD3150K HFD3150K
225  FD3225K HFD3225K
Four-Pole
100  FD4100K HFD4100K
150  FD4150K HFD4150K
225  FD4225K HFD4225K
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-285
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information
Line and Load Terminals
Line and load terminals provide
wire connecting capabilities for
specific ranges of continuous
current ratings and wire types
Except as noted, terminals
comply with Underwriters
Laboratories Standards UL
486A and UL 486B Unless
otherwise specified, F-Frame
 are factory
equipped with load
terminals only
Ordering Information
F-Frame  and
molded case switches have
load terminals only as
standard equipment When
standard line-end terminals
(same as standard load-end
terminals) are required, add
Suffix L to the circuit breaker
catalog number When nonstandard or optional line and/
or load terminals are required,
order by style number
Specify if factory installation
is required
Line and Load Terminals
Notes
1 Not for use with ED, EDH, EDC breakers
2 Includes terminal shield kit Adds approximately 3 inches (762) to breaker height Available for use on three-pole breaker only
3 Replacement use only
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal Body
Material Wire Type
AWG Wire
Range
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Package of Three
Terminals
Catalog
Number
Standard Pressure Type Terminals
20 (EHD) Steel Cu/AI 14–10 25–4 3T20FB 1
100 Steel Cu/AI 14–1/0 25–50 3T100FB
225 Aluminum Cu/AI 4–4/0 25–95 3TA225FD
Optional Pressure Terminals
50 Aluminum Cu/AI 14–4 25–25 3TA50FB 1
100 Aluminum Cu/AI 14–1/0 25–50 3TA100FD
200 Stainless steel Cu 4–4/0 25–95 3T150FB
225 Copper Cu 4–4/0 25–95 3T225FD
225 Aluminum Cu/AI 6–300 kcmil 16–150 3TA225FDK3 2
225 Aluminum Cu/AI 6–300 kcmil 16–150 3TA225FDK 2 3
V4-T2-286 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Line and Load Terminals
3T20FB 3T100FB, 3T150FB 3TA225FD
Assemble wire clamp to bottom of conductor as shown Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown Locate nut on top of
conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer
Caution: Collar must surround conductor
Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion on collar
Install clip with legs on top of conductor and snap end around
bottom of collar
3TA50FB 3TA100FD 3TA225FDK3 (Up to 150 mm2)
Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown Tighten securely
with screw and washer
Collar slides onto conductor and is held in position by a screw
and lockwasher
Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown Tighten securely
with screw and washer Terminal shield must be used with
this collar
Note: For 185 mm2, use 3TA225FDK1
Same illustration for 3TA225FDK
Screw
Wire Clamp
Conductor
Screw
Washer
Collar
Conductor
Nut
Conductor
Extrusion
Clip
Collar
Collar
Screw
Washer
Conductor
Conductor
Collar
Washer
Screw
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-287
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles
in the circuit breaker
Allowable Accessory Combinations
FD Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
Note
1 Internal accessories are listed with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for factory installation
They are not listed with UL for field installation
Description
Reference
Page
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole 1 Four-Pole
Center Left Right Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole)
Alarm lockout switch (make only) V4-T2-413 ■      
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-413   ■ ?  ? ■  
Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-413   ■ ?  ? ■  
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-415   ■ ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-415   ■ ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-417   ■ ?  ? ■  
Shunt tripstandard V4-T2-419   ■ ■  ■ ■  ■
Shunt triplow energy V4-T2-423   ■ ■  ■ ■  
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-425   ■ ■  ■ ■  
External Accessories
End cap kit V4-T2-448  ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Keeper nut V4-T2-448 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-449 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Multiwire connectors V4-T2-450 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear fed terminals V4-T2-450 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-450 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal shields V4-T2-452 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal end covers V4-T2-453   ● ● ●   
Interphase barriers V4-T2-453  ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-454 ■ ■  ■  ■
Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-454 ■ ■  ■  ■
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-455   ■ ?  ? ?  ?
Cylinder lock V4-T2-455   ■     
Key interlock kit V4-T2-456   ■ ?  ? ?  ?
Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-457   ● ● ●   
Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-457   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Electrical (solenoid and motor) operators V4-T2-458   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-459  ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear connecting studs V4-T2-461 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Panelboard connecting straps V4-T2-462 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-539   ● ● ●   
LFD current limiter V4-T2-464   ● ● ●   
IQ Energy Sentinel V4-T2-464  ● ● ● ● ●   
Cause of trip display V4-T2-465   ●  ●  
Remote mount cause of trip display V4-T2-465   ●  ●  
Cause of trip LED V4-T2-465   ●  ●  
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Special calibration  ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-254 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application  ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
V4-T2-288 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings (P1)
210+ and 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories UL 489 Current Limiting Data
Notes
1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits
2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker
3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA
4 Electronics available on three-pole only, no DC rating for FDE, HFDE, FDCE
5 Current limiting
6 Check with Eaton for availability
7 Neutral sensor required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired; sold separately
Circuit Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC 1
240 277 480 600 125 250 23
EDB 2, 3 22    10
EDS 2, 3 42    10
ED 2, 3 65    10
EDH 2, 3 100    10
EDC 2, 3 200    10
EHD 1  4   10
2, 3 18  14   10
FDB 2, 3, 4 18  14 14  10
FD 1  35   10
2, 3, 4 65  35 18  10
FDE 4 3 65  35 18  
HFD 1  65   10
2, 3, 4 100  65 25  22
HFDE 4 3 100  65 25  
FDC 5 2, 3, 4 200  100 35  22
FDCE 456 3 200  100 25  
Circuit Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC 1
220, 240 380, 415 440 500 125 250 23
EDB 2, 3 22    10
EDS 2, 3 42    10
ED 2, 3 65    10
EDH 2, 3 100    10
EDC 2, 3 200    10
EHD 1  14   10
2, 3 18  14   10
FDB 2, 3, 4 18 14 14 14  10
FD 1 35    10
2, 3, 4 65 35 35 18  10
HFD 1 65    10
2, 3, 4 100 65 65 25  22
FDC 2, 3, 4 200 100 100 35  22
Description 210+ 310+
Catalog
number
Electronic portable test kit ■ ■ MTST230V
Trip unit tamper protection wire seal ■ ■ 5108A03H01
External neutral sensor (80 A) 7 ■ CTF080
External neutral sensor (160 A) 7 ■ CTF160
External neutral sensor (225 A) 7 ■ CTF225
Compact external neutral sensor (80 A) 7 ■ CTFD080
Compact external neutral sensor (160 A) 7 ■ CTFD160
Compact external neutral sensor (225 A) 7 ■ CTFD225
Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication ■ TRIP-LED
Breaker-mount ammeter module ■ DIGIVIEW
Remote-mount ammeter module ■ DIGIVIEWR06
Frame Circuit Ip (kA) I2T (106A2S)
FDC 240 V/200 kA 414 141
FDC 480 V/100 kA 389 250
FDC 600 V/35 kA 290 300
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-289
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
FDE 210+ and 310+ Specifications
FDE 210+ Adjustability Specifications
Description Digitrip RMS 210+ Digitrip RMS 310+
Breaker type
Frame designation FD FD
Frames available 100 A, 150 A, 225 A 80 A, 160 A, 225 A
Continuous current range (A) 40–225 A 15–225 A
Ground fault pickup (A) N/A 16–225 A
Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC) 35, 65, 100 35, 65, 100
Protection
Ordering options LI, LSI LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™
(or Maintenance Mode)
No No
Interchangeable trip unit No No
High load alarm (suffix B20) No No
Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21) No No
Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22) No No
Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG) No LSI, LSIG
Cause of trip indication No Yes
Thru-cover accessories No No
Test kit available Yes Yes
FD Frame
210+ settings 100 A 150 A 225 A
I
r
 = continuous current or long delay pickup
(amperes)
(all 210+)
I
r
A 40 70 100
B 50 80 110
C 60 90 125
D 70 100 150
E 80 110 175
F 90 125 200
G (= In) 100 150 225
I
i
 (x In)= Instantaneous pickup
(210+ LI version)
I
i 100 150 225
J–2x 200 300 450
K–25x 250 375 565
L–3x 300 450 675
M–35x 350 525 790
N–4x 400 600 900
O–5x 500 750 1125
P–6x 600 900 1350
Q–8x 800 1200 1800
R–10x 1000 1500 2250
S–12x 1 1200 1800 2400
Fixed instantaneous override (all 210+) 2400 2400 2400
“Isd (x Ir) / tsd = SD profile 2
(210+ LSI version)
I
sd / tsd 100 150 225
J 2x / 150 N/A 2x / 150
K 2x / 300 N/A 2x / 300
L 2x / I2t N/A 2x / I2t
M 4x / Inst N/A 4x / Inst
N 4x / 150 N/A 4x / 150
O 4x / I2t N/A 4x / I2t
P 6x / Inst N/A 6x / Inst
Q 6x / 300 N/A 6x / 300
R 10x / 150 N/A 10x / 150
S 10x / 300 N/A 10x / 300
FDE 310+ Adjustability Specifications
Notes
1 Not available for FD Independently adjustable Ii
 setting available in LG, NG and
RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units
2 Maintenance Mode not available for FD frames It is available for KD, LD, MDL, LG, NG
and RG
FD Frame
310+ Settings 80 A 160 A 225 A
I
r
 = continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)
(All 310+)
I
r
A 15 60 100
B 20 70 110
C 30 80 125
D 40 90 150
E 50 100 160
F 60 125 175
G 70 150 200
H (= In) 80 160 225
tr
 = long delay time (seconds)
(All 310+)
Position 1 2 2 2
Position 2 4 4 4
Position 3 7 7 7
Position 4 10 10 10
Position 5 12 12 12
Position 6 15 15 15
Position 7 20 20 20
Position 8 24 24 24
I
sd (x Ir
) = short delay pickup
(All 310+)
Position 1 2x 2x 2x
Position 2 3x 3x 3x
Position 3 4x 4x 4x
Position 4 5x 5x 5x
Position 5 6x 6x 6x
Position 6 7x 7x 7x
Position 7 8x 8x 8x
Position 8 10x 10x 10x
Position 9 12x 12x 12x
tsd = short delay time I2t (milliseconds)
(LS, LSG)
Fixed 67
at10x
67
at10x
67
at10x
tsd = short delay time flat (milliseconds)
(LSI, LSIG)
Position 1 Inst Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120 120
Position 3 300 300 300
I
g = ground fault pickup (amperes)
(LSG, LSIG)
Position 1 16 32 45
Position 2 24 48 67
Position 3 32 64 90
Position 4 48 96 135
Position 5 64 128 180
Position 6 80 160 225
tg = ground fault delay time (milliseconds)
(LSG, LSIG)
Position 1 Inst Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120 120
Position 3 300 300 300
Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii
) setting 1
Maintenance Mode pickup (25 x In) (amperes) 2
V4-T2-290 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
FD Frame
FD Frame, Three-Pole
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
FD Frame
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
1 138 (351) 600 (1524) 338 (860)
2 275 (700) 600 (1524) 338 (860)
3 413 (1050) 600 (1524) 338 (860)
4 550 (1397) 600 (1524) 338 (860)
338
(857)
600
(1524)
413
(1049)
On
Off
Front View Side View
Breaker Type
Number of Poles
12 3 4
ED, EDB, EDS, EDH, EDC  3 (14) 45 (20)
EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC 2 (09) 3 (14) 45 (20) 6 (27)
FDE, HFDE, FDCE   45 (20)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-291
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Typical J-Frame Breaker

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-292
Product SelectionV4-T2-293
Accessories V4-T2-296
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-297
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-298
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)
Product Description
● All Eaton’s J-Frame circuit
breakers are HACR rated
● J-Frame  are
available as individual
components (frame, trip
unit, terminals), or factory
assembled complete
breakers
● J-Frame
with non-interchangeable
trip units are suitable for
reverse feed use
V4-T2-292 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
Circuit Breaker/Frame
Trip Unit
JD 3 250 F
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Type
JDB
JD
HJD
JDC
Number of
Poles
2 = 2 poles
3 = 3 poles
4 = 4 poles
Circuit Breaker/Frame
Ampere Rating
070
090
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
Suffix
C = Non-aluminum terminals
F = Frame only
K = High magnetic molded case switch
V = 50 °C calibration
W= Without terminals
X = Load side terminals only
Y = Line side terminals only
Trip Unit Type
JT = Thermal-magnetic Number
of Poles
2 = 2 poles
3 = 3 poles
4 = 4 poles
Suffix
T =Trip unit
thermal-magnetic
fixed thermal
adj magnetic
V =50 °C calibration
(thermal-magnetic
trip units only)
Trip Unit Rating/
Plug Ampere Rating
070
090
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
JT 3 250 T
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-293
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic  with Interchangeable Trip Units
Notes
1 Magnetic trip adjustable 5–10 times continuous ampere rating
2 Individually packed
3 Fully rated neutral pole with no protection
4 Neutral is in right pole
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
Standard Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated
35 kAIC at 480 Vac
High Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated
65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Ultra High Interrupting
Capacity Current Limiting
600 Vac Rated
100 kAIC at 480 Vac
Thermal-Magnetic
Trip Unit Only 1
For Use with Standard or
High or Ultra High
Interrupting Frames
Standard
Terminals Only
See Page
V4-T2-295
for Optional
Terminals
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
and Terminals 1
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
and Terminals 1
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
and Terminals 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
70 JD2070 HJD2070 JDC2070 JT2070T TA250KB 2
90 JD2090 HJD2090 JDC2090 JT2090T
100 JD2100 HJD2100 JDC2100 JT2100T
125 JD2125 HJD2125 JDC2125 JT2125T
150 JD2150 HJD2150 JDC2150 JT2150T
175 JD2175 HJD2175 JDC2175 JT2175T
200 JD2200 HJD2200 JDC2200 JT2200T
225 JD2225 HJD2225 JDC2225 JT2225T
250 JD2250 HJD2250 JDC2250 JT2250T
Three-Pole
70 JD3070 HJD3070 JDC3070 JT3070T TA250KB 2
90 JD3090 HJD3090 JDC3090 JT3090T
100 JD3100 HJD3100 JDC3100 JT3100T
125 JD3125 HJD3125 JDC3125 JT3125T
150 JD3150 HJD3150 JDC3150 JT3150T
175 JD3175 HJD3175 JDC3175 JT3175T
200 JD3200 HJD3200 JDC3200 JT3200T
225 JD3225 HJD3225 JDC3225 JT3225T
250 JD3250 HJD3250 JDC3250 JT3250T
Four-Pole 34
125  HJD4125  JT4125T TA250KB 2
150   
175   
200 JD4200   JT4200T
225   
250 JD4250 HJD4250  JT4250T
V4-T2-294 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic
Frame Only
Type JDB Thermal-Magnetic  with NonInterchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units Suitable for
Reverse Feed Application
Standard Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac Rated
35 kAIC at 480 Vac
High Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac Rated
65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Ultra High Interrupting
Capacity Current Limiting
600 Vac Rated
100 kAIC at 480 Vac
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
JD2250F HJD2250F JDC2250F
Three-Pole
JD3250F HJD3250F JDC3250F
Four-Pole
JD4250F HJD4250F JDC4250F
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc
Complete Circuit Breaker
Without Line and
Load Terminals
With Standard Line and
Load Terminals Only
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
70 JDB2070W JDB2070
90 JDB2090W JDB2090
100 JDB2100W JDB2100
125 JDB2125W JDB2125
150 JDB2150W JDB2150
175 JDB2175W JDB2175
200 JDB2200W JDB2200
225 JDB2225W JDB2225
250 JDB2250W JDB2250
Three-Pole
70 JDB3070W JDB3070
90 JDB3090W JDB3090
100 JDB3100W JDB3100
125 JDB3125W JDB3125
150 JDB3150W JDB3150
175 JDB3175W JDB3175
200 JDB3200W JDB3200
225 JDB3225W JDB3225
250 JDB3250W JDB3250
Molded Case Switches
Eaton’s molded case
switches are used as
compact switches in
applications requiring high
current switching capabilities
Molded case switches are
constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the
high instantaneous automatic
type Molded case switches
are listed in accordance with
Underwriters Laboratories
Standard UL 489
Molded Case Switches
Notes
1 Individually packed
Molded case switches may open above 2500 amperes
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Standard
Terminals Only
See PageV4-T2-295
for Optional Terminals
Complete Circuit Breaker Only Without
Line and Load Terminals
Suitable for
Reverse Feed Use
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
250 JD2250KW JDB2250KW TA250KB 1
HJD2250KW HJDB2250KW
Three-Pole
250 JD3250KW JDB3250KW TA250KB 1
HJD3250KW HJDB3250KW
Four-Pole
250 JD4250KW JDB4250KW TA250KB 1
HJD4250KW HJDB4250KW
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-295
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information
Line and Load Terminals
Eaton’s line and load terminals
provide wire connecting
capabilities for specific ranges
of continuous current ratings
and wire types All terminals
comply with Underwriters
Laboratories Standards UL
486A and UL 486B and CSA
Standard C222 No 65, or
Electrical Bulletin 1165
Unless otherwise specified, JFrame circuit breaker line and
load terminals are shipped
separately for field installation
The bottom of the standard
TA250KB terminal contains a
recess that is positioned over
the J-Frame circuit breaker
terminal conductor
Ordering Information
J-Frame  use
Cu/AI terminals as standard
When optional copper-only
terminals are required, order
by catalog number Specify if
factory installation is required
Line and Load Terminals
T250KB Terminal TA250KB Terminal (Standard)
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body
Material
Wire
Type
AWG Wire Range/
No Conductors
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Catalog
Number
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals
250 Aluminum Cu/AI 4–350 kcmil 25–185 TA250KB
Optional Cu Pressure Terminals
250 Stainless Steel Cu 4–350 kcmil 25–185 T250KB
Nut Slotted
Screw
Collar
Collar
Slotted
Screw
V4-T2-296 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories
and the number of poles in the circuit breaker
JD Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
Description
Reference
Page
Two-, Three-Pole Four-Pole
Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-413 ?  ? ?  ?
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-415 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-415 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-417 ?  ? ?  ?
Shunt tripstandard V4-T2-420 ■  ■ ■  ■
Shunt triplow energy V4-T2-423 ■  ■ ■  ■
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-427 ■  ■ ■  ■
External Accessories
End cap kit V4-T2-448 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug nut V4-T2-449 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-449 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Multiwire connectors V4-T2-450 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-451 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal shields V4-T2-452 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Interphase barriers V4-T2-453 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-454  ■   ■  
Padlockable handle block V4-T2-454  ■   ■  
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-455 ?  ? ?  ?
Cylinder lock V4-T2-455 ?  ?
Key interlock kit V4-T2-456 ?  ? ?  ?
Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-457 ● ● ●
Electrical (solenoid) operator V4-T2-459 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-459 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear connecting studs V4-T2-461 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Panelboard connecting straps V4-T2-462 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-539 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle extension V4-T2-551 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
IQ Energy Sentinel V4-T2-464 ● ● ●
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Special calibration  ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-254 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application  ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-297
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings
UL 489 Current Limiting Data
Notes
1 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker
2 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA
3 Current limiting
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
240 480 600 125 250 12
JDB 2, 3 65 35 18  10
JD 2, 3, 4 65 35 18  10
HJD 2, 3, 4 100 65 25  22
JDC 3 2, 3, 4 200 100 35  22
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
240 380 415 600 125 250 12
JD 2, 3, 4 65 35 35   10
HJD 2, 3, 4 100 65 65   22
JDC 2, 3, 4 200 100 100   22
Frame Circuit Ip (kA) I2T (106A2S)
JDC 240 V/200 kA 426 136
JDC 480 V/100 kA 400 300
JDC 600 V/35 kA 319 310
V4-T2-298 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
JD Frame
JD-Frame, Three-Pole
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
JD Frame
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
2, 3 413 (1050) 1000 (2540) 406 (1041)
4 550 (1397) 1000 (2540) 406 (1041)
413
(1048)
1000
(2540)
ON
OFF
406
(1032)
034 R
(87 R)
156
(397) 078
(198)
394
(1000)
292
(742)
088
(222)
333
(845) 072
(182)
138
(349)
175
(445)
275
(699)
350
(889)
CL Handle
C Breaker L
Front View
Side View
019 R
(48) R
050 (127)
Diameter
3 Megger Holes
if Required
Front View Cutout
Breaker
Type
Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
JDB 1125 (51) 1250 (57)       
JD 1125 (51) 1250 (57) 1325 (60) 900 (41) 1000 (45) 1050 (48) 200 (09) 200 (09) 225 (10)
HJD 1125 (51) 1250 (57) 1325 (60) 900 (41) 1000 (45) 1050 (48) 200 (09) 200 (09) 225 (10)
JDC 1225 (56) 1350 (61) 1425 (65) 1000 (45) 1100 (50) 1150 (52) 200 (09) 200 (09) 225 (10)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-299
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Typical K-Frame Circuit Breaker

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-300
Product SelectionV4-T2-302
Accessories V4-T2-318
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-319
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-322
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)
Product Description
● All Eaton K-Frame circuit
breakers are HACR rated
● K-Frame  are
available as individual
components (frame, trip
unit, terminals), or factory
assembled complete
breakers
● K-Frame
with non-interchangeable
trip units are suitable for
reverse feed use
V4-T2-300 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
K-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology
Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frames 1
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 1
Notes
1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, eg, KD3400F or HKD3400F
Ampere rating available with electronic trip unit only
Number
of Poles
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Ampere
Rating
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
KD 3 400 F
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Type
DK
KD
KDB
HKD
KDC
Suffix
C= Copper terminals
E= 50% protected neutral pole (four-pole electronic trip
unit circuit breaker only)
F= Frame only (400 A only)
K= High-magnetic molded-case switch
V= 50 ° calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
W= Without terminals
X= Load terminals only
Y= Line side terminals only
Blank= Standard load and line side terminals
Number
of Poles
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Ampere
Rating
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
KT 3 400 F
Trip Unit Type
KT = Thermal-magnetic
Suffix
T = Trip unit only
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-301
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
K-Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology 1
310+  2
310+ Electronic Trip Units 3
K-Frame with OPTIM Trip Unit Technology
OPTIM
Notes
1 Cannot combine ‘B2X’ suffixes with ‘B2X’ suffixes
2 Not available in four-pole configurations
3 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, eg, KD3400F, HKD3400F, etc
Performance at
480 Vac
KDB= 35 kAIC
HKDB= 65 kAIC
CKDB= 35 kAIC
100% rated
CHKDB= 65 kAIC
100% rated
Number
of Poles
3 = Three-pole
Ampere Rating
125
250
400
Trip Unit
T33=310+ Electronic LS
T32=310+ Electronic LSI
T35=310+ Electronic LSG
T36=310+ Electronic LSIG
T38=310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode
T39=310+ Electronic ALSIG with Maintenance Mode
Feature
Blank= No feature
B20 = High load alarm
B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip
B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip
ZG = Zone selective interlocking
Terminals
W = No terminals
L = Line and load
Frame Designation
F
KDB 3 400 F T36 ZG W
Trip Unit Type
KES Number
of Poles
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Ampere Rating
125
250
400
Trip Unit
LS= 310+ Electronic LS
LSI=310+ Electronic LSI
LSG=310+ Electronic LSG 2
LSIG=310+ Electronic LSIG 2
ALSI=310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode
ALSIG=310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode 2
Feature
Blank= No feature
B20 = High load alarm
B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip 2
B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip 2
ZG = Zone selective interlocking
KES 3 400 LSIG ZG
Circuit Breaker/Frame
Ampere Rating
125
250
400
Trip Model
T5= Model 550
T10= Model 1050
KD 3 125 T5 7 W
Trip Type
2 = LSI
6 = LSIG
7 = LSIA
Suffix
W = Without terminals
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Type
KD
HKD
KDC
CKD
CHKD
Number
of Poles
3 = Three-pole
V4-T2-302 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic  with Interchangeable Trip Units
Notes
1 Magnetic trip adjustable 5–10 times continuous ampere rating
2 Individually packed
3 2TA400K, 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
Standard Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac Rated
35 kAIC at 480 Vac
High Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac Rated
65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Ultra High Interrupting
Capacity Current Limiting
600 Vac Rated
100 kAIC at 480 Vac Thermal-Magnetic
Trip Unit Only 1
For Use with Standard
or High or Ultra High
Interrupting Frames
Standard Terminals Only
See Page V4-T2-317 for
Optional Terminals
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
and Terminals 1
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
and Terminals 1
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
and Terminals 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
100 KD2100 HKD2100 KDC2100 KT2100T TA300K 2
125 KD2125 HKD2125 KDC2125 KT2125T TA300K 2
150 KD2150 HKD2150 KDC2150 KT2150T TA300K 2
175 KD2175 HKD2175 KDC2175 KT2175T TA300K 2
200 KD2200 HKD2200 KDC2200 KT2200T TA300K 2
225 KD2225 HKD2225 KDC2225 KT2225T TA300K 2
250 KD2250 HKD2250 KDC2250 KT2250T TA350K 2
300 KD2300 HKD2300 KDC2300 KT2300T TA350K 2
350 KD2350 HKD2350 KDC2350 KT2350T TA350K 2
400 KD2400 HKD2400 KDC2400 KT2400T 2TA400K 3
Three-Pole
100 KD3100 HKD3100 KDC3100 KT3100T TA300K 2
125 KD3125 HKD3125 KDC3125 KT3125T TA300K 2
150 KD3150 HKD3150 KDC3150 KT3150T TA300K 2
175 KD3175 HKD3175 KDC3175 KT3175T TA300K 2
200 KD3200 HKD3200 KDC3200 KT3200T TA300K 2
225 KD3225 HKD3225 KDC3225 KT3225T TA300K 2
250 KD3250 HKD3250 KDC3250 KT3250T TA350K 2
300 KD3300 HKD3300 KDC3300 KT3300T TA350K 2
350 KD3350 HKD3350 KDC3350 KT3350T TA350K 2
400 KD3400 HKD3400 KDC3400 KT3400T 3TA400K 3
Four-Pole
100 KD4100 HKD4100 KDC4100 KT3100T TA300K 2
125 KD4125 HKD4125 KDC4125 KT3125T TA300K 2
175 KD4175 HKD4175 KDC4175 KT3175T TA300K 2
200 KD4200 HKD4200 KDC4200 KT3200T TA300K 2
225 KD4225 HKD4225 KDC4225 KT3225T TA300K 2
250 KD4250 HKD4250 KDC4250 KT3250T TA350K 2
300 KD4300 HKD4300 KDC4300 KT3300T TA350K 2
350 KD4350 HKD4350 KDC4350 KT3350T TA350K 2
400 KD4400 HKD4400 KDC4400 KT3400T 4TA400K 3
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-303
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Frame Only
Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic  with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units
Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-320
Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic  with Interchangeable 310+ Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic  with Interchangeable 310+ Trip UnitsFour-Pole 45
Notes
1 For AC use only
2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired
3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units
4 Trip unit includes protected neutral pole Use corresponding three-pole trip unit if protected neutral pole is not required
5 Fully rated neutral pole protection is standard For 50% rated protection on neutral pole, add Suffix E to four-pole trip unit catalog number
Standard Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated
35 kAIC at 480 Vac
High Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated
65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Ultra High Interrupting
Capacity Current Limiting
600 Vac Rated
100 kAIC at 480 Vac
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
KD2400F HKD2400F KDC2400F
Three-Pole
KD3400F HKD3400F KDC3400F
Four-Pole
KD4400F HKD4400F KDC4400F
Max
Cont
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only 1
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 23 Terminal
Information
Standard
Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac
Rated
35 kAIC at
480 Vac
High
Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac
Rated
65 kAIC at
480 Vac
Ultra High
Interrupting
Capacity
Current
Limiting
600 Vac
Rated
100 kAIC
at 480 Vac
Standard Options
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup with
I
2t Short
Delay Ramp
Independently
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup and
Delay
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup with
I
2t Short
Delay and
Ground Fault
Protection
Independently
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup and
Delay and
Ground Fault
Protection
Catalog Number Catalog Number
125 KD3400F HKD3400F KDC3400F KES3125LS KES3125LSI KES3125LSG KES3125LSIG LGFCT125 See Page
V4-T2-317 250 KD3400F HKD3400F KDC3400F KES3250LS KES3250LSI KES3250LSG KES3250LSIG LGFCT250
400 KD3400F HKD3400F KDC3400F KES3400LS KES3400LSI KES3400LSG KES3400LSIG LGFCT400
Max
Cont
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only 1
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 23 Terminal
Information
Standard
Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac
Rated
35 kAIC at
480 Vac
High
Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac
Rated
65 kAIC at
480 Vac
Ultra High
Interrupting
Capacity
Current
Limiting
600 Vac
Rated
100 kAIC
at 480 Vac
Standard Options
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup with
I
2t Short
Delay Ramp
Independently
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup and
Delay
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup with
I
2t Short
Delay and
Ground Fault
Protection
Independently
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup and
Delay and
Ground Fault
Protection
Catalog Number Catalog Number
125 KD4400F HKD4400F KDC4400F KES4125LS KES4125LSI    See Page
V4-T2-317 250 KD4400F HKD4400F KDC4400F KES4250LS KES4250LSI   
400 KD4400F HKD4400F KDC4400F KES4400LS KES4400LSI   
V4-T2-304 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Type KDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-320
Type HKDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-320
100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C
ampacity All 100% rated  have electronic trip units
100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Three-Pole
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-320
Notes
1 For AC use only
2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired
3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Number
of Poles
Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals 1
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 23 Terminal
Information
Standard
LS
Optional
LSI LSG LSIG
Adjustable Short Time
Pickup with I2t Short
Delay Ramp
Independently Adjustable
Short Time Pickup and
Delay
Adjustable Short Time
Pickup with I2t Short
Delay and Ground Fault
Protection
Independently Adjustable
Short Time Pickup and
Ground Fault Protection
Catalog Number Catalog Number
125 3 KDB3125FT33W KDB3125FT32W KDB3125FT35W KDB3125FT36W LGFCT125 See Page
V4-T2-318 250 3 KDB3250FT33W KDB3250FT32W KDB3250FT35W KDB3250FT36W LGFCT250
400 3 KDB3400FT33W KDB3400FT32W KDB3400FT35W KDB3400FT36W LGFCT400
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Number
of Poles
Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals 1
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 23 Terminal
Information
Standard
LS
Optional
LSI LSG LSIG
Adjustable Short Time
Pickup with I2t Short
Delay Ramp
Independently Adjustable
Short Time Pickup and
Delay
Adjustable Short Time
Pickup with I2t Short
Delay and Ground Fault
Protection
Independently Adjustable
Short Time Pickup and
Ground Fault Protection
Catalog Number Catalog Number
125 3 HKDB3125FT33W HKDB3125FT32W HKDB3125FT35W HKDB3125FT36W LGFCT125 See Page
V4-T2-318 250 3 HKDB3250FT33W HKDB3250FT32W HKDB3250FT35W HKDB3250FT36W LGFCT250
400 3 HKDB3400FT33W HKDB3400FT32W HKDB3400FT35W HKDB3400FT36W LGFCT400
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 23 Terminal
Information
Standard
Interrupting
Capacity
35 kAIC at
480 Vac
High
Interrupting
Capacity
65 kAIC at
480 Vac
Standard Options
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup with
I
2t Short
Delay Ramp
Independently
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup and
Delay
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup with
I
2t Short
Delay and
Ground Fault
Protection
Independently
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup and
Delay and
Ground Fault
Protection
Catalog Number Catalog Number
125 CKD3400F CHKD3400F KES3125LS KES3125LSI KES3125LSG KES3125LSIG LGFCT125 See Page
V4-T2-317 250 CKD3400F CHKD3400F KES3250LS KES3250LSI KES3250LSG KES3250LSIG LGFCT250
400 CKD3400F CHKD3400F KES3400LS KES3400LSI KES3400LSG KES3400LSIG LGFCT400
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-305
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Suitable for reverse feed application
Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
240 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc 600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc
Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker
Without Line and
Load Terminals
With Line
Terminals Only
With Standard Line and
Load Terminals Only
Without Line and
Load Terminals
With Standard Line
and Load Terminals
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
100    KDB2100W KDB2100
125    KDB2125W KDB2125
150    KDB2150W KDB2150
175    KDB2175W KDB2175
200    KDB2200W KDB2200
225    KDB2225W KDB2225
250 DK2250W DK2250Y DK2250 KDB2250W KDB2250
300 DK2300W DK2300Y DK2300 KDB2300W KDB2300
350 DK2350W DK2350Y DK2350 KDB2350W KDB2350
400 DK2400W DK2400Y DK2400 KDB2400W KDB2400
Three-Pole
100    KDB3100W KDB3100
125    KDB3125W KDB3125
150    KDB3150W KDB3150
175    KDB3175W KDB3175
200    KDB3200W KDB3200
225    KDB3225W KDB3225
250 DK3250W DK3250Y DK3250 KDB3250W KDB3250
300 DK3300W DK3300Y DK3300 KDB3300W KDB3300
350 DK3350W DK3350Y DK3350 KDB3350W KDB3350
400 DK3400W DK3400Y DK3400 KDB3400W KDB3400
V4-T2-306 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Molded Case Switches
Eaton’s molded case
switches are used as
compact switches in
applications requiring high
current switching capabilities
Molded case switches are
constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the
high instantaneous automatic
type Molded case switches
are listed in accordance with
Underwriters Laboratories
Standard UL 489
Molded Case Switches
Note
Molded case switches may open above 4000 amperes
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
240 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
Complete Circuit Breaker
with Standard Line and
Load Terminals
Complete Circuit Breaker
with Standard Line and
Load Terminals
Complete Circuit Breaker
with Standard Line and
Load Terminals Suitable for
Reverse Feed Use
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
400 DK2400K KD2400K KDB2400K
 HKD2400K HKDB2400K
Three-Pole
400 DK3400K KD3400K KDB3400K
 HKD3400K HKDB3400K
Four-Pole
400  KD4400K KDB4400K
 HKD4400K HKDB4400K
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-307
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 KD3125T52W KD3125T56W KD3125T57W 70 ORPK125A70
90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
250 KD3250T52W KD3250T56W KD3250T57W 125 ORPK025A125
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250
400 KD3400T52W KD3400T56W KD3400T57W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225
250 ORPK40A250
300 ORPK40A300
350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
V4-T2-308 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 HKD3125T52W HKD3125T56W HKD3125T57W 70 ORPK125A70
90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
250 HKD3250T52W HKD3250T56W HKD3250T57W 125 ORPK025A125
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250
400 HKD3400T52W HKD3400T56W HKD3400T57W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225
250 ORPK40A250
300 ORPK40A300
350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-309
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 KDC3125T52W KDC3125T56W KDC3125T57W 70 ORPK125A70
90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
250 KDC3250T52W KDC3250T56W KDC3250T57W 125 ORPK025A125
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250
400 KDC3400T52W KDC3400T56W KDC3400T57W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225
250 ORPK40A250
300 ORPK40A300
350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
V4-T2-310 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 2
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 KD3125T106W KD3125T107W 70 ORPK125A70
90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
250 KD3250T106W KD3250T107W 125 ORPK025A125
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250
400 KD3400T106W KD3400T107W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A22
250 ORPK40A250
300 ORPK40A300
350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-311
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 2
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 HKD3125T106W HKD3125T107W 70 ORPK125A70
90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
250 HKD3250T106W HKD3250T107W 125 ORPK025A125
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250
400 HKD3400T106W HKD3400T107W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225
250 ORPK40A250
300 ORPK40A300
350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
V4-T2-312 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 2
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 KDC3125T106W KDC3125T107W 70 ORPK125A70
90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
250 KDC3250T106W KDC3250T107W 125 ORPK025A125
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250
400 KDC3400T106W KDC3400T107W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225
250 ORPK40A250
300 ORPK40A300
350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-313
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
(refer to Page V4-T2-431)
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 CKD3125T52W CKD3125T56W CKD3125T57W 70 ORPK125A70
90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
250 CKD3250T52W CKD3250T56W CKD3250T57W 125 ORPK025A125
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250
400 CKD3400T52W CKD3400T56W CKD3400T57W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225
250 ORPK40A250
300 ORPK40A300
350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
V4-T2-314 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 CHKD3125T52W CHKD3125T56W CHKD3125T57W 70 ORPK125A70
90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
250 CHKD3250T52W CHKD3250T56W CHKD3250T57W 125 ORPK025A125
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250
400 CHKD3400T52W CHKD3400T56W CHKD3400T57W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225
250 ORPK40A250
300 ORPK40A300
350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-315
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 2
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 CKD3125T106W CKD3125T107W 70 ORPK125A70
90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
250 CKD3250T106W CKD3250T107W 125 ORPK025A125
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250
400 CKD3400T106W CKD3400T107W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225
250 ORPK40A250
300 ORPK40A300
350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
V4-T2-316 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 2
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 CHKD3125T106W CHKD3125T107W 70 ORPK125A70
90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
250 CHKD3250T106W CHKD3250T107W 125 ORPK025A125
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250
400 CHKD3400T106W CHKD3400T107W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225
250 ORPK40A250
300 ORPK40A300
350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-317
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Guide
Line and Load Terminals
Eaton’s line and load
terminals provide wire
connecting capabilities for
specific ranges of continuous
current ratings and wire
types All terminals comply
with Underwriters
Laboratories Standards
UL 486A and UL 486B and
CSA Standard C222 No 65,
or Electrical Bulletin 1165
Unless otherwise specified,
K-Frame circuit breaker line
and load terminals are
shipped separately for field
installation
Ordering Information
K-Frame  use
Cu/AI terminals as standard
When optional copper or Cu/
AI terminals are required,
order by catalog number
Specify if factory installation
is required
Line and Load Terminals
Notes
1 Individually packed
2 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover
3 Two-pole kit
4 Three-pole kit
5 Four-pole kit
6 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and three interphase barriers
TA401K TA400K, T400K TA350K, T350K TA300K, T300K T400KCW, TA400KCW,
TA401KCW
TA402K, T402K
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body
Material
Wire
Type
AWG Wire
Range/No
Conductors
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Terminal
Terminals with
Control Wire Termination
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals
225 Aluminum Cu/AI 3–350 (1) 35–185 TA300K 1
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 250–500 (1) 120–240 TA350K 1
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 3/0–250 (2) 95–120 2TA400K 23 2TA400KCW 23
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 3/0–250 (2) 95–120 3TA400K 24 3TA400KCW 24
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 3/0–250 (2) 95–120 4TA400K 56 4TA400KCW 56
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals
225 Copper Cu 3–350 (1) 35–185 T300K1
400 Copper Cu 250–500 (1) 120–240 T350K 1
400 Copper Cu 3/0–250 (2) 95–120 2T400K 3 2T400KCW 23
3T400K 4 3T400KCW 24
4T400K 5 4T400KCW 56
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 2/0–250 (2)
or
2/0–500 (1)
70–120 2TA401K 23 2TA401KCW 23
70–240 3TA401K 24 3TA401KCW 24
70–240 4TA401K 56 4TA401KCW 56
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 500–750 (1) 300–400 2TA402K 23
3TA402K 24
4TA402K 56
400 Copper Cu 500–750 (1)  2T402K 23
3T402K 24
4T402K 56
Tab is 1/4 x032
V4-T2-318 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories
and the number of poles in the circuit breaker
KD Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
Notes
1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame Current carrying parts omitted from center pole
2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on KES or OPTIM trip units Standard internal accessories cannot be mounted in right pole on any K-Frame OPTIM trip unites Special OPTIM
ground fault and zone interlock accessories are available for field installation in the right pole of K-Frame 550 OPTIM trip units Factory installed 2a/2b and bell/aux are available for factory
installation K-Frame breakers equipped with OPTIM 1050 trip units include aux-bell alarm in the right pole
Description
Reference
Page
Two-Pole 1 Three-Pole Four-Pole
Left Right Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-414  ■ ?  ? ■
Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-414   ?  ? ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-416  ■ ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-416   ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) V4-T2-416   ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-417   ?  ? ?  ?
Shunt tripstandard 2 V4-T2-420  ■ ■  ■ ■  ■
Shunt triplow energy 2 V4-T2-423   ■  ■ ■
Undervoltage release mechanism 2 V4-T2-428  ■ ■  ■ ■
PowerNet or zone interlock kit (OPTIM 550) V4-T2-431  ■
External Accessories
End cap kit V4-T2-448 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Keeper nut V4-T2-448 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-449 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal adapter V4-T2-449 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Multiwire connectors V4-T2-450 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear fed terminals V4-T2-450 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-451 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal shields V4-T2-453 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Interphase barriers V4-T2-453 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-454 ■  ■  ■
Padlockable handle block V4-T2-454  ■
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-455  ■ ? ? ?  ?
Cylinder lock V4-T2-455 ? ? ? ?
Key Interlock kit V4-T2-456 ■ ? ? ? ?  ?
Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-457   ● ● ●
Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-457   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Electrical (solenoid) operator V4-T2-458   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-459 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear connecting studs V4-T2-461 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Panelboard connecting straps V4-T2-462 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-539 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle extension V4-T2-551 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
IQ Energy Sentinel V4-T2-464   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit V4-T2-464 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
OPTIM System Components Three Poles
Breaker interface module (BIM) V4-T2-464
Digitrip OPTIMizer V4-T2-465
Auxiliary power module V4-T2-465
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Special calibration  ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-254 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application  ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-319
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories
Technical Data and Specifications
NEMA/UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings
IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings
UL 489 Current Limiting Data
Notes
1 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac
2 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers
3 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated
4 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame Current carrying parts omitted from center pole
5 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker
6 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA
7 Current limiting
Description Catalog Number
Electronic portable test kit MTST230V 1
Trip unit tamper protection wire seal 5108A03H01
External neutral sensor, 400 A LGFCT400 2
External neutral sensor, 250 A LGFCT250 2
External neutral sensor, 125 A LGFCT125 2
Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication TRIP-LED
Breaker-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEW
Remote-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEWR06 3
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles 4
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
240 277 480 600 250 56
DK 2, 3 65    10
KDB 2, 3, 4 65  35 25 10
KD 2, 3, 4 65  35 25 10
HKD, HKDB 2, 3, 4 100  65 35 22
KDC 7 2, 3, 4 200  100 65 22
CKD 3 65  35 25
CHKD 3 100  65 35
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles 4
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
240 380 415 440 500 600 250 56
DK 2, 3 65      10
KDB 2, 3, 4 65 40 40    10
KD 2, 3, 4 65 40 40    10
HKD, HKDB 2, 3, 4 100 65 65    22
KDC 2, 3, 4 200 100 100    22
Frame Circuit Ip (kA) I2T (106A2S)
KDC 240 V/200 kA 5600 230
KDC 480 V/100 kA 5330 560
KDC 600 V/50 kA 4340 540
V4-T2-320 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
310+ Specifications
Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310+
Breaker Type
Frame K
Frames available 125 A, 250 A, 400 A
Continuous current range (A) 55–400 A
Ground fault pickup (A) 50–400 A
Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC) 35, 65, 100
100% rated Yes
Protection
Ordering options LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG
Interchangeable trip unit Yes
High load alarm, trip (suffix B20) 1 Yes
Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21) 1 LSG, LSIG, ALSIG
Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22) LSG, LSIG, ALSIG
Zone selective interlock (suffix ZG) 1 LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Cause of trip indication Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)
Thru-cover accessories No
310+ Adjustability Specifications
Notes
1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes
2 Not available for KD Independently adjustable Ii
 setting available in LG, NG and RG ALSI and
ALSIG trip units
K-Frame
310+ Settings 125 A 250 A 400 A
I
r
 = continuous current or
long delay pickup (amperes)
(All 310+)
Ir \ In
A (=Ir) 55 100 160
B (=Ir) 60 125 200
C (=Ir) 70 150 225
D (=Ir) 80 160 250
E (=Ir) 90 175 300
F (=Ir) 100 200 315
G (=Ir) 110 225 350
H (=Ir=In) 125 250 400
tr
 = long delay time (seconds)
(All 310+)
2 222
4 444
7 777
10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12
15 15 15 15
20 20 20 20
24 24 24 24
I
sd (x Ir) = short delay pickup (amperes)
(All 310+)
Position 1 2 2x 2x
Position 2 3 3x 3x
Position 3 4 4x 4x
Position 4 5 5x 5x
Position 5 6 6x 6x
Position 6 7 7x 7x
Position 7 8 8x 8x
Position 8 10 10x 10x
Position 9 12 12x 12x
tsd = short delay time I2t (milliseconds)
(LS and LSG)
Fixed 67 @10x
tsd = short delay time flat (milliseconds)
(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)
Position 1 Inst
Position 2 120
Position 3 300
I
g (x In) = ground fault pickup (amperes)
(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)
Position 1 25 50 80
Position 2 375 75 120
Position 3 50 100 160
Position 4 75 150 240
Position 5 100 200 320
Position 6 125 250 400
tg = ground fault delay time (milliseconds)
(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)
Position 1 Inst
Position 2 120
Position 3 300
Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting 2
Maintenance Mode pickup (25 x In) (amperes)
(310+ with Maintenance ModeALSI and ALSIG)
Fixed 312 625 1000
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-321
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Specifications
Legend
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
(A) = GF Alarm
I
s = Sensor Rating
I
n = Rating Plug
I
r
 = Long Delay Pickup Setting
Notes
1 Zone interlock kit
2 By OPTIMizer/BIM
3 Eaton’s PowerNet kit
Trip Unit Type Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
rms sensing Yes Yes
Breaker Type
Frame K K
Ampere range 125–400 A 125–400 A
Interrupting rating at 480 volts 35, 65, 100 (kA) 35, 65, 100 (kA)
Protection
Ordering options LSI, LSI(A), LSIG LSI(A), LSIG
Fixed rated plug (In) Yes Yes
Overtemperature trip Yes Yes
Long Delay Protection (L)
Adjustable rating plug (In) No No
Long delay pickup 04–10 x (In) 04–10 x (In)
Long delay time I2t 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds
Long delay time I4t 1–5 seconds 1–5 seconds
Long delay thermal memory Yes Yes
High load alarm 05–10 x Ir 05–10 x Ir
Short Delay Protection (S)
Short delay pickup 150–800% x (Ir
) 150–800% x (Ir
)
Short delay time I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Short delay time flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Short delay time zone selective interlocking Yes 1 Yes
Instantaneous Protection (I)
Instantaneous pickup 200–800% x (In) 200–800% x (In)
Discriminator Yes Yes
Instantaneous override Yes Yes
Ground Fault Protection (G)
Ground fault alarm 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)
Ground fault pickup 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)
Ground fault delay I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault delay flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault zone selective interlocking Yes 1 Yes
Ground fault thermal memory Yes Yes
System Diagnostics
Status LEDs Yes Yes
Cause of trip LEDs Yes Yes
Magnitude of trip information Yes Yes
Remote signal contactground alarm Yes 1 Yes
Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Optional Included
System Monitoring
Digital display Yes 2 Yes 2
Current Yes Yes
Power and energy No Yes
Power qualityharmonics No Yes
Power factor No Yes
Communications
PowerNet Yes 3 Yes
Testing
Testing method OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet
V4-T2-322 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
KD Frame
KD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg)
KD Frame
Note
1 Weights shown are for thermal-magnetic trip units Three-pole electronic trip units weigh 25 lbs (11 kg)
Number
of Poles Width Height Depth
2, 3 550 (1497) 1013 (2573) 410 (1041)
4 722 (1834) 1013 (2573) 410 (1041)
549
(1394)
ON
OFF
1013
(2572)
431
(1096)
034 R
(87 R)
019 R
(48 R)
375
(953)
083
(210) 164
(417)
125
(318)
131
(333)
263
(667)239
(607) 478
(1215)
CL Handle
Front View Side View
Front Cover Cutout
Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit 1
Breaker
Type Two-Pole Three-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
DK 100 (45) 115 (52)    
KDB 100 (45) 115 (52)    
KD 100 (45) 115 (52) 75 (34) 85 (39) 15 (07) 15 (07)
HKD, HKDB 100 (45) 115 (52) 75 (34) 85 (39) 15 (07) 15 (07)
KDC 100 (45) 115 (52) 75 (34) 85 (39) 15 (07) 15 (07)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-323
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Typical L-Frame Circuit Breaker

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-324
Product SelectionV4-T2-326
Accessories V4-T2-342
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-344
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-348
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)
Product Description
● All Eaton L-Frame circuit
breakers are HACR rated
● L-Frame  are
available as individual
components (frame, trip
unit, terminals), or factory
assembled complete
breakers
● L-Frame
with non-interchangeable
trip units are suitable for
reverse feed use
Standards and Certifications
● CE marked
V4-T2-324 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
LD-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology
Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frame 1
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 1
Note
1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, eg, LD3600F, HLD3600F, etc
LD 3 600 F
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Type
LDB
LD
HLD
LDC
CLD
CHLD
CLDC
Number
of Poles
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Ampere
Rating
 300
 350
 400
 450
 500
 600
Suffix
C = Copper terminals
F = Frame only (600 A only)
K = High magnetic molded case switch
V = 50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
W = Without terminals
X = Load side terminals only
Y = Line side terminals only
Number
of Poles
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Trip Unit Rating/Plug
Ampere Rating
300
350
400
450
500
600
Trip Unit Type
LT = Thermal-magnetic
Suffix
T =Trip unit thermal-magnetic fixed thermal adjustable
magnetic
V =50 °C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
LT 3 400 T
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-325
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
LD-Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology
310+
310+ Electronic Trip Units 2
LD-Frame with OPTIM Electronic Trip Unit Technology
OPTIM
Notes
1 Not available in four-pole configurations
2 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, eg, LD3600F, HLD3600F, etc
LDB 3 600 F T36 B22ZG W
Performance at 480 Vac
LDB=35 kAIC
HLDB=65 kAIC
LDCB=100 kAIC
CLDB=35 kAIC, 100% rated
CHLDB=65 kAIC, 100% rated
CLDCB=100 kAIC, 100% rated
Number
of Poles
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Terminals
W = No terminals
Amperes
600
Designation
F
Features
Blank=No feature
B20=High load alarm
B21=Ground fault alarm, with trip 1
B22=Ground fault alarm, no trip 1
ZG= Zone selective interlocking
Trip Unit
T33=310+ Electronic LS
T32=310+ Electronic LSI
T35=310+ Electronic LSG 1
T36=310+ Electronic LSIG 1
T38=310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode
T39=310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode 1
LES 3 600 LSIG B22ZG
Trip Unit Type
LES Number
of Poles
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Amperes
600
Features
Blank=No feature
B20=High load alarm
B21=Ground fault alarm, with trip 1
B22=Ground fault alarm, no trip 1
ZG= Zone selective interlocking
Trip Unit
LS= 310+ Electronic LS
LSI=310+ Electronic LSI
LSG=310+ Electronic LSG 1
LSIG=310+ Electronic LSIG 1
ALSI=310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode
ALSIG=310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode 1
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Type
LD
HLD
LDC
CLD
CHLD
CLDC
Trip Type
2 = LSI (550 only)
6 = LSIG
7 = LSIA
Suffix
W = Without terminals
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Ampere Rating
125 (Available on Model 1050 only)
250 (Available on Model 1050 only)
400
600
Number
of Poles
3 = Three-pole
Trip Model
T5 = Model 550
T10 = Model 1050
LD 3 125 T5 7 W
V4-T2-326 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic  with Interchangeable Trip Units
Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Frame Only
Notes
1 Magnetic trip range 5–10 times continuous ampere rating
2 Individually packed
3 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover
4 Neutral is in right pole
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C 1
Standard Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac Rated
35 kAIC at 480 Vac
High Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac Rated
65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Ultra High Interrupting
Capacity Current Limiting
600 Vac Rated
100 kAIC at 480 Vac Thermal-Magnetic
Trip Unit Only
For Use with Standard
or High or Ultra High
Interrupting Frames
Standard Terminals Only
See Page V4-T2-341 for
Optional Terminals
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting of
Frame, Trip Unit and
Terminals
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting of Frame,
Trip Unit and Terminals
Factory Assembled Circuit
Consisting of Frame,
Trip Unit and Terminals
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
300 LD2300 HLD2300 LDC2300 LT2300T TA602LD 2
350 LD2350 HLD2350 LDC2350 LT2350T TA602LD 2
400 LD2400 HLD2400 LDC2400 LT2400T TA602LD 2
450 LD2450 HLD2450 LDC2450 LT2450T TA602LD 2
500 LD2500 HLD2500 LDC2500 LT2500T TA602LD 2
600 LD2600 HLD2600 LDC2600 LT2600T 2TA603LDK 3
Three-Pole
300 LD3300 HLD3300 LDC3300 LT3300T TA602LD 2
350 LD3350 HLD3350 LDC3350 LT3350T TA602LD 2
400 LD3400 HLD3400 LDC3400 LT3400T TA602LD 2
450 LD3450 HLD3450 LDC3450 LT3450T TA602LD 2
500 LD3500 HLD3500 LDC3500 LT3500T TA602LD 2
600 LD3600 HLD3600 LDC3600 LT3600T 3TA603LDK 3
Four-Pole 4
300 LD4300 HLD4300 LDC4300 LT4300T TA602LD 2
350 LD4350 HLD4350 LDC4350 LT4350T TA602LD 2
400 LD4400 HLD4400 LDC4400 LT4400T TA602LD 2
450 LD4450 HLD4450 LDC4450 LT4450T TA602LD 2
500 LD4500 HLD4500 LDC4500 LT4500T TA602LD 2
600 LD4600 HLD4600 LDC4600 LT4600T 4TA603LDK 3
Standard Interrupting
Capacity 600 Vac Rated
35 kAIC at 480 Vac
High Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated
65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Ultra High Interrupting
Capacity Current Limiting
600 Vac Rated
100 kAIC at 480 Vac
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
LD2600F HLD2600F LDC2600F
Three-Pole
LD3600F HLD3600F LDC3600F
Four-Pole
LD4600F HLD4600F LDC4600F
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-327
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic  with Interchangeable Trip Units
Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-320
Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic  with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units
Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB Electronic  with Non-Interchangeable 310+ Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-320
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Less Terminals
Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic  with Interchangeable Trip Units
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C
ampacity All 100% rated  have electronic trip units Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and
terminals See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-320
100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic  with 310+ Interchangeable Trip Units
Notes
1 For AC use only
2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired
3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units
4 Neutral is in right pole
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only 1
Terminal
Information
Standard
Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac
Rated
35 kAIC at
480 Vac
High
Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac Rated
65 kAIC at
480 Vac
Ultra High
Interrupting
Capacity
Current
Limiting
600 Vac Rated
100 kAIC at
480 Vac
Standard
LS
Optional
LSI LSG LSIG
Adjustable
Short Time
Pickup with I2t
Short Delay
Ramp
Independently
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup and
Delay
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup with
I
2t Short Delay
and Ground Fault
Protection
Independently
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup and
Ground Fault
Protection
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 23
Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Three-Pole
600 LD3600F HLD3600F LDC3600F LES3600LS LES3600LSI LES3600LSG LES3600LSIG LGFCT600 See Page
V4-T2-318
Four-Pole 4
600 LD4600F HLD4600F LDC4600F LES4600LS LES4600LSI    See Page
V4-T2-318
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Number
of Poles
Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals 1
Terminal
Information
Standard
LS
Optional
LSI LSG LSIG
Adjustable Short Time
Pickup with I2t Short
Delay Ramp
Independently Adjustable
Short Time Pickup and
Delay
Adjustable Short Time
Pickup with I2t Short
Delay and Ground Fault
Protection
Independently Adjustable
Short Time Pickup and
Ground Fault Protection
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 23
Catalog Number Catalog Number
600 3 LDB3600FT33W LDB3600FT32W LDB3600FT35W LDB3600FT36W LGFCT600 See Page
V4-T2-318 600 3 HLDB3600FT33W HLDB3600FT32W HLDB3600FT35W HLDB3600FT36W
600 3 LDCB3600FT33W LDCB3600FT32W LDCB3600FT35W LDCB3600FT36W
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only
Terminal
Information
Standard
Interrupting
Capacity 600 Vac
Rated 35 kAIC at
480 Vac
High Interrupting
Capacity 600 Vac
Rated 65 kAIC at
480 Vac
Ultra High
Interrupting
Capacity Current
Limiting 600 Vac
Rated 100 kAIC
at 480 Vac
Standard
LS
Optional
LSI LSG LSIG
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup with
I
2t Short Delay
Ramp
Independently
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup and
Delay
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup with
I
2t Short Delay
and Ground Fault
Protection
Independently
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup and
Ground Fault
Protection
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 23
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Three-Pole
600 CLD3600F CHLD3600F CLDC3600F LES3600LS LES3600LSI LES3600LSG LES3600LSIG LGFCT600 See Page
V4-T2-318
V4-T2-328 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Type LDB Thermal-Magnetic  with
Non-Interchangeable Trip Units 1
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc
Complete Circuit Breaker
Without Line and
Load Terminals
With Standard Line and
Load Terminals Only
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
300 LDB2300W LDB2300
350 LDB2350W LDB2350
400 LDB2400W LDB2400
450 LDB2450W LDB2450
500 LDB2500W LDB2500
600 LDB2600W LDB2600
Three-Pole
300 LDB3300W LDB3300
350 LDB3350W LDB3350
400 LDB3400W LDB3400
450 LDB3450W LDB3450
500 LDB3500W LDB3500
600 LDB3600W LDB3600
Molded Case Switches
Eaton’s molded case
switches are used as
compact switches in
applications requiring high
current switching capabilities
Molded case switches are
constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the
high instantaneous automatic
type Molded case switches
are listed in accordance with
Underwriters Laboratories
Standard UL 489
Molded Case Switches
Notes
1 Factory sealedsuitable for reverse feed application
Molded case switch will trip above 6000 amperes
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Standard Terminals Only
See Page V4-T2-341 for
Optional Terminals
Circuit Breaker Only
without Line and Load
Terminals
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
600 LD2600WK 2TA603LDK
600 LDB2600WK 1 2TA603LDK
600 HLD2600WK 2TA603LDK
Three-Pole
600 LD3600WK 3TA603LDK
600 LDB3600WK 1 3TA603LDK
600 HLD3600WK 3TA603LDK
Four-Pole
600 LD4600WK 4TA603LDK
600 LDB4600WK 1 4TA603LDK
600 HLD4600WK 4TA603LDK
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-329
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 LD3125T52W LD3125T56W LD3125T57W  ORPL125A070
 ORPL125A090
 ORPL125A100
 ORPL125A110
 ORPL125A125
250 LD3250T52W LD3250T56W LD3250T57W  ORPL025A125
 ORPL025A150
 ORPL025A175
 ORPL025A200
 ORPL025A225
 ORPL025A250
400 LD3400T52W LD3400T56W LD3400T57W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 LD3600T52W LD3600T56W LD3600T57W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-330 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 HLD3125T52W HLD3125T56W HLD3125T57W 70 ORPL125A070
90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
250 HLD3250T52W HLD3250T56W HLD3250T57W 125 ORPL025A125
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
400 HLD3400T52W HLD3400T56W HLD3400T57W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 HLD3600T52W HLD3600T56W HLD3600T57W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-331
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 LDC3125T52W LDC3125T56W LDC3125T57W  ORPL125A070
 ORPL125A090
 ORPL125A100
 ORPL125A110
 ORPL125A125
250 LDC3250T52W LDC3250T56W LDC3250T57W  ORPL025A125
 ORPL025A150
 ORPL025A175
 ORPL025A200
 ORPL025A225
 ORPL025A250
400 LDC3400T52W LDC3400T56W LDC3400T57W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 LDC3600T52W LDC3600T56W LDC3600T57W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-332 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard
3 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 23
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 LD3125T106W LD3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
250 LD3250T106W LD3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
400 LD3400T106W LD3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 LD3600T106W LD3600T107W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-333
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard
3 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 23
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 HLD3125T106W HLD3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
250 HLD3250T106W HLD3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
400 HLD3400T106W HLD3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 HLD3600T106W HLD3600T107W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-334 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard
3 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 23
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 LDC3125T106W LDC3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
250 LDC3250T106W LDC3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
400 LDC3400T106W LDC3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 LDC3600T106W LDC3600T107W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-335
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM  with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550  with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 CLD3125T52W CLD3125T56W CLD3125T57W 70 ORPL125A070
90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
250 CLD3250T52W CLD3250T56W CLD3250T57W 125 ORPL025A125
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
400 CLD3400T52W CLD3400T56W CLD3400T57W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 CLD3600T52W CLD3600T56W CLD3600T57W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-336 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550  with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 CHLD3125T52W CHLD3125T56W CHLD3125T57W 70 ORPL125A070
90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A125
125 ORPL125A125
250 CHLD3250T52W CHLD3250T56W CHLD3250T57W 125 ORPL025A125
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
400 CHLD3400T52W CHLD3400T56W CHLD3400T57W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 CHLD3600T52W CHLD3600T56W CHLD3600T57W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-337
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550  with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 CLDC3125T52W CLDC3125T56W CLDC3125T57W 70 ORPL125A070
90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
250 CLDC3250T52W CLDC3250T56W CLDC3250T57W 125 ORPL025A125
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
400 CLDC3400T52W CLDC3400T56W CLDC3400T57W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 CLDC3600T52W CLDC3600T56W CLDC3600T57W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-338 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050  with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard
3 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 23
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 CLD3125T106W CLD3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
250 CLD3250T106W CLD3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
400 CLD3400T106W CLD3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 CLD3600T106W CLD3600T107W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-339
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050  with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard
3 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 23
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 CHLD3125T106W CHLD3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
250 CHLD3250T106W CHLD3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
400 CHLD3400T106W CHLD3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 CHLD3600T106W CHLD3600T107W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-340 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard
3 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 23
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 CLDC3125T106W CLDC3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
250 CLDC3250T106W CLDC3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
400 CLDC3400T106W CLDC3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
600 CLDC3600T106W CLDC3600T107W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-341
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information
Line and Load Terminals
Eaton’s line and load
terminals provide wire
connecting capabilities for
specific ranges of continuous
current ratings and wire
types All terminals comply
with Underwriters
Laboratories Standards UL
486A and UL 486B and CSA
Standard C222 No 65M
Unless otherwise specified,
L-Frame circuit breaker line
and load terminals are
shipped separately for field
installation
The wire connecting terminal
is secured with two panhead, slotted screws and
lockwashers that can be
checked for the correct
torque loading or retightened
from the front of the circuit
breaker before installation of
the conductors (Applies to all
styles) The circuit breaker
line/load terminal conductors
are positioned in the
conducting holes in the wire
connecting terminal and are
secured with recessed socket
screws that are tightened to
the correct torque loading
from the front of the circuit
breaker
Ordering Information
L-Frame  use
Cu/AI terminals as standard
When optional copper
terminals are required, order
by catalog Number Specify if
factory installation is required
Terminals
Line and Load Terminals
Notes
1 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover
2 Individually packed
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body
Material
Wire
Type
AWG Wire
Range/Number
of Conductors
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Terminal
Terminals with
Control Wire Termination
Poles
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 4/0–600 (1) 120–300 Two-pole kit 1 2TA401LDK
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 4/0–600 (1) 120–300 Three-pole kit 1 3TA401LDK
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 4/0–600 (1) 120–300 Four-pole kit 1 4TA401LDK
450 Aluminum Cu/AI 4–4/0 (2) 25–95 2 TA450LD
500 Aluminum Cu/AI 3/0–350 (2) 95–150 2 TA602LD TA602LDCW
600 Aluminum Cu/AI 400–500 (2) 185–240 Two-pole kit 1 2TA603LDK 2TA603LDKCW
600 Aluminum Cu/AI 400–500 (2) 185–240 Three-pole kit 1 3TA603LDK 3TA603LDKCW
600 Aluminum Cu/AI 400–500 (2) 185–240 Four-pole kit 1 4TA603LDK 4TA603LDKCW
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals
600 Copper Cu 250–350 (2) 120–250 2 T602LD T602LDCW
TA450LD or TA602LD or
T602LD Terminal
Pan-Head Screws and
Lockwashers (Installed
before Cable Clamping
Screws)
Terminal Cover
Screws
Retainer
TA401LD or TA603LD
Terminal (Step-Type
Terminal Requires
Terminal Cover and
Warning Label
See Inset)
Pan-Head Screws
and Lockwashers
Warning Label
Circuit Breaker
Line Terminal Cover
V4-T2-342 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles
in the circuit breaker
LD Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
Notes
1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame Current carrying parts omitted from center pole
2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations
3 OPTIM model 1050 is factory sealed and does not have the right pole space available for accessories
4 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on LES or OPTIM trip units Standard non-tripping internal accessories can be mounted in the left or right poles of LES and 550 OPTIM trip units
Description
Reference
Page
Two-Pole 1, Three-Pole Four-Pole
Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral 2
Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) 3
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-414 ■  ■ ■  ■
Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-414 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-416 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-416 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) V4-T2-416 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination V4-T2-418 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination V4-T2-418 ■  ■ ■  ■
Shunt tripstandard 4 V4-T2-420 ■  ■ ■  ■
Shunt triplow energy 4 V4-T2-423 ■  ■ ■  ■
Undervoltage release mechanism 4 V4-T2-429 ■  ■ ■  ■
Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550) V4-T2-431   ■   
External Accessories
End cap kit V4-T2-448 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-449 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-451 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal shields V4-T2-453 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Interphase barriers V4-T2-453 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-454  ■  ■
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-455 ?  ? ?  ?
Key interlock kit V4-T2-456 ?  ? ?  ?
Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-457 ● ● ●   
Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-457 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Electrical (motor) operator V4-T2-458 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-460 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear connecting studs V4-T2-461 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Panelboard connecting straps V4-T2-462 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-539 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle extension V4-T2-551 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit V4-T2-464 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-343
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
LD Frame Accessories, continued
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories
Notes
1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame Current carrying parts omitted from center pole
2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations
3 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac
4 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers
5 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated
Description
Reference
Page
Two-Pole 1, Three-Pole Four-Pole
Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral 2
OPTIM System Components Three Poles
Ground fault alarm unit V4-T2-464     
Potential transformer module V4-T2-464     
Breaker interface module (BIM) V4-T2-464     
Digitrip OPTIMizer V4-T2-465     
Auxiliary power module V4-T2-465     
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Special calibration  ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-254 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application  ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Description Catalog Number
Electronic portable test kit MTST230V 3
Trip unit tamper protection wire seal 5108A03H01
External neutral sensor LGFCT600 4
Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication TRIP-LED
Breaker-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEW
Remote-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEWR06 5
V4-T2-344 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
UL 489 Current Limiting Data
Notes
1 Utilization Category A
2 L/R = 8 milliseconds minimum
3 Two-pole circuit breaker or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker Incorporating thermal-magnetic trip unit only
4 100% rated breakers
5 Current limiting
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA rms Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
240 277 480 600 125 250 23
LDB 2, 3 65  35 25  22
LD 2, 3, 4 65  35 25  22
CLD 4 2, 3, 4 65  35 25  
HLD, HLDB 2, 3, 4 100  65 35  25
CHLD 4 2, 3, 4 100  65 35  
LDC, LDCB 5 2, 3, 4 200  100 50  30
CLDC 45 2, 3, 4 200  100 50  
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
240 415 690 250 23
Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
LDB 2, 3 85 85 45 45 20 10 20 10
LD 2, 3, 4 85 85 45 45 20 10 20 10
CLD 4 2, 3, 4 85 85 45 45 20 10  
HLD, HLDB 2, 3, 4 100 100 70 70 25 13 20 10
CHLD 4 2, 3, 4 100 100 70 70 25 13  
LDC, LDCB 2, 3, 4 200 100 100 75 35 18 20 10
CLDC 4 2, 3, 4 200 100 100 75 35 18  
Frame Circuit Ip (kA) I2T (106A2S)
LDC 240 V/200 kA 6480 680
LDC 480 V/100 kA 6690 933
LDC 600 V/50 kA 5430 892
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-345
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
310+ Specifications 310+ Adjustability Specifications
Notes
1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes
2 Not available for LD Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG, and RG ALSI and
ALSIG trip units
Description Specification
Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310+
Breaker Type
Frame designation LD
Frames available 600 A
Continuous current range (A) 250–600 A
Ground fault pickup (A) 120–600 A
Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC) 35, 65, 100
100% rated Yes
Protection
Ordering options LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
(or Maintenance Mode)
Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG
Interchangeable trip unit Yes
High load alarm (suffix B20) 1 Yes
Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21) 1 LSG, LSIG, ALSIG
Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22) 1 LSG, LSIG, ALSIG
Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG) LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Cause of trip indication Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)
Thru-cover accessories No
Description
LD Frame
Specification
310+ settings 600 A
I
r
 = continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)
(All 310+)
I
r
A 250
B 300
C 315
D 350
E 400
F 450
G 500
H (= In) 600
tr
 = long delay time (seconds)
(All 310+)
2 2
4 4
7 7
10 10
12 12
15 15
20 20
24 24
I
sd (x Ir
) = short delay pickup
(All 310+)
Position 1 2x
Position 2 3x
Position 3 4x
Position 4 5x
Position 5 6x
Position 6 7x
Position 7 8x
Position 8 8x
Position 9 8x
tsd = short delay time I2t (milliseconds)
(LS and LSG)
Fixed 67 @10x
tsd = short delay time flat (milliseconds)
(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)
Position 1 Inst
Position 2 120
Position 3 300
I
g (x In) = ground fault pickup (amperes)
(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)
Position 1 120
Position 2 180
Position 3 240
Position 4 360
Position 5 480
Position 6 600
tg = ground fault delay time (milliseconds)
(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)
Position 1 Inst
Position 2 120
Position 3 300
Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting 2
Maintenance Mode pickup (25 x In) (amperes)
(310+ with Maintenance ModeALSI and ALSIG)
Fixed 1500
V4-T2-346 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM Specifications
Legend
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
(A) = GF Alarm
I
s = Sensor Rating
I
n = Rating Plug
I
r
 = Long Delay Pickup Setting
Note
1 Zone interlock kit
Trip Unit Type Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
rms sensing Yes Yes
Breaker Type
Frame L L
Ampere range 200–600 A 200–600 A
Interrupting rating at 480 volts 35, 65, 100 (kA) 35, 65, 100 (kA)
Protection
Ordering options LSI, LSI(A), LSIG LSI(A), LSIG
Fixed rated plug (In) Yes Yes
Overtemperature trip Yes Yes
Long Delay Protection (L)
Adjustable rating plug (In) No No
Long delay pickup 04–10 x (In) 04–10 x (In)
Long delay time I2t 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds
Long delay time I4t 1–5 seconds 1–5 seconds
Long delay thermal memory Yes Yes
High load alarm 05–10 x Ir 05–10 x Ir
Short Delay Protection (S)
Short delay pickup 150–800% x (Ir
) 150–800% x (Ir
)
Short delay time I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Short delay time flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Short delay time zone selective interlocking Yes 1 Yes
Instantaneous Protection (I)
Instantaneous pickup 200–800% x (In) 200–800% x (In)
Discriminator Yes Yes
Instantaneous override Yes Yes
Ground Fault Protection (G)
Ground fault alarm 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)
Ground fault pickup 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)
Ground fault delay I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault delay flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault zone selective interlocking Yes 1 Yes
Ground fault thermal memory Yes Yes
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-347
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM Specifications, continued
Legend
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
(A) = GF Alarm
I
s = Sensor Rating
I
n = Rating Plug
I
r
 = Long Delay Pickup Setting
Notes
1 Zone interlock kit
2 By OPTIMizer/BIM
3 Eaton’s PowerNet kit
Trip Unit Type Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
System Diagnostics
Status LEDs Yes Yes
Cause of trip LEDs Yes Yes
Magnitude of trip information Yes Yes
Remote signal contactground alarm Yes 1 Yes
Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Optional Included
System Monitoring
Digital display Yes 2 Yes 2
Current Yes Yes
Power and energy No Yes
Power qualityharmonics No Yes
Power factor No Yes
Communications
PowerNet Yes 3 Yes
Testing
Testing method OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet
V4-T2-348 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
LD Frame
LD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg)
LD Frame
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
2, 3 825 (2096) 1075 (2731) 406 (1031)
4 1100 (2794) 1075 (2731) 406 (1031)
1075
(2731)
825
(2096)
381
(968)
821
(2086)
Handle
728
(1849)
019 R
(48) R
364
(925)
150
(381)
229
(582)
133
(337)
172
(437)
344
(873)
328
(833)
025 (64) R Breaker
CL
CL
Front View
Side View
Front Cover Cutout
Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit
Breaker
Type Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
LD, HLD, LDC 18 (82) 20 (91) 25 (113) 14 (64) 15 (68) 20 (91) 3 (14) 4 (18) 5 (23)
LDB 18 (82) 20 (91) 25 (113)      
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-349
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Typical M-Frame Circuit Breaker

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-350
Product SelectionV4-T2-351
Accessories V4-T2-356
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-357
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-359
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)
Product Description
● All Eaton M-Frame circuit
breakers are HACR rated
● MDL-Frame circuit
breakers are available as
individual components
(frame, trip unit, terminals),
or factory assembled
complete breakers
● MDLB, HMDLB-Frame
 with noninterchangeable trip units
are suitable for reverse
feed use
Standards and Certifications
● CE marked
V4-T2-350 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
MDL Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology
Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frame 1
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 1
MDL Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology
310+ Circuit Breaker
310+ Electronic Trip Unit 1
Note
1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, eg, MDL3800F, HMDL3800F, etc
Number
of Poles
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Ampere Rating
300 1
350 1
400
450
500
600
700
800
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Type
MDL, MDLB
HMDL, HMDLB
Suffix
F =Frame only (800 A only)
K =High magnetic molded case switch
V =50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
W =Without terminals
X =Load side terminals only
Y =Line side terminals only
MDL 3 800 F
Trip Unit Type
MT Number
of Poles
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
Trip Unit Rating/
Plug Ampere Rating
300 1
350 1
400
450
500
600
700
800
Suffix
T = Thermal-magnetic
V = 50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
MT 3 800 T
MDLB 3 800 F T36 B21 W
Performance at 480 Vac
MDLB=50 kAIC
HMDLB=65 kAIC
CMDLB=50 kAIC, 100% rated
CHMDLB=65 kAIC, 100% rated
Number
of Poles
3 = Three-pole
Terminals
W = No terminals
Amperes
800
Designation
F
Features
Blank=No feature
B20=High load alarm
B21=Ground fault alarm, with trip
B22=Ground fault alarm, no trip
ZG= Zone selective interlocking
Trip Unit
T33=310+ Electronic LS
T32=310+ Electronic LSI
T35=310+ Electronic LSG
T36=310+ Electronic LSIG
T38=310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode
T39=310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode
MES 3 800 ALSIG B21
Trip Unit Type
MES Number
of Poles
3 = Three-pole Amperes
800
Features
Blank=No feature
B20=High load alarm
B21=Ground fault alarm, with trip
B22=Ground fault alarm, no trip
ZG= Zone selective interlocking
Trip Unit
LS= 310+ Electronic LS
LSI=310+ Electronic LSI
LSG=310+ Electronic LSG
LSIG=310+ Electronic LSIG
ALSI=310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode
ALSIG=310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-351
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic  with Interchangeable Trip UnitsTwo-Pole
Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic  with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Note
1 Two terminals are required per pole
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Standard Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac
High Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Thermal-Magnetic
Trip Unit Only
For Use with Standard
or High or Ultra High
Interrupting Frames
Magnetic Trip Range
is 5–10 Up Through
600 A; 4–8 on 700 and
800 A x Continuous
Ampere Rating
Standard
Terminals
Only 1
See Page
V4-T2-355 for
Optional Terminals
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
and Terminals Frame Only
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
and Terminals Frame Only
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
300 MDL2300 MDL2800F HMDL2300 HMDL2800F MT2300T TA700MA1
350 MDL2350 HMDL2350 MT2350T TA700MA1
400 MDL2400 HMDL2400 MT2400T TA700MA1
450 MDL2450 HMDL2450 MT2450T TA700MA1
500 MDL2500 HMDL2500 MT2500T TA700MA1
600 MDL2600 HMDL2600 MT2600T TA700MA1
700 MDL2700 HMDL2700 MT2700T TA700MA1
800 MDL2800 HMDL2800 MT2800T TA800MA2
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Standard Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac
High Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Thermal-Magnetic
Trip Unit Only
For Use with Standard
or High or Ultra High
Interrupting Frames
Magnetic Trip Range
is 5–10 Up Through
600 A; 4–8 on 700 and
800 A x Continuous
Ampere Rating
Standard
Terminals
Only 1
See Page
V4-T2-355 for
Optional Terminals
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
and Terminals Frame Only
Factory Assembled
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
and Terminals Frame Only
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
300 MDL3300 MDL3800F HMDL3300 HMDL3800F MT3300T TA700MA1
350 MDL3350 HMDL3350 MT3400T TA700MA1
400 MDL3400 HMDL3400 MT3400T TA700MA1
450 MDL3450 HMDL3450 MT3450T TA700MA1
500 MDL3500 HMDL3500 MT3500T TA700MA1
600 MDL3600 HMDL3600 MT3600T TA700MA1
700 MDL3700 HMDL3700 MT3700T TA700MA1
800 MDL3800 HMDL3800 MT3800T TA800MA2
V4-T2-352 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip UnitsTwo-Pole 1
Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic  with Non-Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole 1
Notes
1 Factory sealed for reverse feed application
2 Two terminals are required per pole
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Standard Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac
High Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Terminals Only 2
See Page V4-T2-355 for
Optional Terminals
Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals
Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
300 MDLB2300 HMDLB2300 TA700MA1
350 MDLB2350 HMDLB2350 TA700MA1
400 MDLB2400 HMDLB2400 TA700MA1
450 MDLB2450 HMDLB2450 TA700MA1
500 MDLB2500 HMDLB2500 TA700MA1
600 MDLB2600 HMDLB2600 TA700MA1
700 MDLB2700 HMDLB2700 TA700MA1
800 MDLB2800 HMDLB2800 TA800MA2
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Standard Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac
High Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Terminals Only 2
See Page V4-T2-355 for
Optional Terminals
Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals
Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
300 MDLB3300 HMDLB3300 TA700MA1
350 MDLB3350 HMDLB3350 TA700MA1
400 MDLB3400 HMDLB3400 TA700MA1
450 MDLB3450 HMDLB3450 TA700MA1
500 MDLB3500 HMDLB3500 TA700MA1
600 MDLB3600 HMDLB3600 TA700MA1
700 MDLB3700 HMDLB3700 TA700MA1
800 MDLB3800 HMDLB3800 TA800MA2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-353
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Types MDL and HMDL Electronic  with Interchangeable Trip Units
Order as Individual Components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-358
Types MDL and HMDL Electronic  with Interchangeable 310+ Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Types MDLB and HMDLB Electronic  with Non-Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units 4
100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic  with Interchangeable Trip Units
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C
ampacity All 100% rated  have electronic trip units Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and
terminals See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-358
100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic  with Interchangeable 310+ Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Notes
1 For AC use only
2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired
3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units or breakers
4 Factory sealed, suitable for reverse feed application CMDLB and CHMDLB are also available
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only 1
Terminal
Information
Standard
Interrupting
Capacity 600 Vac
Rated 50 kAIC at
480 Vac
High Interrupting
Capacity 600 Vac
Rated 65 kAIC at
480 Vac
Standard
LS
Optional
LSI LSG LSIG
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup with I2t
Short Delay Ramp
Independently
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup and
Delay
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup with I2t
Short Delay and
Ground Fault
Protection
Independently
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup and
Ground Fault
Protection
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 23
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
800 MDL3800F HMDL3800F MES3800LS MES3800LSI MES3800LSG MES3800LSIG LGFCT600 See Page
V4-T2-356
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 23
Factory-Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Adjustable Short Time Pickup
with I2t Short Delay Ramp
Independently Adjustable
Short Time Pickup and Delay
Adjustable Short Time Pickup
with I2t Short Delay and
Ground Fault Protection
Independently Adjustable
Short Time Pickup and Ground
Fault Protection
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 MDLB3800FT33W MDLB3800FT32W MDLB3800FT35W MDLB3800FT36W LGFCT600
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 HMDLB3800FT33W HMDLB3800FT32W HMDLB3800FT35W HMDLB3800FT36W LGFCT600
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only 1
Terminal
Information
Standard
Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac Rated
50 kAIC at
480 Vac
High
Interrupting
Capacity
600 Vac Rated
65 kAIC at
480 Vac
Standard
LS
Options
LSI LSG LSIG
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup with I2t
Short Delay Ramp
Independently
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup and
Delay
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup with I2t
Short Delay and
Ground Fault
Protection
Independently
Adjustable Short
Time Pickup and
Ground Fault
Protection
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 23
Catalog Number Catalog Number
800 CMDL3800F CHMDL3800F MES3800LS MES3800LSI MES3800LSG MES3800LSIG LGFCT600 See Page V4-T2-356
V4-T2-354 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Molded Case Switches
Eaton’s molded case
switches are used as
compact switches in
applications requiring high
current switching capabilities
Molded case switches are
constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the
high instantaneous automatic
type Molded case switches
are listed in accordance with
Underwriters Laboratories
Standard UL 489
Molded Case Switches
Notes
1 MDLB and HMDLB are suitable for reverse feed applications
Molded case switch may trip above 6000 amperes
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
Circuit Breaker Only without
Line and Load Terminals
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole
800 MDL2800WK
MDLB2800WK 1
HMDL2800WK
Three-Pole
800 MDL3800WK
MDLB3800WK 1
HMDL3800WK
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-355
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information
Line and Load Terminals
M-Frame  use
Cu/AI terminals as standard
When optional copper or Cu/
AI terminals are required,
order by catalog number
Specify if factory installation
is required
Line and Load Terminals
TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA801MA
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body
Material
Wire
Type
AWG Wire
Range/No
Conductors
Terminal
Terminals with Control
Wire Termination
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals
700 Aluminum Cu/AI 1–500 kcmil (2) TA700MA1 TA700MA1CWT
800 std Aluminum Cu/AI 3/0–400 kcmil (3) TA800MA2 TA800MA2CWT
800 Aluminum Cu/AI 500–750 kcmil (2) TA801MA TA801MACWT
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals
600 Copper Cu 2/0–500 kcmil (2) T600MA1
800 Copper Cu 3/0–300 kcmil (3) T800MA1
V4-T2-356 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the
circuit breaker
MD Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
Notes
1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame Current carrying parts omitted from center pole
2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on MES trip units
Description
Reference
Page
Two-Pole 1 Three-Pole
Left Right Left Center Right
Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-414 ■ ■ ■  ■
Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-414 ■ ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-416 ■ ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-416 ■ ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) V4-T2-416 ■ ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination V4-T2-418 ■ ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination V4-T2-418 ■ ■ ■  ■
Shunt tripstandard 2 V4-T2-421 ■ ■ ■  ■
Shunt triplow energy 2 V4-T2-423 ■ ■ ■  ■
Undervoltage release mechanism 2 V4-T2-429 ■ ■ ■  ■
External Accessories
Rear fed terminals V4-T2-450   ● ● ●
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-451  ●
Terminal shields V4-T2-453  ●
Interphase barriers V4-T2-453  ●
Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-454  ■
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-455 ?  ?  ?
Key interlock kit V4-T2-456 ?  ?  ?
Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-457 ● ● ● ● ●
Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-457 ● ● ● ● ●
Electrical (motor) operator V4-T2-458 ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-460 ● ● ● ● ●
Rear connecting studs V4-T2-461 ● ● ● ● ●
Panelboard connecting straps V4-T2-462 ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-539 ● ● ● ● ●
Handle extension V4-T2-551 ● ● ● ● ●
Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit V4-T2-464 ● ● ● ● ●
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Special calibration  ● ● ● ● ●
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-254 ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application  ● ● ● ● ●
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-357
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings 4
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 4
Notes
1 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac
2 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers
3 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated
4 Utilization Category A
5 Two-pole or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker Thermal-magnetic trip units only, MDL, HMDL breakers with electronic trip unit are not DC rated
6 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds at 22 kA
Description Catalog Number
Electronic portable test kit MTST230V 1
Trip unit tamper protection wire seal 5108A03H01
External neutral sensor LGFCT600 2
Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication TRIP-LED
Breaker-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEW
Remote-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEWR06 3
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC 56
240 480 600 250
MDL, MDLB 2, 3 65 50 25 22
CMDL 2, 3 65 50 25
HMDL, HMDLB 2, 3 100 65 35 25
CHMDL 2, 3 100 65 35
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity rms (kA Symmetrical Amperes) ICU ≠ ICS
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC 56
240 415 690 250
MDL, MDLB 2, 3 65/65 50/50 20/10 20/10
CMDL 2, 3 65/65 50/50 20/10
HMDL, HMDLB 2, 3 100/100 70/50 25/13 20/10
CHMDL 2, 3 100/100 70/50 25/13
V4-T2-358 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
310+ Specifications 310+ Adjustability Specifications
Notes
1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes
2 Not available for MDL Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG, and RG ALSI
and ALSIG trip units
Description Specification
Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310+
Breaker Type
Frame designation MDL
Frames available 800 A
Continuous current range (A) 320–800 A
Ground fault pickup (A) 160–800 A
Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC) 50, 65
100% rated Yes
Protection
Ordering options LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
(or Maintenance Mode)
Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG
Interchangeable trip unit Yes
High load alarm (suffix B20) 1 Yes
Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21) 1 LSG, LSIG, ALSIG
Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22) 1 LSG, LSIG, ALSIG
Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG) LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG
Cause of trip indication Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)
Thru-cover accessories No
Description
MDL Frame
Specification
310+ settings 800 A
I
r
 = continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)
(All 310+)
I
r
A 320
B 400
C 450
D 500
E 600
F 630
G 700
H (= In) 800
tr
 = long delay time (seconds)
(All 310+)
2 2
4 4
7 7
10 10
12 12
15 15
20 20
24 24
I
sd (x Ir
) = short delay pickup
(All 310+)
Position 1 2x
Position 2 3x
Position 3 4x
Position 4 5x
Position 5 6x
Position 6 7x
Position 7 8x
Position 8 8x
Position 9 8x
tsd = short delay time I2t (milliseconds)
(LS and LSG)
Fixed 67 @10x
tsd = short delay time flat (milliseconds)
(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)
Position 1 Inst
Position 2 120
Position 3 300
I
g (x In) = ground fault pickup (amperes)
(310+ w/ ground fault)
Position 1 160
Position 2 240
Position 3 320
Position 4 480
Position 5 640
Position 6 800
tg = ground fault delay time (milliseconds)
(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)
Position 1 Inst
Position 2 120
Position 3 300
Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting 2
Maintenance Mode pickup (25 x In) (amperes)
(310+ with Maintenance ModeALSI and ALSIG)
Fixed 2000
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-359
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
MD Frame
MDL-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg)
MD Frame
Note
1 Thermal-magnetic only
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
2, 3 825 (2096) 1600 (4064) 406 (1031)
1600
(4064)
825
(2096)
406
(1032)
344
(873) 172
(437)
CLBreaker R 025
(64)
R 019
(48)
150
(381)
364
(925)
728
(1849)
097
(246)
328
133 (833) (337)
C Handle L
Front View Side View Drilling Plan
Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit 1
Breaker Type Two-Pole Three-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
MDL, HMDL (T/M TU) 265 (120) 290 (132) 245 (111) 260 (118) 25 (11) 30 (14)
MDL, HMDL (Elec TU)  300 (136)  260 (118)  40 (18)
V4-T2-360 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Typical N-Frame Breaker

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick Reference V4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)
Catalog Number SelectionV4-T2-361
Product Selection V4-T2-362
AccessoriesV4-T2-370
Technical Data and Specifications V4-T2-371
Dimensions and Weights V4-T2-374
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-408
Internal AccessoriesV4-T2-411
External Accessories V4-T2-444
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)
Product Description
● All Eaton N-Frame circuit
breakers are suitable for
reverse feed use
● All N-Frame circuit
breakers are HACR rated
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-361
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
Circuit Breaker/Frame
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Type
ND
HND
NDC
NDU
CND
CHND
CNDC
Number
of Poles
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Circuit Breaker/Frame
Ampere Rating
800= 800 amperes
12 = 1200 amperes
Trip Model
T3= Model 310
T5 = Model 550
T7= Model 750
T10 = Model 1050
Trip Type
2 = LSI
3 = LS
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG
7 = LSIA
Suffix
E = 100% RP protected (four-pole)
EH = 50% RP protected (four-pole)
K = High magnetic molded case switch
W = Without terminals
X = Load only terminals
Y = Line only terminals
ND 3 12 T3 2 W
V4-T2-362 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed
Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 ND3800T52W ND3800T56W ND3800T57W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 ND312T52W ND312T56W ND312T57W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 HND3800T52W HND3800T56W HND3800T57W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 HND312T52W HND312T56W HND312T57W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-363
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed
Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 NDC3800T52W NDC3800T56W NDC3800T57W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 NDC312T52W NDC312T56W NDC312T57W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
V4-T2-364 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard
3 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L– Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S– Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G– Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
A– Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed
Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 23
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 ND3800T106W ND3800T107W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 ND312T106W ND312T107W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 HND3800T106W HND3800T107W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 HND312T106W HND312T107W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 NDC3800T106W NDC3800T107W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 NDC312T106W NDC312T107W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-365
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 375 on each end Terminal ordered separate
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed
Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 CND3800T52W CND3800T56W CND3800T57W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 3 CND312T52W CND312T56W CND312T57W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 CHND3800T52W CHND3800T56W CHND3800T57W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 3 CHND312T52W CHND312T56W CHND312T57W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
V4-T2-366 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number
3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 375 on each end Terminal ordered separate
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed
Rating Plug
OPTIM 550 2
LSI LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 CNDC3800T52W CNDC3800T56W CNDC3800T57W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 3 CNDC312T52W CNDC312T56W CNDC312T57W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-367
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard
3 Factory sealed
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed
Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 23
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 CND3800T106W CND3800T107W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 CND312T106W CND312T107W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 CHND3800T106W CHND3800T107W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 CHND312T106W CHND312T107W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
V4-T2-368 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Type ND Molded Case Switches
Type ND High Instantaneous (K)
Notes
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response
2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard
3 Factory sealed
4 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 375 on each end Terminal ordered separate
5 Neutral is in right pole
Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes
For UL listed, series tested molded case switch application data, refer to Eaton
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed
Rating Plug
OPTIM 1050 23
LSIG LSIA
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 CNDC3800T106W CNDC3800T107W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
1200 CNDC312T106W 4 CNDC312T107W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40 °C
Three-Pole Four-Pole 5
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
800 ND3800WK ND4800WK
HND3800WK HND4800WK
1200 ND312WK ND412WK
HND312WK HND412WK
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-369
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information
Line and Load TerminalsOrdering Information
N-Frame  use Cu/AI terminals as standard When optional copper or Cu/AI terminals are required, order by catalog
number Specify if factory installation is required
Line and Load Terminals
Notes
1 Terminal rating is AL9CU
2 Terminal rating is AL7CU
TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 TA1201NB1 T700NB1 T1000NB1
Maximum Breaker
Amperes
Terminal Body
Material
Wire
Type
AWG Wire Range/
No Conductors
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Catalog
Number
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals
700 Aluminum Cu/AI 1–500 kcmil (2) 50–240 TA700NB1
1000 Aluminum Cu/AI 3/0–400 kcmil (3) 95–185 TA1000NB1 1
1200 Aluminum Cu/AI 4/0–500 kcmil (4) 120–240 TA1200NB1 1
1200 Aluminum Cu/AI 500–750 kcmil (3) 300–400 TA1201NB1 2
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals
700 Copper Cu 2/0–500 kcmil (2) 70–240 T700NB1
1000 Copper Cu 3/0–500 kcmil (3) 95–240 T1000NB1
1200 Copper Cu 3/0–400 kcmil (4) 95–185 T1200NB3
V4-T2-370 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the
circuit breaker
ND Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
Note
1 OPTIM 550 and 1050 are factory sealed and do not have the right pole available for accessories
Description
Reference
Page
Three-Pole Four-Pole
Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) 1
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-414 ■  ■ ■  ■
Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-414 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-416 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-416 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) V4-T2-416 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination V4-T2-418 ■  ■ ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination V4-T2-418 ■  ■ ■  ■
Shunt tripstandard V4-T2-422 ■  ■
Shunt triplow energy V4-T2-423 ■  ■
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-430 ■  ■
Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550) V4-T2-431   ■
External Accessories
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-451 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Interphase barriers V4-T2-453 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal shield V4-T2-453 ■ ■ ■
Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-454  ■  ■
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-455 ? ? ?  ?
Key interlock kit V4-T2-456 ? ? ?  ?
Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-457 ● ● ●
Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-457 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Electrical (motor) operator V4-T2-459 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-460 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear connecting studs V4-T2-461 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Panelboard connecting straps V4-T2-462 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-539 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle extension V4-T2-551 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit V4-T2-465 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
OPTIM System Components Three Poles
Ground fault alarm unit V4-T2-464
Potential transformer module V4-T2-464
Breaker interface module (BIM) V4-T2-464
Digitrip OPTIMizer V4-T2-465
Auxiliary power module V4-T2-465
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Special calibration  ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-254 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application  ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-371
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
Notes
1 Utilization Category A
2 100% rated breakers
3 800 amperes maximum rating
4 Successfully tested at 300 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 200 kAIC at 240 Vac
5 Successfully tested at 75 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 65 kAIC at 600 Vac
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240 277 480 600
ND 2, 3, 4 65  50 25
CND 2 2, 3, 4 65  50 25
HND 2, 3, 4 100  65 35
CHND 2 2, 3, 4 100  65 35
NDC 2, 3, 4 200  100 65
CNDC 2 2, 3, 4 200  100 65
NDU 3 3 300 4  150 75 5
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240 415 690
ND
I
cu 2, 3, 4 85 50 20
I
cs 2, 3, 4 85 50 10
CND 2
I
cu 2, 3, 4 85 50 20
I
cs 2, 3, 4 85 50 10
HND
I
cu 2, 3, 4 100 70 25
I
cs 2, 3, 4 100 50 13
CHND 2
I
cu 2, 3, 4 100 70 25
I
cs 2, 3, 4 100 50 13
NDC
I
cu 2, 3, 4 200 100 35
I
cs 2, 3, 4 100 50 18
CNDC 2
I
cu 2, 3, 4 200 100 35
I
cs 2, 3, 4 100 50 18
V4-T2-372 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
N-Frame Digitrip
Legend
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
(A) = GF Alarm
I
s = Sensor Rating
I
n = Rating Plug
I
r = Long Delay Pickup Setting
Note
1 Zone interlock kit
Trip Unit Type Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
rms sensing Yes Yes
Breaker Type
Frame N N
Ampere range 400–1200 A 400–1200 A
Interrupting rating at 480 volts 50, 65, 100 (kA) 50, 65, 100 (kA)
Protection
Ordering options LSI, LSIG, LSI(A) LSI(A), LISG
Fixed rated plug (In) Yes Yes
Overtemperature trip Yes Yes
Long Delay Protection (L)
Adjustable rating plug (In) No No
Long delay pickup 04–10 x (In) 04–10 x (In)
Long delay time I2t 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds
Long delay time I4t 1–5 seconds 1–5 seconds
Long delay thermal memory Yes Yes
High load alarm No 05–10 x Ir
Short Delay Protection (S)
Short delay pickup 150–800% x (Ir
) 150–800% x (Ir
)
Short delay time I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Short delay time flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Short delay time zone selective interlocking Yes Yes
Instantaneous Protection (I)
Instantaneous pickup 200–800% x (In) 200–800% x (In)
Discriminator Yes Yes
Instantaneous override Yes Yes
Ground Fault Protection (G)
Ground fault alarm 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)
Ground fault pickup 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)
Ground fault delay I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault delay flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault zone selective interlocking Yes 1 Yes
Ground fault thermal memory Yes Yes
System Diagnostics
Status LEDs Yes Yes
Cause of trip LEDs Yes Yes
Magnitude of trip information Yes Yes
Remote signal contactground alarm Yes 1 Yes
Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Optional Included
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-373
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
N-Frame Digitrip, continued
Legend
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
(A) = GF Alarm
I
s = Sensor Rating
I
n = Rating Plug
I
r = Long Delay Pickup Setting
Notes
1 By OPTIMizer/BIM
2 Eaton’s PowerNet kit
Trip Unit Type Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
System Monitoring
Digital display Yes 1 Yes 1
Current Yes Yes
Power and energy No Yes
Power qualityharmonics No Yes
Power factor No Yes
Communications
Eaton PowerNet No 2 Yes
Testing
Testing method OPTIMizer, BIM,
PowerNet
OPTIMizer, BIM,
PowerNet
V4-T2-374 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
ND Frame
ND-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
ND Frame
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
2, 3 825 (2096) 1600 (4064) 550 (1397)
4 1113 (2826) 1600 (4064) 550 (1397)
1600
(4064) ON/I
OFF/O
825
(2096)
550
(1397)
344
(873)
172
(436)
191
(484)
368
(932)
150
(381)
319
(809) 638
(1619)
019 R
(48 R)
025 R
(64 R)
CL Handle
CLHandle
Front View Side View
Front Cover Cutout
Complete Breaker
Breaker Type Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
ND, HND, NDC, NDU 37 (168) 45 (204) 58 (263)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-375
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Typical R-Frame Breaker

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-376
Product SelectionV4-T2-377
Accessories V4-T2-389
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-390
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-393
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)
Product Description
● Eaton R-Frame circuit
breakers are available as
frame (which includes trip
unit), rating plug and
terminals
● All R-Frame
are suitable for reverse
feed use
V4-T2-376 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
Circuit Breaker/Frame
Notes
1 For complete list of available trip types, refer to Pages V4-T2-377 to V4-T2-386
2 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Type
RD
RDC
CRD 2
CRDC 2
Number
of Poles
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Circuit Breaker/Frame
Ampere Rating
16 = 1600 amperes
20 = 2000 amperes
25 = 2500 amperes
Trip Type 1
T53= Digitrip RMS 510 LS
T65= Digitrip RMS 610 LSG
T86= Digitrip RMS 810 LSIG
T96= Digitrip RMS 910 LSIG
T106 = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIG
T107 = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIA
Suffix
W =Without terminals
P =100% protected neutral pole
R =Ground fault remote (310 only)
K =Molded case switch
RD 3 16 T53 W
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-377
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug
Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Rated
Current
(In)
Fixed
LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Rating Plug
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 RD316T51W RD316T53W RD316T52W RD316T54W RD316T55W RD316T56W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 RD320T51W RD320T53W RD320T52W RD320T54W RD320T55W RD320T56W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2500 RD325T51W RD325T53W RD325T52W RD325T54W RD325T55W RD325T56W 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
2500 RP6R25A250
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 RDC316T51W RDC316T53W RDC316T52W RDC316T54W RDC316T55W RDC316T56W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 RDC320T51W RDC320T53W RDC320T52W RDC320T54W RDC320T55W RDC320T56W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2500 RDC325T51W RDC325T53W RDC325T52W RDC325T54W RDC325T55W RDC325T56W 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
2500 RP6R25A250
V4-T2-378 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510
Note
1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Rated
Current
(In)
Fixed
LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Rating Plug
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 CRD316T51W CRD316T53W CRD316T52W CRD316T54W CRD316T55W CRD316T56W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 1 CRD320T51W CRD320T53W CRD320T52W CRD320T54W CRD320T55W CRD320T56W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600  CRDC316T53W CRDC316T52W CRDC316T54W CRDC316T55W CRDC316T56W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 1 CRDC320T51W CRDC320T53W CRDC320T52W CRDC320T54W CRDC320T55W CRDC320T56W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-379
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug
Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Rated
Current
(In)
Fixed
LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Rating Plug
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 RD316T61W RD316T63W RD316T62W RD316T64W RD316T65W RD316T66W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 RD320T61W RD320T63W RD320T62W RD320T64W RD320T65W RD320T66W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2500 RD325T61W RD325T63W RD325T62W RD325T64W RD325T65W RD325T66W 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
2500 RP6R25A250
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 RDC316T61W RDC316T63W RDC316T62W RDC316T64W RDC316T65W RDC316T66W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 RDC320T61W RDC320T63W RDC320T62W RDC320T64W RDC320T65W RDC320T66W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2500 RDC325T61W RDC325T63W RDC325T62W RDC325T64W RDC325T65W RDC325T66W 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
2500 RP6R25A250
V4-T2-380 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610
Note
1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Rated
Current
(In)
Fixed
LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Rating Plug
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 CRD316T61W CRD316T63W CRD316T62W CRD316T64W CRD316T65W CRD316T66W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 1 CRD320T61W CRD320T63W CRD320T62W CRD320T64W CRD320T65W CRD320T66W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 CRDC316T61W CRDC316T63W CRDC316T62W CRDC316T64W CRDC316T65W CRDC316T66W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 1 CRDC320T61W CRDC320T63W CRDC320T62W CRDC320T64W CRDC320T65W CRDC320T66W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-381
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug
Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Rated
Current
(In)
Fixed
LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Rating Plug
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 RD316T81W RD316T83W RD316T82W RD316T84W RD316T85W RD316T86W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 RD320T81W RD320T83W RD320T82W RD320T84W RD320T85W RD320T86W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2500 RD325T81W RD325T83W RD325T82W RD325T84W RD325T85W RD325T86W 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
2500 RP6R25A250
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 RDC316T81W RDC316T83W RDC316T82W RDC316T84W RDC316T85W RDC316T86W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 RDC320T81W RDC320T83W RDC320T82W RDC320T84W RDC320T85W RDC320T86W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2500 RDC325T81W RDC325T83W RDC325T82W RDC325T84W RDC325T85W RDC325T86W 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
2500 RP6R25A250
V4-T2-382 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810
Note
1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Rated
Current
(In)
Fixed
LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Rating Plug
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 CRD316T81W CRD316T83W CRD316T82W CRD316T84W CRD316T85W CRD316T86W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 1 CRD320T81W CRD320T83W CRD320T82W CRD320T84W CRD320T85W CRD320T86W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 CRDC316T81W CRDC316T83W CRDC316T82W CRDC316T84W CRDC316T85W CRDC316T86W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 1 CRDC320T81W CRDC320T83W CRDC320T82W CRDC320T84W CRDC320T85W CRDC320T86W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-383
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug
Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Rated
Current
(In)
Fixed
LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Rating Plug
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 RD316T91W RD316T93W RD316T92W RD316T94W RD316T95W RD316T96W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 RD320T91W RD320T93W RD320T92W RD320T94W RD320T95W RD320T96W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2500 RD325T91W RD325T93W RD325T92W RD325T94W RD325T95W RD325T96W 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
2500 RP6R25A250
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 RDC316T91W RDC316T93W RDC316T92W RDC316T94W RDC316T95W RDC316T96W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 RDC320T91W RDC320T93W RDC320T92W RDC320T94W RDC320T95W RDC320T96W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2500 RDC325T91W RDC325T93W RDC325T92W RDC325T94W RDC325T95W RDC325T96W 1600 RP6R25A160
2000 RP6R25A200
2500 RP6R25A250
V4-T2-384 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910
Note
1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Rated
Current
(In)
Fixed
LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Rating Plug
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 CRD316T91W CRD316T93W CRD316T92W CRD316T94W CRD316T95W CRD316T96W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 1 CRD320T91W CRD320T93W CRD320T92W CRD320T94W CRD320T95W CRD320T96W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 CRDC316T91W CRDC316T93W CRDC316T92W CRDC316T94W CRDC316T95W CRDC316T96W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
2000 1 CRDC320T91W CRDC320T93W CRDC320T92W CRDC320T94W CRDC320T95W CRDC320T96W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-385
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed
LSIA 1050 LSIG 1050 Rating Plug
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 RD316T107W RD316T106W 800 ORPR16A080
1000 ORPR16A100
1200 ORPR16A120
1600 ORPR16A160
2000 RD320T107W RD320T106W 1000 ORPR20A100
1200 ORPR20A120
1600 ORPR20A160
2000 ORPR20A200
2500 RD325T107W RD325T106W 1600 ORPR25A160
2000 ORPR25A200
2500 ORPR25A250
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 RDC316T107W RDC316T106W 800 ORPR16A080
1000 ORPR16A100
1200 ORPR16A120
1600 ORPR16A160
2000 RDC320T107W RDC320T106W 1000 ORPR20A100
1200 ORPR20A120
1600 ORPR20A160
2000 ORPR20A200
2500 RDC325T107W RDC325T106W 1600 ORPR25A160
2000 ORPR25A200
2500 ORPR25A250
V4-T2-386 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug
100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM  with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Molded Case Switches
Refer to Eaton for UL listed,
series tested Molded Case
Switch application data
Type RDHigh Instantaneous (K)
Notes
1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors
Molded case switch may trip above 17,500 amperes
Maximum
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere
Rating
Fixed
LSIA 1050 LSIG 1050 Rating Plug
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 CRD316T107W CRD316T106W 800 ORPR16A080
1000 ORPR16A100
1200 ORPR16A120
1600 ORPR16A160
2000 1 CRD320T107W CRD320T106W 1000 ORPR20A100
1200 ORPR20A120
1600 ORPR20A160
2000 ORPR20A200
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 CRDC316T107W CRDC316T106W 800 ORPR16A080
1000 ORPR16A100
1200 ORPR16A120
1600 ORPR16A160
2000 1 CRDC320T107W CRDC320T106W 1000 ORPR20A100
1200 ORPR20A120
1600 ORPR20A160
2000 ORPR20A200
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40 °C
Complete without Terminals
Three-Pole Four-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1600 RD316WK RD416WK
2000 RD320WK RD420WK
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-387
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information
Line and Load Terminals
Line and load terminals
provide wire connecting
capabilities for specific
ranges of continuous current
ratings and wire types All
terminals comply with
Underwriters Laboratories
Standards UL 486A and UL
486B and CSA C222 No
65M Unless otherwise
specified, R-Frame circuit
breaker line load terminals are
shipped separately for field
installation
Ordering Information
R-Frame  have
Cu/AI terminals as standard
and Cu only terminals as an
option Specify if factory
installation is required
Line and Load Terminals
Notes
1 Catalog Number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker
2 For use with 100% rated 1600 A and 2000 A frame Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes Included in breaker carton when
100% rated device is ordered
3 For use with 2500 A frame Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes Included in breaker carton when 2500 A breaker is ordered
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body
Material
Wire
Type Hardware
AWG/kcmil
Wire Range/
No Conductors
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Catalog
Number
Wire Terminals
1600 Aluminum Cu/AI English 500–1000 (4) 300–500 TA1600RD
1600 Copper Cu English 1–600 (4) 50–300 T1600RD
2000 Aluminum Cu/AI English 2–600 (6) 35–300 TA2000RD 1
Rear Connectors
2000 Copper  English   B2016RD
2000 Copper  English   B2016RDL 2
2500 Copper  English   B2500RD 3
V4-T2-388 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Mounting Hardware
Breaker Line/Load
Conductors
TA2000RD
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-389
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles
in the circuit breaker
RD Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
● Accessory available/modification available
Notes
1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch
2 Mounts outside breaker
3 Included with breaker
Description
Reference
Page
Three-Pole Four-Pole
Left Center Right Left Center Right Neu
Internal Accessories 1
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-414   ■  ■
Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-414   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-414   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (4A, 4B) V4-T2-414   ■  ■
Shunt tripstandard V4-T2-422   ■  ■
Shunt triplow energy V4-T2-423   ■  ■
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-430   ■  ■
Accessory terminal block 2 V4-T2-431   ■  ■
External Accessories
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-451
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-454  ●  ●
Key interlock kit V4-T2-456 ■ ■ ■  ■
Walking beam interlock V4-T2-457
Electrical (motor) operator V4-T2-459 ■ ■ ■  ■
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-539 ■ ■ ■  ■
Handle extension 3 V4-T2-551  ■  ■
OPTIM System Components
Breaker interface module (BIM) V4-T2-464 ● ● ●
Digitrip OPTIMizer V4-T2-465 ● ● ●
Auxiliary power module V4-T2-465 ● ● ●
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Special calibration  ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-254 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application  ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
V4-T2-390 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
Notes
1 Utilization Category A
2 100% rated breakers
See Page V4-T2-391 for Trip Unit Specifications
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240 277 480 600
RD 3, 4 125  65 50
CRD 2 3 125  65 50
RDC 3, 4 200  100 65
CRDC 2 3 200  100 65
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240 415 690
RD
I
cu 3, 4 135 70 25
I
cs 3, 4 100 50 13
RDC
I
cu 3, 4 200 100 35
I
cs 3, 4 100 50 18
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-391
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Specifications
R-Frame Digitrip
Legend
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
(A) = GF Alarm
I
s = Sensor Rating
I
n = Rating Plug
I
r = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In
Notes
1 Except 2500 ampere frame is 200–600%
2 Varies by frame
3 LS/LSG only
4 Not to exceed 1200 amperes
Trip Unit Type
Digitrip
RMS 510
Digitrip
RMS 610
Digitrip
RMS 810
Digitrip
RMS 910
Digitrip
OPTIM 1050
rms sensing Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Breaker Type
Frame R R R R R
Ampere range 800–2500 A 800–2500 A 800–2500 A 800–2500 A 800–2500 A
Interrupting rating at 480 volts 65, 100 (kA) 65, 100 (kA) 65, 100 (kA) 65, 100 (kA) 65, 100 (kA)
Protection
Ordering options LI, LS, LSI, LIG,
LSG, LSIG
LI, LS, LSI, LIG,
LSG, LSIG
LI, LS, LSI, LIG,
LSG, LSIG
LI, LS, LSI, LIG,
LSG, LSIG
LSI(A), LISG
Fixed rated plug (In) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Overtemperature trip Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Long Delay Protection (L)
Adjustable rating plug (In) No No No No No
Long delay pickup 05–10 x (In) 05–10 x (In) 05–10 x (In) 05 –10 x (In) 04–10 x (In)
Long delay time I2t 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds
Long delay time I4t No No No No 1–5 Seconds
Long delay thermal memory Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
High load alarm No 085 x Ir 085 x Ir 085 x Ir 05-10 x Ir
Short Delay Protection (S)
Short delay pickup 200–600%
S1 and S2 x (Ir
)
200–600%
S1 and S2 x (Ir
)
200–600%
S1 and S2 x (Ir
)
200–600%
S1 and S2 x (Ir
)
150-800% x (Ir
) 12
Short delay time I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Short delay time flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Short delay time zone selective interlocking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Instantaneous Protection (I)
Instantaneous pickup 200–600%
M1and M2 x (In)
200–600%
M1and M2 x (In)
200–600%
M1and M2 x (In)
200–600%
M1and M2 x (In)
200–800% x (In) 2
Discriminator Yes 3 Yes 3 Yes 3 Yes 3 Yes
Instantaneous override Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Ground Fault Protection (G)
Ground fault alarm 4 No No No No 25–100% x (In)
Ground fault pickup 4 25–100% x (Is) 25-100% x (Is) 25–100% x (Is) 25–100% x (Is) 25–100% x (In)
Ground fault delay I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault delay flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault zone selective interlocking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Ground fault thermal memory Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
V4-T2-392 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
R-Frame Digitrip, continued
Legend
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
(A) = GF Alarm
I
s = Sensor Rating
I
n = Rating Plug
I
r = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In
Note
1 By OPTIMizer/BIM
Trip Unit Type
Digitrip
RMS 510
Digitrip
RMS 610
Digitrip
RMS 810
Digitrip
RMS 910
Digitrip
OPTIM 1050
System Diagnostics
Status LEDs Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Cause of trip LEDs Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Magnitude of trip information No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Remote signal contacts No Yes Yes Yes Yes
System Monitoring
Digital display No Yes Yes Yes Yes 1
Current No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Voltage No No No Yes No
Power and energy No No Yes Yes Yes
Power qualityharmonics No No No Yes Yes
Power factor No No Yes (over
Eaton PowerNet only)
Yes Yes
Communications
Eaton PowerNet No No Yes Yes Yes
Testing
Testing method Integral Integral Integral Integral OPTIMizer, BIM,
PowerNet
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-393
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
RD Frame
RD-Frame, Three-Pole, 1600 and 2000 Amperes
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
RD Frame
Note
1 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC
Number
of Poles Width Height Depth
3 1550 (3937) 1600 (4064) 975 (2477)
4 2000 (5080) 1600 (4064) 975 (2477)
Push
To
Trip
969
(2461)
509
(1294)
725
(1842)
1450
(3683)
CL Breaker
CL Handle
1113 (04) Dia
(4 Holes) Use 4,
038 (Mil) Dia Bolts
for Mounting Breaker
775
(1969)
1500
(3810)
016
(40)
R Typ
665
(1667) 1291
(3278)
Front View
Side View 1550
(3937)
900
(2286)
1600
(4064)
Complete Breaker
Breaker Type Three-Pole Four-Pole
1600 Amperes
RD, CRD 1, RDC, CRDC 1 102 (463) 135 (612)
2000 Amperes
RD, RDC 102 (463) 135 (612)
CRD, CRDC 130 (590) 175 (794)
2500 Amperes
RD, RDC 135 (612) 182 (826)
V4-T2-394 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Motor Circuit Protectors

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick Reference V4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)
Catalog Number SelectionV4-T2-395
Product Selection V4-T2-396
AccessoriesV4-T2-397
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-408
Internal AccessoriesV4-T2-411
External Accessories V4-T2-444
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)
Product Description
Designated as Eaton’s Types
GMCP and HMCP, the
instantaneous-only motor
circuit protector (MCP) is
available in ratings from 3 A
to 1200 A for motor starter
sizes 0 through 8
An innovative design of
internal components allows
higher MCP-starter
combination interrupting
ratings The MCP is marked
to permit proper electrical
application within the
assigned equipment ratings
Standards and Certifications
The MCP is designed to
comply with the applicable
requirements of Underwriters
Laboratories Standard UL
489, Canadian Standards
Association Standard C222
No 51, and International
Electrotechnical Commission
Recommendations
IEC 157-1
The MCP is a recognized
component (UL File E7819)
and complies with the
applicable requirements of
Underwriters Laboratories
Standard UL 489 It is also
designed to comply with the
applicable requirements of
Canadian Standards
Association Standard C222
No 51, International
Electrotechnical Commission
Recommendations IEC 157-1,
and nameplates bear the CE
marking
Note: Interrupting ratings are
dependent on starter it is used
with
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-395
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
Motor Circuit Protector
Motor Circuit Protector
Note
1 On J- and K-Frame HMCPs only
HMCP 003 A0 C
Motor Circuit
Protective Type
HMCP = Three-pole
HM2P = Two-pole 1
HMCPS = Three-pole
Suffix
C =Non-aluminum terminals
W =Without terminals
X =Load terminals only
Y =Line terminals only
S =Stainless steel terminals
 (150 A frame only)
No Suffix: Standard terminals on line and load
Magnetic Trip Range/
NEMA Starter Size
A0=9–30/0
C0=21–70/0
E0=45–150/0
D0=40–60/0
H1=90–300/1
G2=80–120/2
K2=50–500/2
J2=115–170/2
M2=210–700/2
L3 =160–240/3
R3=300–1000/3
T4=450–1500/4
U4=750–2500/4
A5=350–700/5
C5=450–900/5
D5=500–1000/5
F5 =625–1250/5
G5=750–1500/5
J5=875–1750/5
K5=1000–2000/5
L5 =1125–2250/5
W5=1250–2500/5
N5=1500–3000/5
R5=1750–3500/5
X5=2000–4000/5
Y5=2250–4500/5
L6 =1800–6000/6 (electronic)
X6=500–2500/6 (electronic)
Y6=1000–4000/6 (electronic)
X7=1600–6400/7 (electronic)
Y8=2400–9600/8 (electronic)
Continuous Ampere
Rating
003
007
015
025
030
050
070
100
150
250
400
600
800
1200
Motor Circuit
Protective Device
GMCP = Three-pole
Suffix
Continuous C = Non-aluminum terminals
Ampere
Rating
003
007
015
030
050
060
063
Magnetic Trip
Range/NEMA
Starter Size
A0=15–30/0
C0= 35–70/0
E0= 75–150/0
H1=150–300/1
K2= 250–500/2
J2= 300–600/2
M2=320–630/2
GMCP 003 A0 C
V4-T2-396 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
G-Frame
480 Vac Maximum, 600Y/347 Vac
Notes
1 Motor FLA ranges are typical The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam settings and/or
MCP ratings should be used
All GMCP 3–63A come with line and load steel body terminals for Cu only wire Refer to Page V4-T2-260 under Optional Terminal Types
UL recognized and CSA approved
NEMA
Starter Size
Continuous
Amperes Cam Setting
Motor Full Load
Current Amperes (FLA) 1
MCP
Trip Setting
MCP
Catalog Number
0 3 A 11–12 15 GMCP003A0C
B 13–15 18
C 16–17 21
D 18–19 24
E 20–22 27
F 23–25 30
0 7 A 26–31 35 GMCP007C0C
B 32–36 42
C 37–39 49
D 43–47 56
E 48–52 63
F 53–57 70
0 15 A 57–68 75 GMCP015E0C
B 69–79 90
C 80–91 105
D 92–103 120
E 104–114 135
F 115–126 150
1 30 A 115–137 150 GMCP030H1C
B 138–160 180
C 161–183 210
D 184–206 240
E 207–229 270
F 230–252 300
2 50 A 193–229 250 GMCP050K2C
B 230–268 300
C 269–306 350
D 307–345 400
E 346–383 450
F 384–421 500
3 60 A 231–275 300 GMCP060J2C
B 277–322 360
C 323–367 420
D 369–414 480
E 415–460 540
F 462–505 600
3 63 A 242–321 320 GMCP063M2C
B 291–348 380
D 388–464 500
E 436–489 570
F 485–537 630
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-397
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories
Modifications for GMCP
Internal accessories must be factory installed
Internal Accessories 1
External Mounted Accessories
Modifications for HMCP
See Internal Accessories starting on Page V4-T2-411
Handle Mechanisms for Series C Frames
Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)GMCP-Frame
Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms
G Direct 5
Notes
1 Only one accessory may be installed in GMCP
2 LH only
3 RH only
4 For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 75 or 15 mm per DIN EN50022
5 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame
No UVR available on GMCP
Type Accessory
Electrical Ratings Contact
Arrangement
Factory
Suffix
Style
Volts Frequency Amperes Number
Shunt trip 2 120 50/60 Hz 11  S5 1373D62G18
Shunt trip 2 240 50/60 Hz 21  S6 1373D62G19
Auxiliary switch 3 240 50/60 Hz 60 1A/1B A3 1288C74G03
Auxiliary switch 3 240 50/60 Hz 60 2A/2B A6 1288C73G03
Alarm switch 3 240 50/60 Hz 60 Make/Break B3 1288C75G03
Auxiliary switch/alarm switch combination 3 240 50/60 Hz 60 1A/1B Make/Break B13 1288C76G09
Description
Number Units
in Package
Style
Number
Lock dog (non-padlockable) 1 1294C01H01
Mounting hardware 1 624B375G23
DIN rail adapter 4 10 1225C79G02
Rating Type GMCP-Frame
Description NEMA IP
Catalog
Number
S01 blue handle,
12-inch shaft
1/3R/12 54 GMHMVD12B / 68C6039G05
4/4X 65 GMHMVD12BX / 68C6039G07
S01 red handle,
12-inch shaft
1/3R/12 54 GMHMVD12R / 68C6039G06
4/4X 65 GMHMVD12RX / 68C6039G08
Frame
Black Handle Yellow Handle
With Shroud Without Shroud With Shroud Without Shroud
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
GMCP HRGMC1S HRGMC10 HRGMC3S HRGMC30
S01 Blue Handle
S01 Red Handle
V4-T2-398 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
F-Frame
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued
Notes
1 Motor FLA ranges are typical The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA
value shown Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam
settings and/or MCP ratings should be used
2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown
3 Settings above 130 A are for special applications NEC Article 430110(a) requires the
ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load
ampere rating
HMCP 3–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB HMCP 150 A come with
line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB
NEMA
Starter
Size
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
Motor
Full Load
Current
Amperes
(FLA) 1
MCP
Trip
Setting
2
MCP
Catalog
Number
0 3 A 069–091 9 HMCP003A0C
B 092–10 12
C 11–12 15
D 13–15 18
E 16–17 21
F 18–19 24
G 20–22 27
H 23–25 30
0 7 A 15–20 21 HMCP007C0C
B 21–25 28
C 26–31 35
D 32–36 42
E 37–39 49
F 43–47 56
G 48–52 63
H 53–57 70
0 15 A 34–45 45 HMCP015E0C
B 46–56 60
C 57–68 75
D 69–79 90
E 80–91 105
F 92–103 120
G 104–114 135
H 115 –126 150
1 30 A 69–91 90 HMCP030H1C
B 92–114 120
C 115–137 150
D 138–160 180
E 161–183 210
F 184–206 240
G 207–229 270
H 230–252 300
2 50 A 115–152 150 HMCP050K2C
B 153–191 200
C 192–229 250
D 230–268 300
E 269–306 350
F 307–45 400
G 346–383 450
H 384–421 500
NEMA
Starter
Size
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
Motor
Full Load
Current
Amperes
(FLA) 1
MCP
Trip
Setting
2
MCP
Catalog
Number
2 70 A 161–214 210 HMCP070M2C
B 215 –268 280
C 269 –322 350
D 323–375 420
E 376–429 490
F 430–483 560
G 484–537 630
H 538–591 700
3 100 A 230–306 300 HMCP100R3C
B 307–383 400
C 384–460 500
D 461–537 600
E 538 –614 700
F 615 –691 800
G 692–768 900
H 769–845 1000
4 150 A 346–460 450 HMCP150T4C
B 461–575 600
C 576–691 750
D 692–806 900
D 692–806 900
E 807–922 1050
F 923–1037 1200
G 1038–1152 1350
H 1153–1267 1500
4 150 A 570 –750 750 HMCP150U4C
B 760–950 1000
C 960–1140 1250
D 1150–1307 1500
E 3 1750
F 3 2000
G 3 2250
H 3 2500
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-399
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Special Low Magnetic Protection Application MCP
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum
Notes
1 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown
HMCP 25–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
MCP
Trip
Setting 1
MCP
Catalog
Number
25 A 40 HMCP025D0C
B 43
D 49
E 52
F 55
G 58
H 60
50 A 80 HMCP050G2C
B 87
C 93
D 98
E 103
F 109
G 115
H 120
70 A 115 HMCP070J2C
B 122
C 130
D 139
E 145
F 153
G 160
H 170
100 A 160 HMCP100L3C
B 174
C 185
D 196
E 207
F 218
G 229
H 240
V4-T2-400 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
MCPs for Application with Motor Starters Equipped with Electronic Overload Relays
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued
Notes
1 Motor FLA ranges are typical The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA
value shown Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam
settings and/or MCP ratings should be used
2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown
3 Settings above 130 A are for special applications NEC Article 430110(a) requires the
ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load
ampere rating
HMCP 25–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB
HMCPS 3–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB HMCPS 150 A come
with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB
NEMA
Starter
Size
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
Motor Full
Load Current
Amperes
(FLA) 1
MCP
Trip
Setting
2
MCP
Catalog
Number
0 3 A 069–091 9 HMCPS003A0C
B 092–10 12
C 11–12 15
D 13–15 18
E 16–17 21
F 18–19 24
G 20–22 27
H 23–25 30
0 7 A 15–20 21 HMCPS007C0C
B 21–25 28
C 26–31 35
D 32–36 42
E 37–39 49
F 43–47 56
G 48–52 63
H 53–57 70
0 15 A 34–45 45 HMCPS015E0C
B 46–56 60
C 57–68 75
D 69–79 90
E 80–91 105
F 92–103 120
G 104–114 135
H 115–126 150
1 30 A 69–91 90 HMCPS030H1C
B 92–114 120
C 115–137 150
D 138–160 180
E 161–183 210
F 184–206 240
G 207–229 270
H 230–252 300
2 50 A 115–152 150 HMCPS050K2C
B 153–191 200
C 192–229 250
D 230–268 300
E 269–306 350
F 307–345 400
G 346–383 450
H 384–421 500
NEMA
Starter
Size
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
Motor Full
Load Current
Amperes
(FLA) 1
MCP
Trip
Setting
2
MCP
Catalog
Number
3 100 A 230–306 300 HMCPS100R3C
B 307–383 400
C 384–460 500
D 461–537 600
E 538–614 700
F 615–691 800
G 692–768 900
H 769–845 1000
4 150 A 346–460 450 HMCPS150T4C
B 461–575 600
C 576–691 750
D 692–806 900
E 807–922 1050
F 923–1037 1200
G 1038–1152 1350
H 1153–1267 1500
4 150 A 570–750 750 HMCPS150U4C
B 760–950 1000
C 960–1140 1250
D 1150–1307 1500
E 3 1750
F 3 2000
G 3 2250
H 3 2500
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-401
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
J-Frame
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued
Notes
1 Motor FLA ranges are typical The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA
value shown Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate
cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used
2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown
3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place
of HMCP
All HMCP and HM2P 250 A come with line and load steel body terminals, T250KB (With suffix
“C,” without “C” comes with TA250KB)
NEMA
Starter
Size
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
Motor
Full Load
Current
Amperes
(FLA) 1
MCP
Trip
Setting
2
MCP
Catalog
Number 3
4 250 A 270–307 350 HMCP250A5C
B 308–338 400
C 339–369 440
5 250 D 370–403 480
E 404–438 525
F 439–469 570
G 470–507 610
H 470–507 660
I 470–507 700
5 250 A 347–388 450 HMCP250C5C
B 389–434 505
C 435–476 565
D 477–522 620
E 523–565 680
F 566–607 735
G 608–649 790
H 650–692 845
I 693–735 900
5 250 A 385–434 500 HMCP250D5C
B 435–480 565
C 481–530 625
D 531–576 690
E 577–623 750
F 624–673 810
G 674–719 875
H 720–769 935
I 770–816 1000
5 250 A 481–538 625 HMCP250F5C
B 539–599 700
C 600–661 780
D 662–723 860
E 724–784 940
F 785–838 1020
G 839–899 1090
H 900–961 1170
I 962–1020 1250
5 250 A 577–646 750 HMCP250G5C
B 647–719 840
C 720–792 935
D 793–865 1030
E 866–938 1125
F 939–1011 1220
G 1012–1084 1315
H 1085–1153 1410
I 1154–1224 1500
NEMA
Starter
Size
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
Motor
Full Load
Current
Amperes
(FLA) 1
MCP
Trip
Setting
2
MCP
Catalog
Number 3
5 250 A 674–753 875 HMCP250J5C
B 754–838 980
C 839–923 1090
D 924–1007 1200
E 1008–1092 1310
F 1093–1176 1420
G 1177–1261 1530
H 1262–1346 1640
I 1347–1428 1750
5 250 A 770–866 1000 HMCP250K5C
B 866–961 1125
C 962–1057 1250
D 1058–1153 1375
E 1154–1249 1500
F 1250–1346 1625
G 1347–1442 1750
H 1443–1538 1875
I 1539–1633 2000
5 250 A 866–973 1125 HMCP250L5C
B 974–1084 1265
C 1085–1188 1410
D 1189–1299 1545
E 1300–1407 1690
F 1408–1515 1830
G 1516–1623 1970
H 1624–1730 2110
I 1731–1836 2250
5 250 A 962–1080 1250 HMCP250W5C
B 1081–1199 1405
C 1200–1323 1560
D 1324–1442 1720
E 1443–1561 1875
F 1562–1680 2030
G 1681–1799 2185
H 1800–1923 2340
I 1924–2040 2500
V4-T2-402 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
K-Frame
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued
Notes
1 Motor FLA ranges are typical The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA
value shown Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam
settings and/or MCP ratings should be used
2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown
3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place
of HMCP
All HMCP and HM2P 400 A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K Catalog numbers
with suffix “C” as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K
NEMA
Starter
Size
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
Motor
Full Load
Current
Amperes
(FLA) 1
MCP
Trip
Setting
2
MCP
Catalog
Number 3
4 400 A 270–307 350 HMCP400A5C
B 308–338 400
C 339–369 440
5 400 D 370–403 480 HMCP400A5C
E 404–438 525
F 439–469 570
G 470–507 610
H 508–538 660
I 539–572 700
5 400 A 385–434 500 HMCP400D5C
B 435–480 565
C 481–530 626
D 531–576 690
E 577–623 750
F 624–673 810
G 674–719 875
H 720–769 935
I 770–816 1000
5 400 A 481–538 625 HMCP400F5C
B 539–599 700
C 600–661 780
D 662–723 860
E 724–784 940
F 785–838 1020
G 839–899 1090
H 900–961 1170
I 962–1020 1250
5 400 A 577–646 750 HMCP400G5C
B 647–719 840
C 720–792 935
D 793–865 1030
E 866–938 1125
F 939–1011 1220
G 1012–1084 1315
H 1085–1153 1410
I 1154–1224 1500
5 400 A 674–753 875 HMCP400J5C
B 754–838 980
C 839–923 1090
D 924–1007 1200
E 1008–1092 1310
F 1093–1176 1420
G 1177–1261 1530
H 1262–1346 1640
I 1347–1428 1750
NEMA
Starter
Size
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
Motor
Full Load
Current
Amperes
(FLA) 1
MCP
Trip
Setting
2
MCP
Catalog
Number 3
5 400 A 770–865 1000 HMCP400K5C
B 866–961 1125
C 962–1057 1250
D 1058–1153 1375
E 1154–1249 1500
F 1250–1346 1625
G 1347–1442 1750
H 1443–1538 1875
I 1539–1633 2000
5 400 A 866–973 1125 HMCP400L5C
B 974–1084 1265
C 1085–1188 1410
D 1189–1299 1545
E 1300–1407 1690
F 1408–1515 1830
G 1516–1623 1970
H 1624–1730 2110
I 1731–1836 2250
5 400 A 962–1080 1250 HMCP400W5C
B 1081–1199 1405
C 1200–1323 1560
D 1324–1442 1720
E 1443–1561 1875
F 1562–1680 2030
G 1681–1799 2185
H 1800–1923 2340
I 1924–2040 2500
5 400 A 1154–1299 1500 HMCP400N5C
B 1300–1442 1690
C 1443–1584 1875
D 1585–1730 2060
E 1731–1876 2250
F 1877–2019 2440
G 2020–2161 2625
H 2162–2307 2810
I 2308–2449 3000
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-403
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued
L-Frame
600 Vac Maximum 4
Notes
1 Motor FLA ranges are typical The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA
value shown Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam
settings and/or MCP ratings should be used
2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown
3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place
of HMCP
4 Equipped with electronic trip device
All HMCP and HM2P 400 A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K Catalog numbers
with suffix “C” as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K
All HMCP 600 A come without terminals For terminals, see Page V4-T2-341
NEMA
Starter
Size
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
Motor
Full Load
Current
Amperes
(FLA) 1
MCP
Trip
Setting
2
MCP
Catalog
Number 3
5 400 A 1347–1515 1750 HMCP400R5C
B 1516–1684 1970
C 1685–1853 2190
D 1854–2019 2410
E 2020–2188 2625
F 2189–2357 2845
G 2358–2526 3065
H 2527–2692 3285
I 2693–2857 3500
5 400 A 1539–1730 2000 HMCP400X5C
B 1731–1923 2250
C 1924–2115 2500
D 2116–2307 2750
E 2308–2499 3000
F 2500–2692 3250
G 2693–2884 3500
H 2885–3076 3750
I 3077–3269 4000
5 400 A 1731–1945 2250 HMCP400Y5C
B 1946–2161 2530
C 2162–2376 2810
D 2377–2595 3090
E 2596–2811 3375
F 2812–3026 3655
G 3027–3241 3935
H 3242–3461 4215
I 3462–3681 4500
NEMA
Starter
Size
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
Motor
Full Load
Current
Amperes
(FLA) 1
MCP
Trip
Setting
MCP
Catalog
Number
6 600 A 1385–1845 1800 HMCP600L6W
B 1846–2307 2400
C 2308–2768 3000
D 2769–3230 3600
E 3231–3691 4200
F 3692–4153 4800
G 4154–4614 5400
H 4615–5077 6000
6 600 A 385–461 500 HMCP600X6W
B 462–614 600
C 615–768 800
D 769–961 1000
E 962–1153 1250
F 1154–1537 1500
G 1538–1922 2000
H 1923–2307 2500
6 600 A 769–961 1000 HMCP600Y6W
B 962–1153 1250
C 1154–1537 1500
D 1538–1922 2000
E 1923–2307 2500
F 2308–2691 3000
G 2692–3076 3500
H 3077–3461 4000
V4-T2-404 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
N-Frame
600 Vac Maximum 1
Notes
1 Equipped with electronic trip device
2 Motor FLA ranges are typical The
corresponding trip setting is at 13X the
minimum FLA value shown Where a 13X
setting is required for an intermediate
FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or
MCP ratings should be used
NEMA
Starter
Size
Cont
Amps
Cam
Setting
Motor Full
Load Current
Amperes (FLA) 2
MCP
Trip
Setting
MCP
Catalog
Number
7 800 A 1231–1845 1600 HMCP800X7W
B 1846–2461 2400
C 2462–3076 3200
D 3077–3691 4000
E 3692–4307 4800
F 4308–4922 5600
G 4923–5537 6400
8 1200 A 1846–2768 2400 HMCP12Y8W
B 2769–3691 3600
C 3692–4614 4800
D 4615–5537 6000
E 5538–6461 7200
F 6462–7384 8400
G 7385–8307 9600
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-405
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Motor Protection  

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)
Product SelectionV4-T2-406
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-406
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
Motor Protection  (MPCB)
Product Description
Motor protection circuit
breakers (MPCBs) provide
UL 489 branch circuit
protection, UL 508 and
CSA C222 No 14 motor
protection, and meet IEC
60947-2 and 50947-4
requirements Typical branch
motor loads are protected by
three-component starters,
consisting of breaker,
contactor and overload
relay, or fuse, contactor and
overload relay The MPCB
application-specific protection
eliminates the need for motor
overload relay found in the
traditional three-component
starter assembly The branch
motor load protection is
simplified to an MPCB and
contactor, reducing both
space requirements and
heat generation in customer
panels Protection is provided
by application-specific
electronic trip units
The electronic trip unit
provides typical motor
overload relay functionality
and short-circuit protection
against potential phase-tophase or phase-to-ground
faults
● Disconnecting means
● Branch circuit short-circuit
protection
● Overload protection
● Class 5, 10, 15 and 20
● Phase unbalance
protection
● FDMP breaker trips
when there is a 40%
difference between any
phase compared to the
calculated three-phase
average
● Phase loss protection
● Active when the
maximum phase current
is greater than 50% of
FLA setting
● Breaker will trip when
minimum phase current
is 25% or less than the
maximum phase current
● Time delay of 1 or
2 seconds before
breaker trips
● Thermal memory to
prevent immediate restart
after overload trip to allow
motor to cool down
The MPCB is based on
the Series C F-Frame
Accessories for standard
Series C breakers apply to the
MPCB Unlike Motor Circuit
Protectors (MCPs), MPCBs
are UL 489 listed with 35 kA
and 65 kA interruption
ratings
V4-T2-406 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
FDMP and HFDMP
FLA le Dial Setting
Technical Data and Specifications
Specifications
Notes
1 IEC ratings available only on FWMP and HFWMP
For additional breaker solutions, see Page V4-T2-227
Continuous Amperes
35 kA Without Phase Unbalance,
Class 10 Motor Protection Only
35 kA With Phase
Unbalance and Adjustable
Motor Class Protection
65 kA Without Phase Unbalance,
Class 10 Motor Protection Only
65 kA With Phase
Unbalance and Adjustable
Motor Class Protection
80 FDMP3080L FDMP3080JL HFDMP3080L HFDMP3080JL
100 FDMP3100L FDMP3100JL HFDMP3100L HFDMP3100JL
160 FDMP3160L FDMP3160JL HFDMP3160L HFDMP3160JL
205 FDMP3205L FDMP3205JL HFDMP3205L HFDMP3205JL
Continuous Amperes A B C D E F G H
80 40 50 60 70 80   
100 80  90  100   
160 100 115 130 145 160   
205 160 170 180 195 205   
Feature FDMP HFDMP
Interruption rating at 240 V 65 kA 100 kA
Interruption rating at 480 V 35 kA 65 kA
Interruption rating at 600 V 18 kA 25 kA
Icu/Ics at 240 V 65 kA/33 kA 1 100 kA/50 kA 1
Icu/Ics at 415 V 35 kA/18 kA 1 65 kA/33 kA 1
100% rated No No
FLA range (A) 40–205 40–205
Motor class protection 5, 10, 15, 20 5, 10, 15, 20
Phase unbalance protection (current)active for phase current
>05 FLA setting
40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg) for 5 seconds 40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg) for 5 seconds
Phase loss protection (current)active for phase current
>05 FLA setting
Min phase 025 max phase for 1 second Min phase 025 max phase for 1 second
Thermal memory protection Yes Yes
High load indicator  
Pre-detection relays  
Internal accessories Factory installed Factory installed
Aux alarm, shunt trip, UVR Aux alarm, shunt trip, UVR
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-407
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories V4-T2-411
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)
Product Description
Eaton’s Type ELC current
limiter attachment for the
MCP is designed to provide
increased interrupting
capacity The combination
may be used for the
application up to 200,000 A
symmetrical at 600 Vac,
making the MCP suitable for
use in network distribution
systems or other applications
where unusually high fault
currents are available The
current limiter connects to
the load end of the MCP and
is provided with terminals
suitable for copper or
aluminum conductors
(See table at right)
Limiters are coordinated with
the MCP so that normal fault
currents are interrupted
automatically by the MCP
without any damage to the
limiter Only the rare very
high fault is opened by
the limiter Faults that are
interrupted by the limiter
also magnetically trip the
MCP, opening all three
poles, preventing singlephase operation
Each of the three poles of the
Type ELC limiter is equipped
with an indicator that extends
when a fault is interrupted by
the limiter
Product Selection
ELC Current Limiter Attachment
Technical Data and Specifications
Type ELC Current Limiter Terminal Wire Sizes 1
Notes
1 Terminal wire connectors are UL listed for standard stranded wire sizes as defined in
UL 486A or UL 486B
2 Optional on special order for copper cable only
All HMCP 800 A and 1200 A come without terminals For terminals, see Page V4-T2-355
MCP Rating
(Amperes)
Catalog
Number
3 ELC3003R
7 ELC3007R
15 ELC3015R
30 ELC3030R
50 ELC3050R
100 ELC3100R
150 ELC3150R
Type ELC Current
Limiter Maximum Amperes
Wire Range
AWG
Metric
(mm2)
Standard Aluminum Terminals
50 14–2 25–35
100 1–4/0 50–95
150 1–4/0 50–95
Non-Standard Terminals (Steel)
50 14–2 2 25–35
100  
150  
Type ELC Current
Limiter Attachment
V4-T2-408 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick Reference V4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module
Product Selection V4-T2-409
Technical Data and Specifications V4-T2-410
Dimensions and Weights V4-T2-410
Internal AccessoriesV4-T2-411
External Accessories V4-T2-444
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module
Product Overview
Power demand continues to
grow in new and existing
facilities To meet increased
demand, larger utility
supplies, spot networks and
large facility transformers are
installed The increased
capacity of the electrical
source results in increased
fault currents in excess of
100 kA short-circuit
protection Eaton
manufactures non-fused
current limiting modules with
interrupting capacities up to
200 kA at 600 Vac Unlike
fused current limiters with a
one-time use, a current
limiter module provides an
automatic reset of the
module after a short-circuit
event Resetting the moldedcase circuit breaker is the
only action required to restore
critical power to the system;
there is no time wasted
with sourcing the correct
replacement fuses or
module to bring the system
back
Product Description
The current limiting breaker
modules use a unique contact
design to enhance the
system protection similar to
that of the circuit breaker
When high short-circuit
current is flowing through the
contacts of these modules,
the design results in very high
interrupting capacities and
improved current limiting
characteristics
Application Description
High-performance breakers
are most commonly applied
when very high fault levels
are available and with
applications where the
current limiting capability is
used upstream of the final
load to limit current Typical
loads include lighting, power
distribution, and motor
control applications
Features and Benefits
Superior system protection:
● Auto reset improves
system uptime and
eliminates the need for
finding replacement parts
● No fuses to replace,
reducing the overall cost of
ownership and the waste
created by fuses
● Overloads, by using inverse
time current tripping
characteristics of the
molded-case circuit
breaker
● Low-level short circuits, by
using instantaneous and/or
short-time delay tripping
characteristics of the
molded-case circuit
breaker
● High-level short circuits, by
using ultra-high-speed,
blow-apart contacts of the
current limiting module in
series with the circuit
breaker contacts
● Let-through currents, by
improved opening speed of
the contacts, the resultant
rapid rise of arc voltage
introduces impedance into
the system
Standards and Certifications
● UL 489
● CSA C222
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-409
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Series C High Performance Ratings
FD IC Rating200 kAIC at 600 Vac 1
Limiter Terminals
Breaker Load Terminals (For Line Mounted Limiters Only)
Notes
1 Line and load terminal included
2 Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number FJ1PBK
3 Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter
4 Load side breaker terminations included for units configured with line mounted limiters
Type Product Amperes 480 Vac (UL) 600 Vac (UL)
FDC 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only 15–225 100 35
With limiter 40–200 200 200
Ampere
Rating
Breaker with Line Side
Mounted Current Limiter 2
Breaker with Load Side
Mounted Current Limiter 3
Thermal-Magnetic
40 FDC3040Q01 FDC3040YQ02
45 FDC3045Q01 FDC3045YQ02
50 FDC3050Q01 FDC3050YQ02
60 FDC3060Q01 FDC3060YQ02
70 FDC3070Q01 FDC3070YQ02
80 FDC3080Q01 FDC3080YQ02
90 FDC3090Q01 FDC3090YQ02
100 FDC3100Q01 FDC3100YQ02
110 FDC3110Q01 FDC3110YQ02
125 FDC3125Q01 FDC3125YQ02
150 FDC3150Q01 FDC3150YQ02
175 FDC3175Q01 FDC3175YQ02
200 FDC3200Q01 FDC3200YQ02
Maximum
Breaker Amperes
Terminal
Body Material Wire Type
Metric Wire
Range mm2
AWG Wire Range/
Number of Conductors
Catalog
Number
Standard Pressure Type Terminals
250 Aluminum Cu/Al 10–185 #8–350 (1) TA250FJ 4
Maximum
Breaker Amperes
Terminal
Body Material Wire Type
AWG Wire
Range
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Package of
Three Terminals
Catalog Number
Standard Pressure Type Terminals
100 Steel Cu/AI 14–1/0 25–50 3T100FB
225 Aluminum Cu/AI 4–4/0 25–95 3TA225FD
FD Frame
V4-T2-410 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489 Current Limiting Data
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module
FD-Frame With Current Limiter Module
Frame Circuit Ip (kA) I2T (106A2S)
FDC 240 V/200 kA 6480 680
FDC 480 V/100 kA 6690 933
FDC 600 V/50 kA 5430 892
Frame Height Width Depth Weight in lbs (kg)
FD + limiter 1206 (3063) 413 (1049) 339 (861) 850 (386)
1206
(3063)
334
(848) 339
(861)
396
(1005)
412
(1046)
413
(1049)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-411
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Series C Internal Accessories

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick ReferenceV4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-408
Internal Accessories
Product SelectionV4-T2-413
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-432
External AccessoriesV4-T2-444
Internal Accessories
Product Overview
Alarm Switch
For remote indication of
automatic trip operation
Does not function with
manual switching; however,
it will operate when either a
shunt trip or undervoltage
release is operated A
“make” contact closes and a
“break” contact opens when
the alarm/lockout switch
operates The switch
automatically resets when
the circuit breaker is reset
Auxiliary Switch
The auxiliary switch provides
circuit breaker contact status
information by monitoring the
position of the molded cross
bar that contains the moving
contact arms The auxiliary
switch is used for remote
indication and interlock
system verification, and
consists of one or two SPDT
switches housed in a plug-in
module Each SPDT switch
has one “a” and one “b”
contact When the circuit
breaker contacts are open,
the “a” contact is open and
the “b” contact is closed
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm
Switch Combination
Each catalog number listed in
tables on Pages V4-T2-416
and V4-T2-417 includes one
auxiliary switch and one alarm
switch In an auxiliary switch
ASL switch combination, the
auxiliary switch is always
mounted on the side of the
plug-in module next to the
center pole of the circuit
breaker
Shunt Trip
The shunt trip provides
remote controlled tripping of
the circuit breaker The shunt
trip consists of an intermittent
rated solenoid with a tripping
plunger and a cutoff switch
assembled to a plug-in
module When required
for ground fault protection
applications, certain AC rated
shunt trips, as noted in the
electrical rating table, are
suitable for operation at
55 percent of rated voltage
Select shunt trip catalog
number for the voltage within
the indicated voltage range
Shunt trip coils are designed
to be applied at specific AC or
DC voltages within the voltage
range shown Electrical ratings
are also shown on applicable
circuit breaker accessory
nameplates
Low Energy Shunt Trip
Low energy shunt trip
devices are designed to
operate from low energy
output signals from dedicated
current sensors typically
applied in ground fault
protection schemes
However, with a proper
control voltage source, they
may be applied in place of
conventional trip devices for
special applications Flux
paths surrounding permanent
magnets used in the shunt
trip assembly hold a charged
spring poised in readiness to
operate the circuit breaker
trip mechanism
When a 100 microfarad
capacitor charged to 28 Vdc
is discharged through the
shunt trip coil, the resultant
flux opposes the permanent
magnet flux field, which
releases the stored energy
in the spring to trip the
circuit breaker As the circuit
breaker resets, the shunt
trip reset arm is actuated by
the circuit breaker handle,
resetting the shunt trip The
plug-in module is mounted
in retaining slots in the
top of the trip unit Coil is
intermittent-rated only
Cutoff provisions required
in control circuit
V4-T2-412 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Undervoltage Release
Mechanism
The undervoltage release
mechanism monitors a
voltage (typically a line
voltage) and trips the circuit
breaker when the voltage
falls to between 70 and 35
percent of the solenoid coil
rating
The undervoltage release
mechanism consists of a
continuous rated solenoid
with a plunger and tripping
lever mounted in a plug-in
module The tab on the
tripping lever resets the
undervoltage release
mechanism when normal
voltage has been restored
and the circuit breaker handle
is moved to the reset (or OFF)
position With less than
pickup voltage applied to the
undervoltage release
mechanism, the circuit
breaker contacts will not
touch when a closing
operation is attempted
Note: Undervoltage release
mechanism accessories are not
designed for, and should not be
used as, circuit interlocks
Accessory Terminal Block
(R-Frame)
(For fixed-mounted
configuration)
Internal accessory wiring
leads are normally supplied
with pigtail leads (18 AWG)
that exit from the right side of
the circuit breaker Where
specified, fixed-mounted
accessory terminal blocks are
available A maximum of one
24-point terminal block can be
installed on the right side of
the circuit breaker for the
internal accessories
For convenience in
determining the appropriate
number of terminal block
points required, refer
to Page V4-T2-412
PowerNet and Zone Interlock
Kits (OPTIM 550 only) K-, L- and
N-Frames
Eaton’s PowerNet
Communications Kit can be
ordered to add PowerNet
communications to an
existing OPTIM 550 breaker
in the field An 18-inch (4572
mm) wiring pigtail is routed to
the rear of the breaker: two
wires for PowerNet and two
wires for 24 Vdc (45 mA
load) It is recommended that
the power supply be an
“isolated high quality” unit
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-413
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Alarm Switch
G-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only) 1
F-Frame Alarm Switch 1
F-Frame HMCP Alarm Switch 1
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Alarm Switch
Notes
1 F-Frame  are factory sealed Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory Internal accessories are UL listed for
factory installation under E7819 Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed; however, this is not
recommended for FDE breakers Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected
2 Includes 24-inch (6096 mm) external pigtail leads,18 AWG (16–0010)
3 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker
4 Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker
5 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation
6 Standard pigtail lead exit location
7 Standard mounting location
8 Factory installation only Leads exit load end of circuit breaker
9 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983
j Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
Electrical Ratings Contact
Arrangement
Factory
Suffix
Catalog
Number Volts Frequency Amperes 234
Alarm Switch
240 50/60 Hz 6 1 Make/1 Break B3 1288C75G03
Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches Combination
240 50/60 Hz 6 1 Make/1 Break and 1A/1B B13 1288C76G09
Number of
Contacts
(Make and
Break)
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Factory Installation Kit 5
Connection Type and Location
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 6 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left 7 B01 B02 B03 B04 A1L1LPK A1L1LTK
Right B05 B06 B07 B08 A1L1RPK A1L1RTK
2 Left 7 B09 B10  B11 A2L1LPK A2L1LTK
Right B12 B13  B14 A2L1RPK A2L1RTK
1 Single-pole B15 8  
Number of
Contacts
(Make and
Break)
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Factory Installation Kit 5
Connection Type and Location
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 6 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left 7 B01 B02 B03 B04 MA1L1LPK MA1L1LTK
Right B05 B06 B07 B08 MA1L1RPK MA1L1RTK
2 Left 7 B09 B10  B11 MA2L1LPK MA2L1LTK
Right B12 B13  B14 MA2L1RPK MA2L1RTK
Number of
Contacts
(Make and
Break)
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 9
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 7 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left j B01 B02 B03 B04 A1L2LPK A1L2LTK
Right B05 B06 B07 B08 A1L2RPK A1L2RTK 6
Alarm Switch
Make
Break
V4-T2-414 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Alarm Switch
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Alarm Switch
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Alarm Switch
R-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only)
Notes
1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983
2 Standard mounting location
3 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
4 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole
5 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983
6 A maximum of three ASL plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker
Number of
Sets of
Contacts
(1M and 1B)
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left 3 B01 B02 B03 B04 A1L3LPK A1L3LTK
Right 4 B05 B06 B07 B08 A1L3RPK A1L3RTK
2 Left 3 B09 B10  B11 A2L3LPK A2L3LTK
Right 4 B12 B13  B14 A2L3RPK A2L3RTK
Number of
Sets of
Contacts
(1M and 1B)
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left 3 B01 B02 B03 B04 A1L4LPK A1L4LTK
Right B05 B06 B07 B08 A1L4RPK A1L4RTK
2 Left 3 B09 B10  B11 A2L4LPK A2L4LTK
Right B12 B13  B14 A2L4RPK A2L4RTK
Number of
Sets of
Contacts
(1M and 1B)
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 5
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left B01 B02 B03 B04 A1L5LPK A1L5LTK
Right 3 B05 B06 B07 B08 A1L5RPK A1L5RTK
2 Left B09 B10  B11 A2L5LPK A2L5LTK
Right 3 B12 B13  B14 A2L5RPK A2L5RTK
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 5
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Pigtail Leads
Number of Contacts
(Make and Break)
Suffix
Number 6
Catalog
Number 6
1 B05 A1L6RPK
2 B12 A2L6RPK
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-415
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Auxiliary Switch
G-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)
F-Frame and HMCP (F) Auxiliary Switch
F-Frame with Electronic Trip Unit Auxiliary Switch 9
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch
Notes
1 Includes 24-inch external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (16–0010)
2 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker
3 Standard pigtail lead exit location
4 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation
5 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (082 mm2)
6 Not for use on F-Frame with electronic trip unit
7 125 volts (max), 50/60 Hz switch for use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum
8 Not for use on four-pole
9 Only for use on three-pole F-Frame breakers with electronic trip unit Installation auxiliary switch for FD electronic breakers on right pole must be performed at
breaker factory
j Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation or interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983
k Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
Electrical Ratings Contact
Arrangement
Factory
Suffix
Catalog
Volts Frequency Amperes Number 12
240 50/60 Hz 6 1a/1b A3 1288C74G03
240 50/60 Hz 6 2a/2b A6 1288C73G03
Number of
Contacts
A and B
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Factory Installation Kit 4
Connection Type and Location
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 3 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left 5 A01 A02 A03 A04 A1X1PK A1X1LTK
Left 5 A15 7 A16 7 A17 7  E1X1PK
Right or Neutral 6 A05 A06 A07 A08 A1X1PK A1X1RTK 8
Right or Neutral 6 A18 7 A19 7 A20 7  
2 Left 5 A09 A10  A11 A2X1LPK A2X1LTK
Left 5 A21 7 A22 7   E2X1LPK
Right or Neutral 6 A12 A13  A14 A2X1RPK A2X1RTK 8
Right or Neutral 6 A23 7 A24 7   E2X1RPK
Number of
Contacts
A and B
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Factory Installation Kit 4
Connection Type and Location
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Trip Unit Type 310+
1 Right A30 A31 A32   
Trip Unit Type 210+
1 Right A33 A34 A35   
Number of
Contacts
A and B
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Factory Installation Kit j
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 3 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left A01 A02 A03 A04 A1X2PK A1X2LTK
Right k A05 A06 A07 A08 A1X2PK A1X2RTK 4
2 Left A09 A10  A11 A2X2PK A2X2LTK
Right k A12 A13  A14 A2X2PK A2X2RTK 4
Auxiliary Switch
a
b
V4-T2-416 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch
R-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)
Notes
1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983
2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
3 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole
4 Not for use on four-pole
5 A maximum of two auxiliary switches (any combination of 2a/2b or 4a/4b plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker
6 This option is not field installable
7 Available on the OPTIM 550 only Communications are not available with this option
Number of
Contacts
A and B
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Factory Installation Kit 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left A01 A02 A03 A04 A1X3PK A1X3LTK
Right 23 A05 A06 A07 A08 A1X3PK A1X3RTK 4
2 Left A09 A10  A11 A2X3PK A2X3LTK
Right 23 A12 A13  A14 A2X3PK A2X3RTK 4
Right A21 A22   1482D28G10 67
3 Left A18   A15 A3X3LPK A3X3LTK
Right 3 A17   A16 A3X3RPK A3X3RTK 4
Number of
Contacts
A and B
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Factory Installation Kit 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left A01 A02 A03 A04 A1X4PK A1X4LTK
Right 2 A05 A06 A07 A08 A1X4PK A1X4RTK 4
2 Left A09 A10  A11 A2X4PK A2X4LTK
Right 2 A12 A13  A14 A2X4PK A2X4RTK 4
3 Left A18   A15 A3X4PK A3X4LTK
Right 2 A17   A16 A3X4PK A3X4RTK 4
Number of
Contacts
A and B
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Factory Installation Kit 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left A01 A02 A03 A04 A1X5PK A1X5LTK
Right 2 A05 A06 A07 A08 A1X5PK A1X5RTK 4
2 Left A09 A10  A11 A2X5PK A2X5LTK
Right 2 A12 A13  A14 A2X5PK A2X5RTK 4
3 Left A18   A15 A3X5LPK A3X5LTK
Right 2 A17   A16 A3X5RPK A3X5RTK 4
Number of
Contacts
A and B
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Pigtail Leads
Suffix
Number 5
Catalog
Number 5
2 A12 A2X6RPK
4 A19 A4X6RPK
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-417
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
F-Frame Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination 1
F-Frame HMCP Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Notes
1 Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination options (Cxx) are not available on FDE 310+ with LSG or LSIG trip units due to exit wire limitations To obtain both
features, order a left mounting alarm switch (B01-B04 or B09-B11), and right mounting auxiliary switch (A30-A32)
2 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation
3 Standard mounting location
4 Not for use on four-pole
5 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation of interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983
6 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
7 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole
8 Will not install on OPTIM Trip (RH)
9 Available on the OPTIM 550 only Communications are not available with this option
j This option is not field installable
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Factory Installation Kit 2
Connection Type and Location
18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 3 Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left 3 C01 C02 C03 AAL1LPK AAL1LTK
Right C04 C05 C06 AAL1RPK AAL1RTK 4
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Factory Installation Kit 2
Connection Type and Location
18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 3 Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left 4 C01 C02 C03 MAAL1LPK MAAL1LTK
Right C04 C05 C06 MAAL1RPK MAAL1RPK
Number of
Sets of
Contacts
(1A and 1B)
(1M–1B)
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 5
18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 6 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left C01 C02  C03 AAL2LPK AAL2LTK
Right 4 C04 C05  C06 AAL2RPK AAL2RTK 4
Number of
Sets of
Contacts
(1A and 1B)
(1M–1B)
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 5
18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 6 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Left C01 C02  C03 AAL3LPK AAL3LTK
Right 67 C04 C05  C06 AAL3RPK 8 AAL3RTK
Right C07 C08   1482D28G09 9j
Auxiliary Switch and
Alarm Switch
Combination
a
b
V4-T2-418 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Notes
1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983
2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
3 Not for use on four-pole circuit breaker
Number of
Sets of
Contacts
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1A, 1B and
1 Make/1 Break
Left C01 C02  C03 AA114LPK AA114LTK
Right 2 C04 C05  C06 AA114RPK AA114RTK 3
2A, 2B and
1 Make/1 Break
Left C07 C08  C12 AA214LPK AA214LTK
Right 2 C10 C11  C13 AA214RPK AA214RTK 3
3A, 3B and
1 Make/1 Break
Left C14    AA314LPK
Right 2 C15    AA314RPK
Number of
Sets of
Contacts
Mounting
Location
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1A, 1B and
1 Make/1 Break
Left C01 C02  C03 AA115LPK AA115LTK
Right 2 C04 C05  C06 AA115RPK AA115RTK 3
2A, 2B and
1 Make/1 Break
Left C07 C08  C12 AA215LPK AA215LTK
Right 2 C10 C11  C13 AA215RPK AA215RTK 3
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-419
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Shunt Trip
G-Frame Shunt Trip (LH Three-Pole Only)
F-Frame and HMCP (F) Shunt Trip
Notes
1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation
2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (082 mm2)
3 Standard pigtail lead exit location
4 120 Vac marked suitable for ground fault protection devices
5 Standard mounting location
6 Not for use on four-pole
G-Frame  are factory sealed Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory
Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819
Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed
Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected
Electrical Ratings Suffix
Number
Catalog
Volts Frequency Amperes Number
120 50/60 Hz 11 S1 1373D62G01
240 50/60 Hz 21 S2 1373D62G02
12 DC 28 S3 1373D62G15
24 DC 57 S4 1373D62G16
24 60 Hz  S7 1373D62G20
Factory Mounted Factory Installation Kit 1
Connection Type and Location
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads 2 Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 3 Opposite Side Same Side
Voltage Rating
(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings
12–24 Vac or Vdc S01 S02 S03 S04 SNT1LP03K SNT1LT03K
48–127 Vac or 48–60 Vdc 4 S05 S06 S07 S08 SNT1LP08K SNT1LT08K
208–380 Vac or 110–127 Vdc S09 S10 S11 S12 SNT1LP12K SNT1LT12K
415–600 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S13 S14 S15 S16 SNT1LP18K SNT1LT18K
Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 5
12–24 Vac or Vdc S17 S18 S19 S20 SNT1RP03K SNT1RT03K 6
48–127 Vac or 48–60 Vdc 4 S21 S22 S23 S24 SNT1RP08K SNT1RT08K 6
208–380 Vac or 110–127 Vdc S25 S26 S27 S28 SNT1RP12K SNT1RT12K 6
415–600 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S29 S30 S31 S32 SNT1RP18K SNT1RT18K 6
Shunt Trip
ST
a
V4-T2-420 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Shunt Trip
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Shunt Trip
Notes
1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983
2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
3 Suitable for use with Class 1 ground fault sensing element
4 Not for use on four-pole
5 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only
6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Voltage Rating
(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2
12–24 Vac or Vdc S41 S42 S43 S44 SNT2P04K SNT2T04K
48–60 Vac or Vdc S49 S50 S51 S52 SNT2P06K SNT2T06K
110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc 3 S09 S10 S11 S12 SNT2P11K SNT2T11K
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S13 S14 S15 S16 SNT2P14K SNT2T14K
480–600 Vac S17 S18 S19 S20 SNT2P18K SNT2T18K
Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings
12–24 Vac or Vdc S45 S46 S47 S48 SNT2P04K SNT2T04K 4
48–60 Vac or Vdc S53 S54 S55 S56 SNT2P06K SNT2T06K 4
110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc 3 S29 S30 S31 S32 SNT2P11K SNT2T11K 4
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S33 S34 S35 S36 SNT2P14K SNT2T14K 4
480–600 Vac S37 S38 S39 S40 SNT2P18K SNT2T18K 4
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Voltage Rating
(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2
12–24 Vac or Vdc S41 S42 S43 S44 SNT3P04K SNT3T04K
48–60 Vac or Vdc S49 S50 S51 S52 SNT3P06K SNT3T06K
110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc 3 S09 S10 S11 S12 SNT3P11K SNT3T11K
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S13 S14 S15 S16 SNT3P14K SNT3T14K
480–600 Vac S17 S18 S19 S20 SNT3P18K SNT3T18K
Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 56
12–24 Vac or Vdc S45 S46 S47 S48 SNT3P04K SNT3T04K 4
48–60 Vac or Vdc S53 S54 S55 S56 SNT3P06K SNT3T06K 4
110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc 3 S29 S30 S31 S32 SNT3P11K SNT3T11K 4
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S33 S34 S35 S36 SNT3P14K SNT3T14K 4
480–600 Vac S37 S38 S39 S40 SNT3P18K SNT3T18K 4
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-421
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Shunt Trip
Notes
1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983
2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) three-pole trip units only
Voltage Rating
(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2
12–24 Vac or Vdc S01 S02 S03 S04 SNT4LP03K SNT4LT03K
48–60 Vac S05 S06 S07 S08 SNT4LP05K SNT4LT05K
48–60 Vdc S85 S86 S87  SNT4LP23K SNT4LT23K
110–240 Vac S09 S10 S11 S12 SNT4LP11K SNT4LT11K
110–125 Vdc S41 S42 S43 S44 SNT4LP26K SNT4LT26K
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S13 S14 S15 S16 SNT4LP14K SNT4LT14K
480–600 Vac S17 S18 S19 S20 SNT4LP18K SNT4LT18K
Right-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 3
12–24 Vac or Vdc S21 S22 S23 S24 SNT4RP03K SNT4RT03K
48–60 Vac S25 S26 S27 S28 SNT4RP05K SNT4RT05K
48–60 Vdc S88 S89 S90  SNT4RP23K SNT4RT23K
110–240 Vac S29 S30 S31 S32 SNT4RP11K SNT4RT11K
110–125 Vdc S45 S46 S47 S48 SNT4RP26K SNT4RT26K
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S33 S34 S35 S36 SNT4RP14K SNT4RT14K
480–600 Vac S37 S38 S39 S40 SNT4RP18K SNT4RT18K
V4-T2-422 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Shunt Trip
R-Frame Shunt Trip (RH Only)
Notes
1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983
2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
3 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices Marking label included with accessory kits
4 A maximum of two shunt trip plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker
Voltage Rating
(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2
9–24 Vac or Vdc S01 S02 S03 S04 SNT5LP03K SNT5LT03K
48–60 Vac S05 S06 S07 S08 SNT5LP05K SNT5LT05K
110–240 Vac 3 S09 S10 S11 S12 SNT5LP11K SNT5LT11K
110–125 Vdc S41 S42 S43 S44 SNT5LP26K SNT5LT26K
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S13 S14 S15 S16 SNT5LP14K SNT5LT14K
480–600 Vac S17 S18 S19 S20 SNT5LP18K SNT5LT18K
48–60 Vdc S21 S22 S23 S24 SNT5LP23K SNT5LT23K
Voltage Rating
(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Pigtail Leads
Suffix
Number 4
Catalog
Number 4
24 Vac or Vdc S21 SNT6P03K
48–60 Vac S25 SNT6P05K
110–240 Vac S29 SNT6P11K
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S33 SNT6P14K
480–600 Vac S37 SNT6P18K
48–60 Vdc S88 SNT6P23K
110–125 Vdc S45 SNT6P26K
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-423
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Low Energy Shunt Trip
Ordering Information
Select shunt trip catalog
number for the voltage within
the indicated voltage range
Shunt trip coils are designed
to be applied at specific AC or
DC voltages within the
voltage range shown
Electrical ratings are also
shown on applicable circuit
breaker accessory
nameplates
F-, J-, K-, L-, M-, N- and R-Frames and HMCPs Low Energy Shunt Trip 1
Notes
1 Cutoff provisions required in control circuit
2 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983
3 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
4 For F-Frame HMCP, add an “M” to beginning of catalog number Field Installation Kit referenced for factory use only,
not UL listed for field installation
5 For use with thermal-magnetic trip units only
6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole
Mounting
Positions
(Pole)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 2
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 3
Opposite
Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
F-Frame
Left NO1 NO2 NO3 NO4 LST1LPK 4 LST1LTK 4
Right 3 NO5 NO6 NO7 NO8 LST1RPK 4 LST1RTK 4
J-Frame
Left NO1 NO2 NO3  LST2LPK
Right 3 NO5 NO6 NO7  LST2RPK
K-Frame
Left 3 NO1 NO2 NO3  LST3LPK
Right 56 NO5 NO6 NO7  LST3RPK
L- and M-Frames
Left NO1 NO2 NO3  LST4LPK
Right NO5 NO6 NO7  LST4RPK
N-Frame
Left 3 NO1 NO2 NO3  LST5LPK
R-Frame
Right NO1    LST6RPK
Low Energy Shunt Trip
UV
V4-T2-424 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Ordering Information
Select handle reset
undervoltage release
mechanism catalog number
for the voltage within the
indicated voltage range
Undervoltage release
mechanism coils are
designed to be applied at
specific AC or DC voltages
within the voltage range
shown on applicable circuit
breaker accessory
nameplates
G-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (LH Three-Pole Only)
Notes
1 Includes 24-inch (6096 mm) external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (16–0010)
2 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker
3 Suitable for mounting in left pole only of three-pole breaker
G-Frame  are factory sealed Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory
Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819
Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed Accessory installation
should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected
Electrical Ratings
Style Numbers 123
Factory
Volts (AC Only) Frequency (Hz) Amperes Suffix
120 50/60 005 1373D62G03 T1
24 50/60 022 1373D62G04 T2
48 50/60 011 1373D62G05 T3
60 50/60 010 1373D62G06 T4
110 50 0049 1373D62G07 T5
208 60 0026 1373D62G08 T6
220 50 0025 1373D62G09 T7
240 50/60 0024 1373D62G10 T8
380 50 0015 1373D62G11 T9
415 50 0013 1373D62G12 T10
440 50 0012 1373D62G13 T11
480 60 001 1373D62G14 T12
Undervoltage Release
Mechanism
UV
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-425
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
F-Frame Factory Mounted (For F-Frame Breaker and F-Frame HMCP)
Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Notes
1 Standard pigtail lead exit location
2 Standard mounting location
3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker
F-Frame  are factory sealed Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory
Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819
Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed Accessory installation should be
done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected
Voltage Rating
(AC Freq = 50/60 Hz)
Connection Type and Location
18-Inch Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 1 Opposite Side Same Side
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings
12 Vac U01 U02 U03 U04
24 Vac U05 U06 U07 U08
48 Vac U37 U38 U39 U40
60 Vac U97 U98 U99 U100
110–127 Vac U13 U14 U15 U16
208–240 Vac U17 U18 U19 U20
380–480 Vac U21 U22 U23 U24
525–600 Vac U25 U26 U27 U28
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 23
12 Vac U49 U50 U51 U52
24 Vac U53 U54 U55 U56
48 Vac U85 U86 U87 U88
60 Vac U101 U102 U103 U104
110–127 Vac U61 U62 U63 U64
208–240 Vac U65 U66 U67 U68
380–480 Vac U69 U70 U71 U72
525–600 Vac U73 U74 U75 U76
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings
12 Vdc U29 U30 U31 U32
24 Vdc U33 U34 U35 U36
48 Vdc U37 U38 U39 U40
60 Vdc U97 U98 U99 U100
110–127 Vdc U41 U42 U43 U44
220–250 Vdc U45 U46 U47 U48
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 23
12 Vdc U77 U78 U79 U80
24 Vdc U81 U82 U83 U84
48 Vdc U85 U86 U87 U88
60 Vdc U101 U102 U103 U104
110–127 Vdc U89 U90 U91 U92
220–250 Vdc U93 U94 U95 U96
V4-T2-426 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
F-Frame Field Mounted Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Notes
1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation
2 Standard mounting location
3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker
Voltage Rating
(AC Freq = 50/60 Hz)
F-Frame Breaker F-Frame Breaker HMCP
Factory Installation Kits 1
Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings
12 Vac UVH1LP02K UVH1LT02K MUVH1LP02K MUVH1LT02K
24 Vac UVH1LP03K UVH1LT03K MUVH1LP03K MUVH1LT03K
48 Vac UVH1LP22K UVH1LT22K MUVH1LP22K MUVH1LT22K
60 Vac UVH1LP24K UVH1LT24K MUVH1LP24K MUVH1LT24K
110–127 Vac UVH1LP08K UVH1LT08K MUVH1LP08K MUVH1LT08K
208–240 Vac UVH1LP11K UVH1LT11K MUVH1LP11K MUVH1LT11K
380–480 Vac UVH1LP15K UVH1LT15K MUVH1LP15K MUVH1LT15K
525–600 Vac UVH1LP18K UVH1LT18K MUVH1LP18K MUVH1LT18K
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 23
12 Vac UVH1RP02K UVH1RT02K MUVH1RP02K MUVH1RT02K
24 Vac UVH1RP03K UVH1RT03K MUVH1RP03K MUVH1RT03K
48 Vac UVH1RP22K UVH1RT22K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RT22K
60 Vac UVH1RP24K UVH1RT24K MUVH1RP24K MUVH1RT24K
110–127 Vac UVH1RP08K UVH1RT08K MUVH1RP08K MUVH1RT08K
208–240 Vac UVH1RP11K UVH1RT11K MUVH1RP11K MUVH1RT11K
380–480 Vac UVH1RP15K UVH1RT15K MUVH1RP15K MUVH1RT15K
525–600 Vac UVH1RP18K UVH1RT18K MUVH1RP18K MUVH1RT18K
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings
12 Vdc UVH1LP20K UVH1LT20K MUVH1LP20K MUVH1LT20K
24 Vdc UVH1LP21K UVH1LT21K MUVH1LP21K MUVH1LT21K
48 Vdc UVH1LP22K UVH1LT22K MUVH1LP22K MUVH1LT22K
60 Vdc UVH1LP24K UVH1LT24K MUVH1LP24K MUVH1LT24K
110–127 Vdc UVH1LP26K UVH1LT26K MUVH1LP26K MUVH1LT26K
220–250 Vdc UVH1LP28K UVH1LT28K MUVH1LP28K MUVH1LT28K
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 23
12 Vdc UVH1RP20K UVH1RT20K MUVH1RP20K MUVH1RT20K
24 Vdc UVH1RP21K UVH1RT21K MUVH1RP21K MUVH1RT21K
48 Vdc UVH1RP22K UVH1RT22K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RT22K
60 Vdc UVH1RP22K UVH1RT22K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RT22K
110–127 Vdc UVH1RP26K UVH1RT26K MUVH1RP26K MUVH1RT26K
220–250 Vdc UVH1RP28K UVH1RT28K MUVH1RP28K MUVH1RT28K
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-427
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Notes
1 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton
2 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983
3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole
4 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
Voltage Rating
(AC Freq = 50/60 Hz)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 2
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads
Terminal
Block 1
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block 3
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 4
12 Vac U05 U06 U07 U08 UVH2LP02K UVH2LT02K
24 Vac U09 U10 U11 U12 UVH2LP03K UVH2LT03K
48–60 Vac U13 U14 U15 U16 UVH2LP05K UVH2LT05K
110–127 Vac U17 U18 U19 U20 UVH2LP08K UVH2LT08K
208–240 Vac U21 U22 U23 U24 UVH2LP11K UVH2LT11K
380–480 Vac U25 U26 U27 U28 UVH2LP15K UVH2LT15K
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 3
12 Vac U37 U38 U39 U40 UVH2RP02K UVH2RT02K
24 Vac U41 U42 U43 U44 UVH2RP03K UVH2RT03K
48–60 Vac U45 U46 U47 U48 UVH2RP05K UVH2RT05K
110–127 Vac U49 U50 U51 U52 UVH2RP08K UVH2RT08K
208–240 Vac U53 U54 U55 U56 UVH2RP11K UVH2RT11K
380–480 Vac U57 U58 U59 U60 UVH2RP15K UVH2RT15K
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 4
12 Vdc T01 T02 T03 T04 UVH2LP20K UVH2LT20K
24 Vdc T05 T06 T07 T08 UVH2LP21K UVH2LT21K
48–60 Vdc T09 T10 T11 T12 UVH2LP23K UVH2LT23K
110–127 Vdc T13 T14 T15 T16 UVH2LP26K UVH2LT26K
220–250 Vdc T17 T18 T19 T20 UVH2LP28K UVH2LT28K
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 3
12 Vdc T21 T22 T23 T24 UVH2RP20K UVH2RT20K
24 Vdc T25 T26 T27 T28 UVH2RP21K UVH2RT21K
48–60 Vdc T29 T30 T31 T32 UVH2RP23K UVH2RT23K
110–127 Vdc T33 T34 T35 T36 UVH2RP26K UVH2RT26K
220–250 Vdc T37 T38 T39 T40 UVH2RP28K UVH2RT28K
V4-T2-428 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Notes
1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983
2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
3 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only
4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker
5 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole
Voltage Rating
(AC Freq = 50/60 Hz)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads
Terminal
Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 2
12 Vac U05 U06 U07 U08 UVH3LP02K UVH3LT02K
24 Vac U09 U10 U11 U12 UVH3LP03K UVH3LT03K
48–60 Vac U13 U14 U15 U16 UVH3LP05K UVH3LT05K
110–127 Vac U17 U18 U19 U20 UVH3LP08K UVH3LT08K
208–240 Vac U21 U22 U23 U24 UVH3LP11K UVH3LT11K
380–480 Vac U25 U26 U27 U28 UVH3LP15K UVH3LT15K
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 345
12 Vac U37 U38 U39 U40 UVH3RP02K UVH3RT02K
24 Vac U41 U42 U43 U44 UVH3RP03K UVH3RT03K
48–60 Vac U45 U46 U47 U48 UVH3RP05K UVH3RT05K
110–127 Vac U49 U50 U51 U52 UVH3RP08K UVH3RT08K
208–240 Vac U53 U54 U55 U56 UVH3RP11K UVH3RT11K
380–480 Vac U57 U58 U59 U60 UVH3RP15K UVH3RT15K
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 2
12 Vdc T01 T02 T03 T04 UVH3LP20K UVH3LT20K
24 Vdc T05 T06 T07 T08 UVH3LP21K UVH3LT21K
48–60 Vdc T09 T10 T11 T12 UVH3LP23K UVH3LT23K
110–127 Vdc T13 T14 T15 T16 UVH3LP26K UVH3LT26K
220–250 Vdc T17 T18 T19 T20 UVH3LP28K UVH3LT28K
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 345
12 Vdc T21 T22 T23 T24 UVH3RP20K UVH3RT20K
24 Vdc T25 T26 T27 T28 UVH3RP21K UVH3RT21K
48–60 Vdc T29 T30 T31 T32 UVH3RP23K UVH3RT23K
110–127 Vdc T33 T34 T35 T36 UVH3RP26K UVH3RT26K
220–250 Vdc T37 T38 T39 T40 UVH3RP28K UVH3RT28K
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-429
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
L-, HMCP (L) and (M)-Frames and Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Notes
1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983
2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only
4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker
Voltage Rating
(AC Freq = 50/60 Hz)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads
Terminal
Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 2
12 Vac U05 U06 U07 U08 UVH4LP02K UVH4LT02K
24 Vac U09 U10 U11 U12 UVH4LP03K UVH4LT03K
48–60 Vac U13 U14 U15 U16 UVH4LP05K UVH4LT05K
110–127 Vac U17 U18 U19 U20 UVH4LP08K UVH4LT08K
208–240 Vac U21 U22 U23 U24 UVH4LP11K UVH4LT11K
380–480 Vac U25 U26 U27 U28 UVH4LP15K UVH4LT15K
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 34
12 Vac U37 U38 U39 U40 UVH4RP02K UVH4RT02K
24 Vac U41 U42 U43 U44 UVH4RP03K UVH4RT03K
48–60 Vac U45 U46 U47 U48 UVH4RP05K UVH4RT05K
110–127 Vac U49 U50 U51 U52 UVH4RP08K UVH4RT08K
208–240 Vac U53 U54 U55 U56 UVH4RP11K UVH4RT11K
380–480 Vac U57 U58 U59 U60 UVH4RP15K UVH4RT15K
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 2
12 Vdc T01 T02 T03 T04 UVH4LP20K UVH4LT20K
24 Vdc T05 T06 T07 T08 UVH4LP21K UVH4LT21K
48–60 Vdc T09 T10 T11 T12 UVH4LP23K UVH4LT23K
110–127 Vdc T13 T14 T15 T16 UVH4LP26K UVH4LT26K
220–250 Vdc T17 T18 T19 T20 UVH4LP28K UVH4LT28K
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 34
12 Vdc T21 T22 T23 T24 UVH4RP20K UVH4RT20K
24 Vdc T25 T26 T27 T28 UVH4RP21K UVH4RT21K
48–60 Vdc T29 T30 T31 T32 UVH4RP23K UVH4RT23K
110–127 Vdc T33 T34 T35 T36 UVH4RP26K UVH4RT26K
220–250 Vdc T37 T38 T39 T40 UVH4RP28K UVH4RT28K
V4-T2-430 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Undervoltage Release Mechanism
R-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (RH only)
Notes
1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983
2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker
3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations
4 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (082 mm2) Leads are orange and brown
Voltage Rating
(AC Freq = 50/60 Hz)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 2
12 Vac U05 U06 U07 U08 UVH5LP02K UVH5LT02K
24 Vac U09 U10 U11 U12 UVH5LP03K UVH5LT03K
48–60 Vac U13 U14 U15 U16 UVH5LP05K UVH5LT05K
110–127 Vac U17 U18 U19 U20 UVH5LP08K UVH5LT08K
208–240 Vac U21 U22 U23 U24 UVH5LP11K UVH5LT11K
380–480 Vac U25 U26 U27 U28 UVH5LP29K UVH5LT29K
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 2
12 Vdc T01 T02 T03 T04 UVH5LP20K UVH5LT20K
24 Vdc T05 T06 T07 T08 UVH5LP21K UVH5LT21K
48–60 Vdc T09 T10 T11 T12 UVH5LP23K UVH5LT23K
110–127 Vdc T13 T14 T15 T16 UVH5LP26K UVH5LT26K
220–250 Vdc T17 T18 T19 T20 UVH5LP28K UVH5LT28K
Voltage Rating
(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 3
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Leads Pigtail Leads
Suffix
Number 4
Catalog
Number 4
12 Vac U37 UVH6RP02K
24 Vac U41 UVH6RP03K
48–60 Vac U45 UVH6RP05K
110–127 Vac U49 UVH6RP08K
208–240 Vac U53 UVH6RP11K
380–500 Vac U57 UVH6RP29K
12 Vdc T21 UVH6RP20K
24 Vdc T25 UVH6RP21K
48–60 Vdc T29 UVH6RP23K
110–125 Vdc T33 UVH6RP26K
220–250 Vdc T37 UVH6RP28K
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-431
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame)
R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block 1
Number of Control Wires for Each Internally Mounted Accessory
PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 Only)
K-, L- and N-Frames
PowerNet Interlock Kit 2
Zone Interlock/Ground Kit 23
PowerNet and Zone Interlock/Ground Kit 23
Notes
1 One 24-point accessory terminal block provided with circuit breaker when ordered factory installed or shipped
from warehouse as separate item when ordered for field installation See Digitrip RMS master connection diagram
(IL 29C714)
2 Installation of these kits restrict any other attachments from being installed in the RH pole
3 Includes a ground fault alarm signal that can drive the ground fault alarm unit (catalog number GFAU)
Factory Installed Field Mounted
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Q01 TBRDK
Type of Accessory
Number of Contacts
per Single Accessory
Required Number
of Wires
Auxiliary switch 2a/2b
4a/4b
6
12
Alarm (Signal)/
Lockout switch
1m/1b
2m/2b
6
12
Shunt trip N/A 2
Low energy shunt N/A 2
Undervoltage release mechanism N/A 2
Circuit
Breaker
Factory Install
Suffix
Catalog
Number
K-Frame PN ICK550K
L-Frame PN ICK550L
N-Frame PN ICK550N
Circuit
Breaker
Factory Install
Suffix
Catalog
Number
K-Frame ZG ZGK550K
L-Frame ZG ZGK550L
N-Frame ZG ZGK550N
Circuit
Breaker
Factory Install
Suffix
Catalog
Number
K-Frame ZGP ZGPK550K
L-Frame ZGP ZGPK550L
N-Frame ZGP ZGPK550N
Accessory Terminal
Block (R-Frame)
PowerNet and Zone
Interlock Kits
V4-T2-432 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Technical Data and Specifications
Alarm Switch
F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12
J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 56
K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 67
L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data 67
N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 8
R-Frame Electrical Rating Data 9j
Auxiliary Switch
F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12
J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12
K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 25
L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data 2
N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 26
R-Frame Electrical Rating Data 78
Notes
1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations
2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations
3 Non-inductive load
4 Inductive (L/R = 0026)
5 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations
6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (082 mm2)
7 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations
8 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations
i Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations
j Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (082 mm2) Leads are red, black and blue
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
Multi-Pole
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 3 2500
250 DC 025 3 2500
Single-Pole
125/250 50/60 Hz 6 3 2000
28 DC 3 3 2000
28 DC 5 4 2000
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 3 2500
250 DC 025 3 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 3 2500
250 DC 025 3 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 3 2500
250 DC 025 3 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 3 2500
250 DC 025 3 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 3 2500
250 DC 025 3 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
125 3 50/60 Hz 1 2500
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 4 2500
250 DC 025 4 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 4 2500
250 DC 025 4 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 4 2500
250 DC 025 4 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 4 2500
250 DC 025 4 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 4 2500
250 DC 025 4 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
600 50/60 Hz 6
125 DC 050 4
250 DC 025 4
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-433
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12
J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 24
K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 24
L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data 25
N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 26
Notes
1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations
2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (082 mm2)
3 Non-inductive load
4 Endurance: 4000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations
5 Endurance: 1000 electrical operations plus 5000 mechanical operations
6 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 3 2200
250 DC 025 3 2200
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 3 2500
250 DC 025 3 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 3 2500
250 DC 025 3 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 3 2500
250 DC 025 3 2500
Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 050 3 2500
250 DC 025 3 2500
V4-T2-434 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Shunt Trip
F-Frame and HMCP Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data 123
Notes
1 Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds
2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds
3 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations
Catalog Number
Application Ratings Electrical Operating Ratings
One Minute Dielectric
Withstand Voltage (V)
Voltage
(V)
Frequency
(Hz)
Supply Voltage
(V)
Minimum Operating
Voltage (V)
Ip
(A)
Irms at
025 (A)
Irms at
033s (A) VA
SNT1LP03K or SNT1LT03K 12–24 50/60 9 63 61 43 40 1048
12 85 6 75
24 17 12 300
12–24 DC 12 9 8 100
24 16 400
SNT1LP08K or SNT1LT08K 48–127 50/60 48 336 27 19 92 1254
60 34 24 140
110 62 44 480
120 68 48 570
127 72 51 640
48–60 DC 48 336 21 100
60 26 160
SNT1LP12K or SNT1LT12K 208–380 50/60 208 146 12 025 180 1760
220 13 027 200
240 14 029 240
380 23 031 610
110–125 DC 110 77 05 55
120 055 66
125 057 71
SNT1LP18K or SNT1LT18K 415–600 50/60 400 280 11 077 310 2200
415 11 08 330
440 12 085 380
480 13 093 450
525 14 102 530
550 15 106 590
600 16 116 700
220–250 DC 220 154 048 110
250 055 140
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-435
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data 123
Notes
1 Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds
2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds
3 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations
Catalog Number
Application Ratings Electrical Operating Ratings
One Minute Dielectric
Withstand Voltage (V)
Voltage
(V)
Frequency
(Hz)
Supply Voltage
(V)
Minimum Operating
Voltage (V)
Ip
(A)
Irms at
025 (A)
Irms at
033s (A) VA
SNT2P04K or SNT2T04K 12–24 50/60 12 9 177 126 164 1048
24 383 274 631
12–24 DC 12 9 73 87
24 169 405
SNT2P06K or SNT2T06K 48–60 50/60 48 36 244 173 830 1120
60 301 213 1280
48–60 DC 48 36 148 710
60 184 1105
SNT2P11K or SNT2T11K 110–240 50/60 110 60 09 06 66 1480
120 1 07 84
127 11 08 102
208 24 17 354
220 26 18 396
240 26 18 432
110–125 DC 110 60 1 112
120 11 138
125 12 150
SNT2P14K or SNT2T14K 380–440 50/60 380 285 034 025 127 1880
400 038 027 150
415 04 029 163
440 044 031 188
220–250 DC 220 165 019 40
250 022 58
SNT2P18K or SNT2T18K 480–600 50/60 480 360 013 007 34 2200
525 013 008 42
550 013 009 50
600 014 01 60
V4-T2-436 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data 123
Notes
1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds
2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 8 milliseconds
3 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations
Catalog Number
Application Ratings Electrical Operating Ratings
One Minute Dielectric
Withstand Voltage (V)
Voltage
(V)
Frequency
(Hz)
Supply Voltage
(V)
Minimum Operating
Voltage (V)
Ip
(A)
Irms at
025 (A)
Irms at
033s (A) VA
SNT3P04K or SNT3T04K 12–24 50/60 12 9 177 126 164 1048
24 383 274 631
12–24 DC 12 9 73 87
24 169 405
SNT3P06K or SNT3T06K 48–60 50/60 48 36 244 173 830 1120
60 301 213 1280
48–60 DC 48 36 148 710
60 184 1105
SNT3P11K or SNT3T11K 110–240 50/60 110 60 13 09 100 1480
120 14 1 120
127 15 11 140
208 28 2 420
220 3 21 470
240 32 23 550
110–125 DC 110 82 1 110
120 11 130
125 12 140
SNT3P14K or SNT3T14K 380–440 50/60 380 285 037 025 95 1880
400 039 027 108
415 042 029 120
440 044 031 136
220–250 DC 220 165 019 41
250 022 54
SNT3P18K or SNT3T18K 480–600 50/60 480 360 011 008 40 2200
525 013 009 50
550 013 009 50
600 016 012 70
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-437
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
L-Frame and HMCP (L) and M-Frame Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data 123
Notes
1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds
2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds
3 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations
Catalog Number
Application Ratings Electrical Operating Ratings
One Minute Dielectric
Withstand Voltage (V)
Voltage
(V)
Frequency
(Hz)
Supply Voltage
(V)
Minimum Operating
Voltage (V)
Ip
(A)
Irms at
025 (A)
Irms at
033s (A) VA
SNT4P03K or SNT4T03K 12–24 50/60 9 63 72 51 46 1048
12 116 82 98
24 286 202 485
12–24 DC 9 63 85 75
12 86 103
24 174 418
SNT4P05K SNT4T05K 48–60 50/60 48 34 072 051 82 1120
60 12 084 126
SNT4P11K or SNT4T11K 110–240 50/60 110 77 089 063 69 1480
120 103 073 88
127 11 08 102
208 23 16 333
220 24 17 374
240 26 18 432
SNT4P14K or SNT4T14K 380–440 50/60 380 266 03 021 80 1880
400 034 024 96
415 035 025 104
440 038 027 119
220–250 DC 220 154 034 75
250 034 85
SNT4P18K or SNT4T18K 480–600 50/60 480 336 007 005 24 2200
525 008 006 32
550 009 007 39
600 011 008 48
SNT4P23K SNT4T23K 48–60 DC 48 34 076 36 1120
60 095 57
SNT4P26K or SNT4T26K 110–125 DC 110 77 042 46 1250
120 043 52
125 044 55
V4-T2-438 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data 123
Notes
1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds
2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds
3 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations
Catalog Number
Application Ratings Electrical Operating Ratings
One Minute Dielectric
Withstand Voltage (V)
Voltage
(V)
Frequency
(Hz)
Supply Voltage
(V)
Minimum Operating
Voltage (V)
Ip
(A)
Irms at
025 (A)
Irms at
033s (A) VA
SNT5LP03K or SNT5LT03K 9–24 50/60 9 63 72 51 46 1048
12 116 82 98
24 28 198 475
9–24 DC 9 72 88 79
12 121 145
24 254 610
SNT5LP05K SNT5LT05K 48–60 50/60 48 34 24 17 82 1120
60 3 21 126
SNT5LP11K or SNT5LT11K 110–240 50/60 110 77 086 061 67 1480
120 098 069 83
127 11 075 95
208 23 16 333
220 24 17 374
240 26 18 432
SNT5LP14K or SNT5LT14K 380–440 50/60 380 266 028 02 76 1880
400 031 022 88
415 033 023 95
440 035 025 110
220–250 DC 220 154 021 46
250 022 55
SNT5LP18K or SNT5LT18K 480–600 50/60 480 336 006 004 19 2200
525 008 006 32
550 008 006 33
600 01 007 42
SNT5LP23K SNT5LT23K 48–60 DC 48 34 14 67 1120
60 17 102
SNT5LP26K or SNT5LT26K 110–125 DC 110 77 11 121 1250
120 12 144
125 12 150
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-439
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
R-Frame Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data 123456
Notes
1 Approximate unlatching time of 6 milliseconds
2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 62 milliseconds, at rated voltage
3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations and 2500 mechanical operations
4 Shunt trip can be operated up to a maximum of six times per minute
5 Maximum operating voltage110% of maximum voltage range rating
6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (082 mm2) Leads are yellow and white
Catalog Number
Application Ratings Electrical Operating Ratings
One Minute Dielectric
Withstand Voltage (V)
Voltage
(V)
Frequency
(Hz)
Supply Voltage
(V)
Minimum Operating
Voltage (V)
Ip
(A)
Irms at
025 (A)
Irms at
033s (A) VA
SNT6P03K 24 50/60 24 168 361 255 612 1050
24 DC 24 168 165 396
SNT6P05K 48–60 50/60 48 34 119 84 403 1120
60 157 111 666
SNT6P11K 110–240 50/60 110 60 509 36 396 1480
120 566 4 480
127 594 42 533
208 102 72 1498
220 105 74 1628
240 112 79 1896
SNT6P14K 380–440 50/60 380 266 594 42 1596 2200
400 623 44 1760
415 651 46 1909
440 693 49 2156
220–250 DC 220 154 17 374 1500
250 19 475
SNT6P18K 480–600 50/60 480 336 068 048 230 2200
525 078 055 289
550 079 056 308
600 091 064 384
SNT6P23K 48–60 DC 48 34 71 341 1120
60 88 258
SNT6P26K 110–125 DC 110 77 24 264 1250
120 26 312
125 28 350
V4-T2-440 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Undervoltage Release Mechanism
F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 1
J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 23
Notes
1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations
2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations
3 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton
50/60 Hz DC
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
VA
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
Minimum Maximum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum VA
12 42 63 76 13 12 42 84 102 28
12 42 63 76 25 12 42 84 102 28
24 84 168 204 14 24 84 168 204 16
48 210 336 408 12 48 210 336 408 13
60 210 336 408 19 60 210 336 408 20
110 445 770 935 13 110 445 770 935 15
120 445 770 935 15 120 445 770 935 17
127 445 770 935 17 125 445 770 935 19
208 840 1456 1768 22 220 875 1540 1870 26
220 840 1456 1768 24 250 875 1540 1870 34
240 840 1456 1768 29     
380 1680 2660 3230 29     
415 1680 2660 3230 35     
440 1680 2660 3230 39     
480 1680 2660 3230 46     
525 2100 3670 4460 43     
550 2100 3670 4460 48     
600 2100 3670 4460 58     
50/60 Hz DC
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
VA
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
Minimum Maximum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum VA
12 42 84 102 19 12 42 84 102 16
24 84 168 204 39 24 84 168 204 31
48 210 336 408 25 48 210 336 408 20
60 210 336 408 38 60 210 336 408 31
110 445 770 935 18 110 445 770 935 16
120 445 770 935 21 120 445 770 935 19
127 445 770 935 24 125 445 770 935 22
208 840 1456 1768 27 220 875 1540 1870 31
220 840 1456 1768 31 250 875 1540 1870 40
240 840 1456 1768 38     
380 1680 2660 3230 34     
415 1680 2660 3230 40     
440 1680 2660 3230 46     
480 1680 2660 3230 54     
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-441
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 1
L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data 1
Note
1 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations
50/60 Hz DC
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
VA
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
Minimum Maximum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum VA
12 42 84 102 19 12 42 84 102 16
24 84 168 204 39 24 84 168 204 31
48 210 336 408 25 48 210 336 408 20
60 210 336 408 38 60 210 336 408 31
110 445 770 935 18 110 445 770 935 16
120 445 770 935 21 120 445 770 935 19
127 445 770 935 24 125 445 770 935 22
208 840 1456 1768 27 220 875 1540 1870 31
220 840 1456 1768 31 250 875 1540 1870 40
240 840 1456 1768 38     
380 1680 2660 3230 34     
415 1680 2660 3230 40     
440 1680 2660 3230 46     
480 1680 2660 3230 54     
50/60 Hz DC
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
VA
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
Minimum Maximum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum VA
12 42 84 102 19 12 42 84 102 16
24 84 168 204 39 24 84 168 204 31
48 210 336 408 25 48 210 336 408 20
60 210 336 408 38 60 210 336 408 31
110 445 770 935 18 110 445 770 935 16
120 445 770 935 21 120 445 770 935 19
127 445 770 935 24 125 445 770 935 22
208 840 1456 1768 27 220 875 1540 1870 31
220 840 1456 1768 31 250 875 1540 1870 40
240 840 1456 1768 38     
380 1680 2660 3230 34     
415 1680 2660 3230 40     
440 1680 2660 3230 46     
480 1680 2660 3230 54     
V4-T2-442 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 1
Note
1 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations
50/60 Hz DC
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
VA
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
Minimum Maximum Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum VA
12 42 84 102 19 12 42 84 102 16
24 84 168 204 39 24 84 168 204 31
48 210 336 408 25 48 210 336 408 20
60 210 336 408 38 60 210 336 408 31
110 445 770 935 18 110 445 770 935 16
120 445 770 935 21 120 445 770 935 19
127 445 770 935 24 125 445 770 935 22
208 840 1456 1768 27 220 875 1540 1870 31
220 840 1456 1768 31 220 875 1540 1870
240 840 1456 1768 38 250    40
380 1750 2660 3230 34     
415 1750 2660 3230 40     
480 1750 2660 3230 46     
500 1750 2660 3230 54     
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-443
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
R-Frame AC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings 12
R-Frame DC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings 12
Notes
1 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations
2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (082 mm2) Leads are orange and brown
3 UVR will override a momentary voltage dip up to the response time shown
4 Unlatching occurs 1 millisecond before circuit breaker contacts begin to separate
5 For 1 minute
Catalog
Suffix
Application
Ratings Electrical Operating Ratings Approximate Operating Time (ms)
Voltage
(V)
Supply
Voltage
(V)
Dropout Voltage (V) Pickup
Voltage
(V) Max VA
Minimum
UVR
Response 3
Initiation
Circuit Breaker
Contact Separation 4
Maximum Circuit
Breaker
Contact Opening
Dielectric
Withstand
Minimum Maximum Voltage (V) 5
02/02K 12 12 42 84 102 23 5 46 77 1024
03/03K 24 24 84 168 204 31 5 46 77 1048
05/05K 48–60 48 210 335 408 34 5 46 77 1120
60 210 335 408 60 5 46 77 1120
08/08K 110–127 110 445 770 935 33 5 46 77 1254
120 445 770 935 36 5 46 77 1254
127 445 770 935 38 5 46 77 1254
11/11K 208–240 208 840 1456 1768 42 5 46 77 1480
220 840 1456 1768 66 5 46 77 1480
240 840 1456 1768 72 5 46 77 1480
29/29K 380–500 380 1680 2660 3230 38 5 46 77 2000
415 1680 2660 3230 83 5 46 77 2000
440 1680 2660 3230 88 5 46 77 2000
480 1680 2660 3230 96 5 46 77 2000
500 1680 2660 3230 100 5 46 77 2000
Catalog
Suffix
Application
Ratings Electrical Operating Ratings Approximate Operating Time (ms)
Voltage
(V)
Supply
Voltage
(V)
Dropout Voltage (V) Pickup
Voltage
(V) Max VA
Minimum
UVR
Response 3
Initiation
Circuit Breaker
Contact Separation 4
Maximum Circuit
Breaker
Contact Opening
Dielectric
Withstand
Minimum Maximum Voltage (V) 5
20/20K 12 12 42 84 102 34 5 46 77 1024
21/21K 24 24 84 168 204 43 5 46 77 1048
23/23K 48–60 48 210 335 408 48 5 46 77 1120
60 210 335 408 72 5 46 77 1120
26/26K 110–127 110 438 770 935 33 5 46 77 1250
120 438 770 935 36 5 46 77 1250
125 438 770 935 38 5 46 77 1250
28/28K 220–250 220 875 1540 1870 66 5 46 77 1500
250 875 1540 1870 75 5 46 77 1500
V4-T2-444 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Series C External Accessories

Product Overview V4-T2-254
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-255
Quick Reference V4-T2-256
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-408
Internal AccessoriesV4-T2-411
External Accessories
Product Selection V4-T2-448
AccessoriesV4-T2-466
Technical Data and Specifications V4-T2-467
DimensionsV4-T2-468
External Accessories
Product Overview
End Cap Kit
The end cap kit slides onto
the line or load conductor of
the circuit breaker and acts as
a threaded adapter for the
conductor to accept a ring
terminal or other bolt-on
connector The end cap kit
is available with English and
metric thread sizes (Field
installation only) Listed per
UL File E7819
Keeper Nut
The keeper nut slides onto
the line or load conductor of
the circuit breaker and acts as
a threaded adapter for the
conductor to accept a ring
terminal or other bolt-on
connector The keeper nut
is available with English and
metric thread sizes Screws
and washers are supplied by
customer (Field installation
only) Listed per UL File
E7819
L-, M-, N-Frames
Not required Terminals are
threaded
J-Frame Plug Nut
The plug nut is used in
applications where screwconnected ring-type terminals
are preferred to connect
cables to circuit breaker
conductors The plug nut is
press-fit into the opening in
the circuit breaker terminal
conductor Screws and
washers are supplied by
customer
Terminal Adapter
Control Wire Terminal Kit
The control wire terminal kit
provides a means to tap off
control power from a main
disconnect, using the
provided male end of a quick
disconnect
For use with steel or stainless
steel terminals only
Note: Terminal Kits contain one
terminal for each pole and one
terminal cover
Multiwire Connectors
Eaton’s field-installed
multiwire connectors for the
load side (OFF) end terminals
are used to distribute the load
from the circuit breaker to
multiple devices without the
use of separate distribution
terminal blocks
Multiwire lug kits include
mounting hardware,
insulators and tin-plated
aluminum connectors to
replace three mechanical
load lugs UL listed as used
on the load side (OFF) end
Terminal Shields
Terminal shields provide
protection against accidental
contact with live line side
terminations Terminal
shields are fabricated from
high dielectric insulating
material and fasten over
the front terminal access
openings Small openings in
the shields provide limited
access to the terminals for
tightening connectors
(Field installation only)
Rear Fed Terminals
Rear fed terminals allow
the cable to connect to the
breaker from the back instead
of the top Terminal shields or
interphase barriers are
included with each rear fed
terminal kit (depending on
frame size) When catalog
number starts with a 3, it
indicates a kit with three
terminals in each kit Catalog
number beginning with a TA
indicates one terminal
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-445
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Terminal End Covers
The terminal end covers are
designed for use in motor
control center applications
where, because of confined
spaces, line side conductors
are normally custom fitted
The molded end covers are
made of high dielectric glasspolyester and slide over the
line ends of the circuit
breaker Close fitting
conductor openings are
molded into the end covers
The end cover and circuit
breaker case fit together to
form terminal compartments
that isolate discharged
ionizing gases during circuit
breaker tripping Terminal end
covers are available with two
conductor opening diameters,
025-inch (64 mm) and 041-
inch (104 mm), and are listed
per UL File E7819 (Field
installation only)
Interphase Barriers
The interphase barriers
provide additional electrical
clearance between circuit
breaker poles for special
termination applications The
barriers are high dielectric
insulating plates that are
installed in the molded slots
between the terminals (Field
installation only) Two per
package
Base Mounting Plate
Suitable for mounting six
single-pole
DIN Rail Adapter
For use with standard 35 mm
DIN rail such as, 35 x 75 or
35 x 15 mm per DIN
EN50022
Adapter mounting screws
included are for use with twoand three-pole circuit
breakers Adapters for singlepole  clip into
the base molding
Key Operated Attachment
Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)
Non-Padlockable Handle Block
The non-padlockable handle
block secures the circuit
breaker handle in either the
ON or OFF position (Trip-free
operation allows the circuit
breaker to trip when the
handle block holds the circuit
breaker handle in the ON
position) The device is
positioned over the circuit
breaker handle and secured
by a setscrew to deter
accidental operation of the
circuit breaker handle Listed
per UL File E7819 (Field
installation only)
Padlockable Handle
Padlockable Handle Lock
The device is positioned in
the cover opening to prevent
handle movement Will
accommodate one 5/16-inch
(8 mm) padlock
Snap-on Padlockable Handle
Lock Hasp
The snap-on padlockable
handle lock allows the handle
to be locked in the OFF or ON
position (Trip-free operation
allows the circuit breaker to
trip when the handle lock
holds the circuit breaker
handle in the ON position)
This device was designed
for use on the single-pole
circuit breaker, but may be
used on one-, two-, threeand four-pole styles The
handle lock snaps onto the
escutcheon area of the
handle with an optional
retaining screw for added
secureness The handle
lock will accommodate
one padlock with a 1/4-inch
(64 mm) shackle Listed per
UL File E7819 (Field
installation only)
Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp
The padlockable handle lock
hasp allows the handle to
be locked in the ON or OFF
position (Trip-free operation
allows the circuit breaker to
trip when the handle lock
holds the circuit breaker
handle in the ON position)
The hasp mounts on the
circuit breaker cover within
the trimline The cover is
predrilled on both sides of the
operating handle so that the
hasp can be mounted on
either side of the handle
The hasp will accommodate
up to three padlocks with
1/4-inch (64 mm) shackles,
one per circuit breaker
Listed per UL File E7819
(Field installation only)
Cylinder Lock
The cylinder lock internally
blocks the trip bar in the
tripped position to prevent
the circuit breaker from
being switched to ON
The cylinder lock is factory
installed in the left pole only
of the circuit breaker cover
Other internally mounted
accessories cannot be
installed in the same
pole as the cylinder lock
(Factory installation only)
Key Interlock Kit
(Lock Not Included)
The key interlock is used to
externally lock the circuit
breaker handle in the OFF
position When the key
interlock is locked, an
extended deadbolt blocks
movement of the circuit
breaker handle Uniquely
coded keys are removable
only with the deadbolt
extended Each coded key
controls a group of circuit
breakers for a given specific
customer installation
The key interlock assembly is
Underwriters Laboratories
listed for field installation
under UL File E7819 and
consists of a mounting kit
and a purchaser supplied
deadbolt lock The mounting
kit comprises a mounting
plate, which is secured to the
circuit breaker cover in either
the left- or right-pole position,
key interlock mounting
screws, and a wire seal
Specific mounting kits are
required for individual key
interlock types
Sliding Bar Interlock
The sliding bar interlock
provides mechanical
interlocking between two
adjacent three-pole circuit
breakers It is installed on the
enclosure cover between the
 When the
sliding bar interlock handle
is moved from one side to the
other, a bar extends to
alternately block movement
of the circuit breaker handles
and prevents both circuit
breakers from being switched
to ON at the same time
Sliding bar interlocks are
not UL listed (Field
installation only)
Walking Beam Interlock
The walking beam Interlock
provides mechanical
interlocking between two
adjacent  of
the same pole configuration
The walking beam interlock
mounts on a bracket behind
and between the circuit
breakers A plunger on each
end of the beam is inserted
through an access hole in the
back plate and base of each
circuit breaker The walking
beam interlock prevents both
 from being
switched ON at the same
time If a walking beam
interlock is installed, the
wiring troughs in the back
of the circuit breaker case
are blocked by the plungers
and cannot be used for cross
wiring Factory modified
 are required
for this application UL
File E38116
Electrical Operator
The electrical (solenoid)
operator is a single solenoid
mechanism that enables local
and remote circuit breaker
ON, OFF, and reset
switching The electrical
operator is mounted on the
circuit breaker cover within
the trimline of the circuit
breaker The electrical
operator uses a unique
bi-stable latch that allows
the device to operate using
one solenoid The accessory
provides high-speed
switching with a maximum
operating time of 5 cycles
(80 mS), making it suitable
for generator synchronizing
applications
Means are provided for
remote electrical operation
and for local manual
operation A special slide
includes provisions for
padlocking the circuit breaker
handle in the OFF position
The slide will accept three
padlock shackles with a
maximum diameter of
1/4-inch (64 mm) each
An interlock electrically
disconnects the solenoid
when the electrical operator
cover is removed The rating
data tables provide electrical
rating data for the electrical
(solenoid) operator
V4-T2-446 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
The electrical (motor) operator
allows the circuit’s breaker to
be opened, closed or reset
remotely It also has a lock-off
capability and provisions for
manual operation
The electrical (motor)
operator contains a reversible
motor connected to a ball
screw The ball screw drives
the circuit breaker handle
Limit switches and relays are
used to control the motor
Plug-In Adapters
Plug-in adapters simplify
installation and front removal
ofIndividual
line and load plug-in
adapters are available for
rear connection applications
on two-, three-, and four-pole
 Common
mounting plates for lineand load-end adapters
are available
One plug-in adapter kit is
required for line-end and
one for load-end
Plug-in adapters are
UL approved unless
otherwise noted
Rear Connecting Studs
Rear connecting studs are
available in several sizes to
accommodate specific fixedmounted circuit breaker
applications
Each rear connecting stud
assembly consists of one stud
and one tube To maintain
proper clearances between
poles, select alternate long
and short stud assemblies for
 with more
than one pole One assembly
is required for line-end and
one for load-end of each pole
Tubes must be ordered
separately Connecting studs
are available only with English
thread sizes
Note: Not UL listed
Panelboard Connecting Straps
Panelboard connecting straps
are used to connect the
circuit breaker terminals to
the panelboard bus The
panelboard connecting straps
are available with various
ratings for outside and center
poles (Field installation only)
Panelboard connecting straps
are available to meet the
needs of most standard
panelboard applications
Style numbers for mounting
brackets for CDP panelboard
installations are also included
Note: Not UL listed Refer to
panelboard manufacturer for
compatibility
Type LFD Current Limiter
The LFD current limiter is an
accessory that bolts to the
load end of a standard FDB or
FD thermal-magnetic circuit
breaker, providing 200,000 A
interrupting capacity at up to
600 Vac LFD current limiters
for thermal-magnetic and
electronic
are listed with Underwriters
Laboratories under File
E47239
Ground Fault Alarm Unit
The ground fault alarm unit is
a remotely mounted device
with a combination indicating
light/test button that will light
when the breaker trips or
alarms on ground fault The
ground fault alarm unit
requires a separate 120 Vac
power source to power the
light and the internal relay,
which has 1NO and 1NC
contacts for remote indication
The ground fault alarm unit
can be panel mounted for
ordering with an optional face
mounting bracket For use on
Digitrip 310 only, K- through NFrame
IQ Energy Sentinel
The IQ Energy Sentinel
is a highly accurate,
microprocessor-based,
breaker-mounted device
designed to monitor power
and energy readings It
represents an alternative to
watt meters, watt-hour
meters, and watt demand
meters Key advantages
include savings in space,
lower installation costs, and
remote monitoring capability
The IQ Energy Sentinel
mounts on the load side
of a Series C F-Frame
(150 ampere) circuit breaker
It can be applied on threephase, four-wire systems,
or single-phase, three-wire
systems with voltage
connected through
Phases A and C
For more information, see
Descriptive Bulletin 8178
Potential Transformer Module
The potential transformer
module is required for the
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to
provide a voltage input to
allow the trip unit to monitor
power and energy as well as
power factor The potential
transformer module is a 6 VA
transformer with a primary
voltage input of up to 600 volt
line to line Three 01 ampere
fuses are provided on the
primary of the transformer
and can be used for isolation
purposes during dielectric
testing The device is
normally panel mounted
and can feed up to 16 OPTIM
trip units
Solid-State (Electronic) Portable
Test Kit
The solid-state (electronic)
portable test kit provides
verification of performance
of all ratings of Digitrip 310
electronic trip units installed
in  while in
service under varying load
and/or phase imbalance The
test kit operates on 120-volt,
50/60 Hz power; it includes
complete instructions and test
times for testing long time,
short time/instantaneous
operation and optional
ground fault operation of
the circuit breaker
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-447
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Breaker Interface Module (BIM)
The Breaker Interface Module
(BIM) is a panel mounted
user interface device that is
mounted on the front of an
electrical assembly or at a
remote location The BIM is
used to access, configure,
test and display information
for OPTIM trip units and other
devices The BIM consists of
four display windows, eight
function buttons, 18 LEDs,
and a graphical time/current
curve to provide breaker
status, operational
information, protection
status and energy monitoring
A 24 Vdc power supply is
required to provide power
to the BIM This is supplied
by the switchboard builder
to Eaton’s specifications
The BIM is a member of
Eaton’s PowerNet family of
communicating devices that
connects OPTIM trip units,
Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip
units and energy sentinels
as a subnetwork system
The BIM can also be
connected to a main
network via a PONI module
to PowerNet software
Digitrip OPTIMizer
The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a
hand-held programmer that
is used to access, configure,
test and display information
from OPTIM trip units The
OPTIMizer plugs into the
front of an OPTIM trip unit via
an eight-pin telephone jack
and is powered by a nine-volt
battery or the auxiliary power
module One highlighted
feature is the “Copy” and
“Download” commands
Setting up multiple OPTIM
trips can be finished in
minutes and with no errors
An Auxiliary Power Module
connection provides a trip test
when control power is not
present at the breaker The
OPTIMizer is supplied as a
standard package to include
the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery
and carrying case The
auxiliary power module
is optional
Auxiliary Power Module
The auxiliary power module
is a power supply requiring
120 Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz
that provides a 32 Vdc output
The auxiliary power module
provides control power for
testing an OPTIM trip unit
when other means of control
power is not available or
for continuous OPTIMizer
operation versus temporary
with a battery The auxiliary
power module connects
into the top of the Digitrip
OPTIMizer via a keyed
receptacle The main
application for the auxiliary
power module would be for
the testing of a standalone
non-communicating OPTIM
breaker that ordinarily would
not have control power
Cause of Trip Display/Remote
Mount Cause of Trip Display
The Cause of Trip Display
can be field-installed on any
Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit
The device provides breaker
information through an LCD
screen, such as cause of trip,
phrase current, ground current
and low loads The display
is ideal for troubleshooting
common trips such as
ground fault, long delay, and
instantaneous/short delay
The DIGIVIEW version will
provide a local display at the
breaker without additional
wiring by connecting directly
onto the trip unit The
DIGIVIEWR06 version has a
6 foot cable that allows users
to mount the display on the
outside of an enclosure door
and connect to the trip unit
that is contained inside
the enclosure
Cause of Trip LED Module
The Cause of Trip LED
Module can be field-installed
on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip
unit The device provides a
cause of trip indication via
LED The Cause of Trip LED
Module connects directly
onto the trip unit When the
breaker trips, the module
indicates the cause of trip
(long delay, short delay,
instantaneous and ground)
via LED indication The
module is reset after the
breaker is reset
Note: The OPTIMizer can work
off of 32 Vdc control power,
although 24 Vdc is the standard
on OPTIM breakers
V4-T2-448 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Product Selection
Termination HardwareEnd Cap Kit
End Cap Kit
Termination HardwareKeeper Nut
F-Frame Keeper Nut
K-Frame Keeper Nut
Note
L-, M-, N-Frames not required Terminals are threaded
Thread
Type
Thread
Size
Catalog
Number
Two-Pole F-Frame (225 A)
Imperial 10–32 KPEK12
Metric M–5 KPEKM12
Three-Pole F-Frame (225 A)
Imperial 10–32 KPEK1
Metric M–5 KPEKM1
Four-Pole F-Frame (225 A)
Imperial 10–32 KPEK14
Metric M–5 KPEKM14
Three-Pole J-Frame
Imperial 0312–18 KPEK2
Metric M–8 KPEKM2
Four-Pole J-Frame
Imperial 0312–18 KPEK24
Metric M–8 KPEKM24
Three-Pole K-Frame
Imperial 0312–18 KPEK3
Metric M–8 KPEKM3
Four-Pole K-Frame
Imperial 0312–18 KPEK34
Metric M–8 KPEKM34
Three-Pole L-Frame
Imperial 0312-18 KPEK4
Metric M-8 KPEKM4
Four-Pole L-Frame
Imperial 0312–18 KPEK44
Metric M–8 KPEKM44
Thread
Type
Thread
Size
Catalog Number
Package of 12
(Priced Individually)
Imperial 10–32 KPR1A
Metric M–5 KPR1AM
Thread
Type
Thread
Size
Line/Load
End
Catalog Number
Package of 3
Imperial 0375–16 Line KPR3A
Load KPR3B
Metric M–8 Line KPR3AM
Load KPR3BM
End Cap Kit
F-Frame Keeper Nut
K-Frame Keeper Nut
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-449
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Termination Hardware
J-Frame Plug Nut
K-Frame Terminal Adapter 1
F-Frame Ordering Information
Terminals must be ordered separately Priced individually
F-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit 2
J- and K-Frame Ordering Information
Terminals must be ordered separately Priced individually
J- and K-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit
L-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit
Notes
1 K-Frame terminal adapter for use in replacing LB/DA breakers
2 Not for use with T250KB terminals
3 Individually packed
4 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover
5 Two-pole kit
6 Three-pole kit
7 Four-pole kit
Thread
Type
Thread
Size
Catalog Number
Package of 6
Imperial 0250–20 PLN2
Metric M–6 PLN2M
Line/Load End
Catalog
Number
Line and load TAD3
Description
Maximum
Amperes
Compatible
Terminals
Catalog
Number
Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs 150 3T100FB, 3T150FB FCWTK
225 3TA225FD, 3TA225FDM FCWTK225
Description
Catalog
Number
Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs KCWTK
AWG Wire
Range/Number Conductors
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Catalog
Number
Al/Cu
3/0–350 kcmil (2)
95–150 TA602LDCW 3
Cu
250–350 kcmil (2)
120–250 T602LDCW 3
Al/Cu
400–500 kcmil (2)
185–240 2TA603LDKCW 45
Al/Cu
400–500 kcmil (2)
185–240 3TA603LDKCW 46
Al/Cu
400–500 kcmil (2)
185–240 4TA603LDKCW 47
J-Frame Plug Nut
K-Frame Terminal
Adapter
F-Frame Kit
J- and K-Frame Kit
V4-T2-450 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Termination Hardware
G-Frame Control Wire Terminal
Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)
Rear Fed Terminals
Base Mounting Hardware
Ordering Information
Hardware for surface mounting of  is supplied only on request Hardware consists of
mounting screws and lockwashers Order hardware for circuit breaker pole configurations as required
Mounting Hardware
Notes
1 When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit
Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal
2 GD breakers require special tapping for multiwire lugs, as described in the IL or use with standard aluminum collars
Description
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Control wire terminal (kit of 12) 5652B38G01 GCWTK
Maximum
Amperes
Wires per
Terminal
Wire Size
Range AWG Cu
Kit Catalog
Number 1
G-Frame 2
100 3 14–2 3TA100G3K
6 14–6 3TA100G6K
F-Frame
225 3 14–2 3TA150F3K
6 14–6 3TA150F6K
J-Frame
250 3 14–2 3TA250J3K
6 14–6 3TA250J6K
K-Frame
400 3 14–2/0 3TA400K3K
6 14–3 3TA400K6K
Frame
Maximum
Amperes
Wire Size
Range AWG Cu
Catalog
Number 1
FD 150 14–4/0 TA150FDRF
150 14–4/0 3TA150FDRF
225 6–300 kcmil TA225FDRF
225 6–300 kcmil 3TA225FDRF
KD 400 250–500 kcmil TA350KRF
400 250–500 kcmil 3TA350KRF
MDL 800 3/0 MAX (3) TA800MDLRF
800 3/0 MAX (3) 3TA800MDLRF
Screw Length in Inches (mm)
Catalog
Number
G-Frame
0138–32 x 263 (35 x 667 mm) Std 624B375G23
0138–32 x 300 (35 x 762 mm) 8703C80G05
Multiwire Connectors
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-451
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Imperial Thread Mounting Hardware
Metric Thread Mounting Hardware
Note
1 One set of hardware for two
Number
of Poles Description
Type of
Mounting
Catalog
Number
F-Frame
1 0164-32 x 3188-inch pan-head steel screws, lockwashers and clamps Individual 624B375G01
Group 1 624B375G02
2 0164-32 x 15-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual 4218B80G01
3, 4 0164-32 x 15-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH1
J-Frame
2, 3, 4 0250-20 x 275 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH2
K-Frame
2, 3, 4 0250-20 x 15 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH3
L-Frame
2, 3, 4 0250-20 x 15 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers Individual BMH4
M-Frame
2, 3 03125-18 x 125 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers Individual BMH5
N-Frame
2, 3, 4 03125-18 x 125 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH5
R-Frame
Supplied by customer
Number
of Poles Description
Type of
Mounting
Catalog
Number
F-Frame
1 M4–07 x 80 mm pan-head steel screws, lockwashers, and clamps Individual 4218B80G09
Group 1 4218B80G10
2 M4–07 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual 4218B80G11
3, 4 M4–07 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH1M
J-Frame
2, 3, 4 M6–07 x 70 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH2M
K-Frame
2, 3, 4 M6–07 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH3M
L-Frame
2, 3  Individual BMH4M
M-Frame
2, 3  Individual BMH4M
N-Frame
2, 3  Individual BMH5M
R-Frame
Supplied by customer
V4-T2-452 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Terminal Shields
G-Frame Terminal Shield
F-Frame Terminal Shield
J-Frame Terminal Shield
Number Units in Package
Catalog
Number
10 GTSK3
Number
of Poles Location
Standard (Package of 10)
(Priced Individually)
SpecialFor Use When Electrical
Operator is Mounted on Circuit Breaker
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1 Line 625B229G06
2 Line 625B229G07
3 Line 625B229G08 4210B95G01
4 Line 625B229G09 4210B95G02
Number
of Poles Location
Catalog Number
(Package of 10)
2, 3 Line End 1266C07G01
4 Line End 6631C01G01
2, 3 Load End 6641C16G01
4 Load End 6641C16G02
F-Frame
J-Frame
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-453
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
K-Frame Terminal Shield
L-Frame Terminal Shield
M-Frame Terminal Shield
N-Frame Terminal Shield
Terminal End Covers
Ordering Information
The terminal end cover is available for three-pole
only Two conductor opening sizes are available Specify quantity
(one per circuit breaker) when ordering
F-Frame Terminal End Covers
Interphase Barriers
Ordering Information
Two per package
Interphase Barriers
Base Mounting Plate
Base Mounting Plate G-Frame GD/GHC
DIN Rail Adapter
DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC
All Metal DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC
Key Operated Attachment
Key Operated Attachment
G-Frame GD/GHC
Note
1 For use on three-pole breakers only
Number
of Poles Location
Catalog Number
(Package of 10)
2, 3 Line TS33LN
4 Line TS34LN
3 Load TS33LD
Catalog Number
(Package of 1)
314C420G05
Catalog Number
(Package of 1)
208B966G01
Catalog Number
(Package of 1)
NTS3K
Conductor Opening
Diameter in Inches (mm)
Catalog
Number
025 (635 mm) TEC1
041 (1041 mm) TEC2
K-Frame
F-Frame
Frame
Catalog
Number
F IPB1
J, K IPB3
L IPB4
M IPB4
N IPB5
Number of Units
in Package
Catalog
Number
1 207B513G01
Number
of Poles
Number of Units
in Package
Catalog
Number
1, 2 10 1225C79G01
3 10 1225C79G02 1
Number
of Poles
Number of Units
in Package
Catalog
Number
3 1 EGGDDIN
Number of Units
in Package
Catalog
Number
10 GKOA
Interphase Barrier
Base Mounting Plate
DIN Rail Adapter
Key Operated
Attachment
V4-T2-454 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)
Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)
G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB/GMCP
Handle Ties
Handle TieSeries C, F-Frame
Handle TieSeries C, G-Frame
Non-Padlockable Handle Block
Non-Padlockable Handle Block
Padlockable Handle
Padlockable G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB
Padlockable Handle Lock
Padlockable Handle Lock
Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp
Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp
Notes
1 Accepts 0285 Lock Shank
2 Padlockable in the OFF position only
Number of Units
in Package
Catalog
Number
1 1294C01H01
Number
of Poles
Number of Units
in Package
Catalog
Number
2 10 HTBFD2P
3 10 HTBFD3P
Number
of Poles
Number of Units
in Package
Catalog
Number
2 10 HTBGD2P
3 10 HTBGD3P
Frame
Catalog
Number
F LKD1
J, K LKD3
L, M, N LKD4
Number of Units
in Package
Catalog
Number 1
10 1223C77G03
10 1223C77G05 2
10 1223C77G06 2
Lock Dog (NonPadlockable)
Non-Padlockable
Handle Block
Padlockable Handle
Frame
Catalog
Number
G GPHBOFF
J, K PHB3
Frame
Catalog
Number
F PHL1
Padlockable Handle
Lock
Snap-On Padlockable
Handle Lock Hasp
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-455
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp
Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp
Cylinder Lock
Cylinder Lock
Note
1 For padlockable handle lock hasp to padlock handle in OFF
position only, order either catalog number
Description
Catalog
Number
F-Frame
Single-pole breakers PHL1
Two-, three- and four-pole breakers PLK1
For left side mounting PLK1LOFF
For right side mounting PLK1ROFF
J, K-Frames
Two-, three- and four-pole breakers PLK3
For left side mounting PLK3LOFF 1
For right side mounting PLK3ROFF 1
L-Frame (Side Mounted)
Lock ON or OFF HLK4
Lock OFF only (left-hand mount) HLK4LOFF 1
L-Frame (Top Mounted)
Lock ON or OFF HLK4S
Lock OFF only HLK4SOFF 1
M-Frame
Lock ON or OFF HLK4
Lock OFF only (left-hand mount) HLK4LOFF 1
M-Frame (Vertical Mounting)
Lock ON/OFF HLK4S
Lock OFF only HLK4SOFF
N-Frame
Side mounted PLK5
Top mounted (ON/OFF) PLK5S
Top mounted (OFF only) PLK5SOFF 1
R-Frame
Lock ON/OFF HLK6
Lock OFF only HLK6OFF 1
Padlockable Handle
Lock Hasp
Frame
Catalog
Number
F, J, K Order by description
Cylinder Lock
V4-T2-456 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Key Interlock Kit
Ordering Information
Key interlock kits contain the necessary interface and hardware to install a trapped key interlock from one of the listed manufacturers
Key interlocks are not installed or supplied as part of the breaker, and must be obtained separately from the lock manufacturer or
through the manufacturer of the equipment on which the breaker will be installed Select the mounting kit catalog number to match
the type of lock used
Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)
Note
1 When ordering Castell Interlock, it is necessary for customer to specify that the mounting bolt holes must be
10 mm in diameter
Lock
Manufacturer
Lock
Type
Bolt Projection in
Withdrawn Position
in Inches (mm)
Kit
Catalog
Number
F-Frame
Superior B-4003-1 038 (95) KYK1
Kirk® F 038 (95) KYK1
Castell 1 K or QK 038 (95) CTK1
J, K-Frames
Superior B-4003-1 038 (95) KYK3
Kirk F 038 (95) KYK3
Castell 1 K or QK 038 (95) CTK3
L-, M-, N-Frames
Superior B-4003-1 038 (95) KYK4
Kirk F 038 (95) KYK4
Castell 1 K or QK 038 (95) CTK4
R-Frame
Superior B-4003-1 10 (254) KYK6
Kirk F 10 (254) KYK6
Castell 1 K or QK 10 (254) CTK6
JG-Frame
Superior B-4003-1 038 (95) KYKJG
Kirk F 038 (95) KYKJG
Castell 1 K or QK 038 (95) CTKJG
LG-Frame
Superior B-4003-1 038 (95) KYKLG
Kirk F 038 (95) KYKLG
Castell 1 K or QK 038 (95) CTKLG
Key Interlock Kit
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-457
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Sliding Bar Interlock
Ordering Information
The sliding bar interlock is
available for mounting
between two adjacent threepole  with
 centerline
spacing as indicated in table
and enclosure front panel
thickness of 1/8 or 3/16 inch
(32 or 48 mm) (For field
installation only)
Sliding Bar Interlock
Walking Beam Interlock
Ordering Information
The walking beam interlock is
available for mounting
between two adjacent circuit
breakers spaced 1/4-inch (64
mm) apart and having the
same pole configuration The
two  must be
factory modified to accept the
walking beam interlock
assembly (suitable for use
with either two-, three- or
four-pole )
With properly modified circuit
breakers, the walking beam
interlock is suitable for field
installation Order circuit
breakers specifying
modification for walking beam
(20% price adder) and select
walking beam interlock from
table below
and walking beam interlock
are boxed and shipped
separately
Walking Beam Interlock
Note
1 Three-pole only
Frame
Centerline Spacing
in Inches (mm)
Catalog
Number
F 419 (1064) SBK1
J 438 (1113) SBK2
K 575 (1460) SBK3
L, M 850 (2159) SBK4
N 850 (2159) SBK5
Sliding Bar Interlock
Frame
Catalog
Number
F WBL1
K WBL3
L, M WBL4A
N WBL5
R 1 WBL6
Walking Beam
Interlock
V4-T2-458 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Electrical Operator
F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator
F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator 1
J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator
K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator
K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Base Mounting Kit
L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator (310 and OPTIM)
Note
1 Motor operators MOP1P07, MOP1P03DC, MOP1P05DC and MOP1P07DC are replaced by MOPFD
motor operators listed in table
Voltage Frequency
Terminal Block 18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Lead
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
120 AC EOP1T07 EOP1P07
240 AC EOP1T11 EOP1P11
Voltage Frequency
18-Inch (4572 mm) Pigtail Lead
Catalog
Number
120 50/60 Hz AC MOPFD120C
24 DC MOPFD24D
125 DC MOPFD120C
208–240 50/60 Hz MOPFD240C
220–250 DC MOPFD240C
Operating
Voltage Frequency
Terminal Block
Catalog
Number
120 50/60 Hz AC EOP2T07
240 50/60 Hz AC EOP2T11
Operating
Voltage Frequency
Terminal Block
Catalog
Number
120 50/60 Hz AC EOP3MT07
240 50/60 Hz AC EOP3MT11
Frame
Catalog
Number
K BBMK3
Operating
Voltage Frequency
Terminal Block
Catalog
Number
120 50/60 Hz EOP4MT07
208 50/60 Hz EOP4MT11
240 50/60 Hz EOP4MT11A
480 50/60 Hz EOP4MT15
125 DC EOP4MT26
24 DC EOP4MT21
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-459
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator
R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator
Plug-In Adapters
F-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)
J-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)
K-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)600 Vac Maximum
Notes
1 100 ampere maximum
2 Use three-pole mounting plate for two-pole circuit breaker
Operating
Voltage Frequency
Pigtail Leads
Catalog
Number
120 50/60 Hz EOP5T07
208 50/60 Hz EOP5T09
240 50/60 Hz EOP5T11
480 50/60 Hz EOP5T15
24 DC EOP5T21
48 DC EOP5T22
125 DC EOP5T26
Operating
Voltage Frequency
Factory-Installed Terminal Block
Catalog
Number
120 50/60 Hz EOP6T08K
240 50/60 Hz EOP6T11K
48 DC EOP6T21K
Continuous
Current Rating
(Amperes)
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
100–225 1480D13G01 1480D13G02 1480D13G07 1
Mounting plate 176C511H01 507C047H01
Continuous
Current Rating
(Amperes)
Terminal
End
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 Line 1260C86G05 1260C86G06 1231C67G01
Load 1260C86G07 1260C86G08 1231C67G02
One line and one load 506C144G27 506C144G28
Mounting plate  2 PMP23
Continuous Current
Rating (Amperes)
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
400 PAD32 PAD33
Mounting plate 2 PMP33
V4-T2-460 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
L-Frame (Threaded Stud Type)
M-Frame (Flat Bar Type)600 Vac Maximum
N-Frame (Flat Bar Type)
Plug-In Adapters
Continuous Current
Rating (Amperes)
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
600 (threaded stud type) 506C059G03 506C059G04 PAD44
600 (flat bar type) 1288C19G01 1288C19G02 6636C55H01
Mounting plate 504C824H01 504C824H01
Continuous Current
Rating (Amperes)
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
800 2614D53G05 2614D53G06
Mounting plate 1290C73H01 1290C73H01
Continuous Current
Rating (Amperes)
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1200 2614D53G03 2614D53G04
Mounting plate 1290C73H01 1290C73H01
Frame
Number of
Poles
Standard
Certification
Catalog
Number
FD 3 IEC PAD3F
FD 4 IEC PAD4F
JD 3 IEC PAD3JD
KD 3 IEC PAD3K
LD 3 IEC PAD3LD
LD 4 IEC PAD4LD
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-461
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Rear Connecting Studs
F-Frame 1
J-Frame 1
K-Frame 1
L-Frame Ordering Information
M-Frame Ordering Information 1
N-Frame Ordering Information 1
Note
1 Not UL listed
Stud
Ampere
Rating
Stud
Catalog
Number
Tube
Catalog
Number
For 15 to 100 A
100 short 451D874G01 32B9446H20
100 short 451D874G01 32B9446H21
100 short 451D874G01 32B9446H22
100 short 451D874G01 32B9446H23
100 long 451D874G02 32B9446H24
100 long 451D874G02 32B9446H25
100 long 451D874G02 32B9446H26
100 long 451D874G02 32B9446H27
For 110 to 225 A
225 short 374D883G01 374D883H06
225 short 374D883G01 374D883H07
225 short 374D883G01 374D883H08
225 short 374D883G01 374D883H09
225 long 374D883G02 374D883H10
225 long 374D883G02 374D883H11
225 long 374D883G02 374D883H12
225 long 374D883G02 374D883H13
Stud
Ampere
Rating
Stud
Catalog
Number
Tube
Catalog
Number
250 short 5010D23G01 456D983H05
250 short 5010D23G01 456D983H06
250 short 5010D23G01 456D983H07
250 long 5010D23G02 5010D23H05
250 long 5010D23G02 5010D23H06
250 long 5010D23G02 5010D23H07
Stud
Ampere
Rating
Stud
Catalog
Number
Standard Tube
Catalog
Number
400 short 6642C14G02 313C909H17
400 short 6642C14G04 313C909H18
400 short 6642C14G06 313C909H19
400 long 6642C14G03 313C909H20
400 long 6642C14G05 313C909H21
400 long 6642C14G07 313C909H22
Stud Catalog
Number
314C960G07
314C960G08
314C960G09
Stud
Ampere
Rating
Stud
Catalog
Number
225 314C960G01
400 314C960G04
400 314C960G05
400 314C960G06
600 314C960G07
600 314C960G08
600 314C960G09
800 314C960G10
800 314C960G11
800 314C960G12
Stud
Ampere
Rating
Stud
Catalog
Number
800 623B222G01
800 623B222G02
800 623B222G03
1200 373B375G04
1200 373B375G03
V4-T2-462 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Panelboard Connecting Straps
F-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps
F-Frame Mounting Bracket
J-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps
K-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps
K-Frame Mounting Bracket
Bus
Spacing
in Inches
(mm)
Continuous
Current
Rating
(Amperes)
Pole Connector Type
Center Outside
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
275 (699) 50 673B142G02 673B142G09
275 (699) 100 673B142G02 673B142G10
275 (699) 150 673B142G04 673B142G03
350 (889) 50 1253C72G01 1253C72G03
350 (889) 100 1253C73G03 1253C73G06
350 (889) 150 1253C73G01 1253C73G05
Number of Poles
Catalog
Number
2 624B600H02
3 624B600H01
Bus
Spacing
in Inches
(mm)
Continuous
Current
Rating
(Amperes)
Pole Connector Type
Center Outside
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
350 (889) 250 2600D26G01 2600D26G02
Bus
Spacing
in Inches
(mm)
Continuous
Current
Rating
(Amperes)
Pole Connector Type
Center Outside
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
350 (889) 400 4212B78G02 4212B77G01
Number of Poles
Catalog
Number
2, 3 208B264H01
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-463
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
L-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps
L-Frame Mounting Bracket
M-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps
M-Frame Mounting Bracket
N-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps
N-Frame Mounting Bracket (Four Required)
Continuous
Current
Rating
(Amperes)
Pole Connector Type
Center Outside
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
600 624B609G01 506C052G01
Number of Poles
Catalog
Number
2, 3 208B297H01
Bus
Spacing
in Inches
(mm)
Continuous
Current
Rating
(Amperes)
Connector
Type
Pole Connector Type
Catalog
Number
350 (889) 800 Short 314C996G01
Medium 314C996G02
Long 314C996G03
Catalog
Number
315C270H01
Bus
Spacing
in Inches
(mm)
Continuous
Current
Rating
(Amperes)
Connector
Type
Pole Connector Type
Catalog
Number
350 (889) 1200 Short 505C606G04
Medium 505C606G05
Long 505C606G06
Catalog
Number
315C270H01
V4-T2-464 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Type LFD Current Limiter
The LFD current limiter is an
accessory that bolts to the
load end of a standard FDB or
FD thermal-magnetic and
electronic circuit breaker,
providing 200,000 A
interrupting capacity at up to
600 Vac LFD current limiters
for thermal-magnetic circuit
breakers are listed with
Underwriters Laboratories
under File E47239
Type LFD Current Limiter
Ground Fault Alarm Unit
The ground fault alarm unit is
a remotely mounted device
with a combination indicating
light/test button that will light
when the breaker trips or
alarms on ground fault The
ground fault alarm unit
requires a separate 120 Vac
power source to power the
light and the internal relay,
which has 1NO and 1NC
contacts for remote
indication The ground fault
alarm unit can be panel
mounted for ordering with an
optional face mounting
bracket For use on Digitrip
310 only, K- through N-Frame
GF Alarm Unit
IQ Energy Sentinel
The IQ Energy Sentinel
is a highly accurate,
microprocessor-based,
breaker-mounted device
designed to monitor power
and energy readings It
represents an alternative to
watt meters, watt-hour
meters, and watt demand
meters Key advantages
include savings in space,
lower installation costs, and
remote monitoring capability
The IQ Energy Sentinel
mounts on the load side of a
Series C F-Frame (150
ampere) circuit breaker It can
be applied on three-phase,
four-wire systems, or singlephase, three-wire systems
with voltage connected
through Phases A and C
For more information, see
Descriptive Bulletin 8178
Circuit Breaker
Rating Amperes
Catalog
Number
15–70 LFD3070R
80–160 LFD3150R
Type LFD Current
Limiter
Description
Catalog
Number
Ground fault alarm unit GFAU
Face mounting bracket 1264C67G01
Ground Fault Alarm
Unit
Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit
The solid-state (electronic)
portable test kit provides
verification of performance of
all ratings of Digitrip 310
electronic trip units installed
in  while in
service under varying load
and/or phase imbalance The
test kit operates on 120-volt,
50/60 Hz power; it includes
complete instructions and
test times for testing long
time, short time/
instantaneous operation
and optional ground fault
operation of the circuit
breaker
Portable Test Kit
Breaker Interface Module (BIM)
The Breaker Interface Module
(BIM) is a panel mounted
user interface device that is
mounted on the front of an
electrical assembly or at a
remote location The BIM is
used to access, configure,
test and display information
for OPTIM trip units and other
devices The BIM consists of
four display windows, eight
function buttons, 18 LEDs,
and a graphical time/current
curve to provide breaker
status, operational
information, protection status
and energy monitoring A 24
Vdc power supply is required
to provide power to the BIM
This is supplied by the
switchboard builder to
Eaton’s specifications The
BIM is a member of Eaton’s
PowerNet family of
communicating devices that
connects OPTIM trip units,
Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip
units and energy sentinels as
a subnetwork system The
BIM can also be connected to
a main network via a PONI
module to PowerNet
software
Breaker Interface Module (BIM)
Description
Catalog
Number
Solid-state (electronic)
portable test kit
STK2
Catalog
Number
BIMII
Breaker Interface
Module (BIM)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-465
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Digitrip OPTIMizer
The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a
hand-held programmer that is
used to access, configure,
test and display information
from OPTIM trip units The
OPTIMizer plugs into the
front of an OPTIM trip unit via
an eight-pin telephone jack
and is powered by a nine-volt
battery or the auxiliary power
module One highlighted
feature is the “Copy” and
“Download” commands
Setting up multiple OPTIM
trips can be finished in
minutes and with no errors
An Auxiliary Power Module
connection provides a trip test
when control power is not
present at the breaker The
OPTIMizer is supplied as a
standard package to include
the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery
and carrying case The
auxiliary power module is
optional
Note: 24 Vdc Power Supply
A 24 Vdc power supply is
required for all Digitrip OPTIM trip
units that are required to
communicate either on the main
Eaton PowerNet network or as a
subnetwork to a BIM The
breaker’s load is 45 mA of current
Typically one power supply is
required per switchboard and can
provide control power to a BIM
and the OPTIM trip units The 24
Vdc power supply should be an
“isolated high quality” power
supply with a “CE” label, and is
normally provided by the
switchboard manufacturer to
Eaton’s recommendations
Digitrip OPTIMizer
Auxiliary Power Module
The auxiliary power module is
a power supply requiring 120
Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that
provides a 32 Vdc output The
auxiliary power module
provides control power for
testing an OPTIM trip unit
when other means of control
power is not available or for
continuous OPTIMizer
operation versus temporary
with a battery The auxiliary
power module connects into
the top of the Digitrip
OPTIMizer via a keyed
receptacle The main
application for the auxiliary
power module would be for
the testing of a standalone
non-communicating OPTIM
breaker that ordinarily would
not have control power
Auxiliary Power Module
Catalog
Number
OPTIMizerstandard package
Digitrip OPTIMizer
Catalog
Number
PRTBAPMDV
Auxiliary Power
Module
Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display
The Cause of Trip Display can
be field-installed on any
Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit
The device provides breaker
information through an LCD
screen, such as cause of trip,
phrase current, ground
current and low loads The
display is ideal for
troubleshooting common
trips such as ground fault,
long delay, and
instantaneous/short delay
The DIGIVIEW version will
provide a local display at the
breaker without additional
wiring by connecting directly
onto the trip unit The
DIGIVIEWR06 version has a
6 foot cable that allows users
to mount the display on the
outside of an enclosure door
and connect to the trip unit
that is contained inside the
enclosure
Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount
Cause of Trip Display
Cause of Trip LED Module
The Cause of Trip LED
Module can be field-installed
on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip
unit The device provides a
cause of trip indication via
LED The Cause of Trip LED
Module connects directly
onto the trip unit When the
breaker trips, the module
indicates the cause of trip
(long delay, short delay,
instantaneous and ground) via
LED indication The module is
reset after the breaker is
reset
Cause of Trip LED Module
Catalog
Number
DIGIVIEW
DIGIVIEWR06
Catalog
Number
TRIP-LED
V4-T2-466 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Accessories
Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame)
NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft and C371 1
Series C Rotary Accessories
As an option, an auxiliary switch is offered so that the control
panel builder may electrically indicate the status of the breaker
This accessory would be mounted on the mechanism and
comes with 24-inch (6096 mm) pigtail leads
Series C Auxiliary Switch
Handle Length
in Inches (mm)
Catalog
Number 2
4 (1016) C361KJ4
6 (1524) C361KJ6
Roller Latch 3 C361KR
Catalog
Number
5108A61G01
Wire Seal
The wire seal can be used to secure the cover on the trip unit to
prevent adjustments after settings are confirmed
Wire Seal
Notes
1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters
required for assembly
2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (635 x 127 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied
with these kits
3 Third roller latch for use with 4- or 6-inch (1016 or 1524 mm) handle when 3 point latching is
required
Description
Catalog
Number
Wire seal 5108A03H01
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-467
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24
Series C
Technical Data and Specifications
Electrical Operator
F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data 12
F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data 2567
J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data 1689
K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data 1689
L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data
168j
N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data 16kl
R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data mnop
Notes
1 UL listed under UL File E64983
2 The electrical operator design is endurance tested for 8000 electrical operations
3 Tolerance: +10%, –15% of nominal voltage
4 Use current-limiting type fuse where required
5 UL listed under UL File E64124
6 Frequency: 50/60 Hz
7 Maximum operating time: 3 seconds max Operator is an intermittent duty device The safe
duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute
8 The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 6000 electrical operations
9 Maximum operating time: 5 cycles (80 mS)
j Maximum operating time: 12 cycles
k The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 2,500 electrical operations
l Maximum operating time: 12 cycles max Operator is an intermittent duty device The safe
duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute
m Operator is an intermittent duty service The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not
exceed one per minute
n Electric Operating time at rated voltage; (a) To turn breaker ON–1/2 second max (b) To turn
breaker OFF–1/2 second max
o Motor operating temperature; Class “A” temperature limits apply
p A minimum 1 kVA power source is recommended for motor operation
q Applied voltage should be no less than 85% or no more than 110% of rated voltage
For OPTIM trip, OPEOPCK kit required
Voltage 3 Frequency
Inrush Current
Amperes
Maximum
Operating Time
Fuse
Amperes 4
120 50/60 Hz AC 10 5 cycles (80 ms) 3
240 50/60 Hz AC 5 5 cycles (80 ms) 2
Voltage 3 Frequency
Inrush Current
Amperes
120 AC 2
24 DC 5
48 DC 3
125 DC 2
Voltage 3
Inrush Current
Amperes
Fuse
Amperes
120 30 6
240 16 4
Operating
Voltage 3
Inrush Current
Amperes
Fuse
Amperes
120 30 6
240 16 4
Operating Voltage 3 Inrush Current Amperes
120 AC 31
208 AC 13
240 AC 12
125 DC 21
24 DC 50
Operating
Voltage 3 Frequency
Inrush Current
Amperes
Fuse
Amperes
120 50/60 Hz 31 6
208 50/60 Hz 21
240 50/60 Hz 19 4
480 50/60 Hz  
24 DC 50
48 DC 80
125 DC 21
Operating
Voltage q Frequency
Motor Inrush Current
Amperes
120 50/60 Hz 40
240 50/60 Hz 27
48 DC 53
24 DC 58
V4-T2-468 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E